VOL. 88 DECEMBER, 1964
TRANSACTIONS OF
THE ROYAL SOCIETY
OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
INCORPORATED
ADELAIDE
PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S ROOMS
KINTORE AVENUE, ADELAIDE
Price: Three Pounds Three Shillings
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
BY D. E. SYMON
Summary
In this paper nineteen species of plants are described as new to the State. Details are given of the
extended distribution of an additional eighteen species.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
by D. E. Symon®
(Communicated by C. M. Eardley)
[Read 9 May 1963]
SUMMARY
In this paper nineteen. species of planls are described as new to the State,
Details are given of the extended distribution of an additional eighteen species.
INTRODUCTION
The first part of this paper consists of an alphabetical list of plant species
considered new to South Australia, Of these, thirteen aré exotics now regarded
as established here, the remaining six are native species previously recorded near
the South Australian borders.
The second part of the paper consists of an alphabetical list of plant species
previously recorded here from restricted or widely differing localities, and the list
gives extended occurrences of nine exotic and nine native species.
Specimens of all the species listed are lodged in the Herbarium of the Waite
Agricultural Research Institate (ADW).
RECORD OF NEW PLANT SPECIES
Arum lL, (Araceae)
Perennial herbs with tuberous rootstocks. Leaves net veined, petioles sheath-
ing at the base. Inflorescence a dense flowered simple spadix supported at its
base by a leaf-like or coloured bract, the spathe, the upper part of the spadix
withont flowers, the flowers all unisexual female below, the upper ones sterile;
male above, the upper sterile. Perianth segments absent, Ovary 1-celled. stigmas
sessile.
Arum italtcum Mill., Gard. Dict. ed. VILL 2 (1765).
An erect glabrous perennial, 50 cm, tuber depressed globular 3-4 am diam.
Autumn leaves small, hastate uniform green, later leaves long pctioled, sagitate,
while patterned above the larger veins, about 15 cm long. Spathe 20-30 cm erect,
pale greenish yellow. Fruit L em fleshy, scarlet, the fruiting spike standing naked
and showy after the leaves have withered. Flowering in November-December.
A native of southern Europe and a garden escape here.
Fistablished at Mylor and Williarnstown.
Avena ludoviciana Durien in Bull. Soe. Linn. Bord, 20 (1835) 41; Malzew, Bull,
Appl. Bot. Genet. Supp. 38 (1930) 363; Clapham, Tutin and Warburg, Fl.
Brit. Isl. (1952) 1469; Hubbard, Grasses (1954) 215; Thurston, J. Agric. Se.
49 (1957) 259.
Annual, to 1 m tall; culms few or many, stout; leaves and sheaths ¢labrons
or with a tew ciliate hairs, coarse, 10-13 mm broad 40 em long, ligule mem-
branons, 7 mm, panicles pyramidal, Joose, 15-45 cm long; spikelets 25-30 mm
* Waite Agricultural Research Institute,
Trans. Roy. Soc, $, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
G Db. E. SYMON
long, gaping when mature, 2-3 Howered, breaking above the glumes but not
between the florets which fall together when ripe; florets pale or dark when
ripe, and sparsely or densely covered with long hairs; lemma 15-20 mm Jong, the
upper Horets smaller, lower foret awned, the upper florets with or without awns,
awn stout, 5 cm long, almost black,
A weed of cereal crop now widespread but nowhere as common as A. faiuit,
the common Wild Oat, from which it is readily separated by the spikelets falling
as a group and not readily separating. In England at least A. Iudoviciana is a
seriuus weed of cereals on heavy soils in the southern counties, and in South
Australia it has been collected from the better rainfall areas of the wheat belt,
Now established at Kybybolite, Melrose, Roseworthy, Turretfeld, Yongala
and in the Adelaide suburbs.
Culylrix longiflora F.. Muell,, Fragm, 1 (1855) 12; Beuth., Fl. Aust. 3 (1867) 49:
Black, Fl, S.A. ed. 1 (1926) 426,
An intricate shrub, the young branches pale with white leaf bases, the older
branches grey; the leaves 28-3 mm long, 1-14 mm broad trigonous in section,
the leaf edges and keel finely ciliate; flowers subsessile in the upper axils, solitary
or mre often forming terminal heads of 3-6 Howers; bractecles 2, seariaus,
keeled, 9 mm long including a mucro of 1 mm, scarcely united; receptable 12 mm
of which 7 mm is adnate to the ovary and the upper 3 mm is free and hollow;
sepals avate 5 x 22 mm and terminated by an awn Y mm long, petals 7 min,
acute, bright pink; stamens 30-40,
lt may be separated trom C. tetragena by the receptuble above the Ovary
being hollow and by the shorter leaves, and from C. imeolucrata by the absenve
vf an involucre of bracts surrounding the fluwers.
Although mentioned in the first edition of the Flora of South Atistralia as
likely to veeur in this State, no account was given in the second edition, The
species has now been collected from several localities in the far north, Mt.
Moulden, between Mt. Moulden and the Blyth Range and at Mt. Vivian.
Cassia glutingsa DC., Prod, 11 (1825) 495; Benth., Fl, Aust, 2 (1864) 286; Black,
F). S.A. ed. 2 (1948) 430.
Glabrous shrub with yiseid branchlets and pods. Leaves with 5-6 pairs of
oblong leaflets 8-15 mm ling and 2-3 mm wide, often with a short gland between
each of the lowest pairs of leaflets, Flowers 2-6 in an umbel, bright orange
yellow, relatively large, the petals 10-15 mm Jong. Pads with a varnished appear-
alice When fresh, 3-6 em Jong and 1 cm broad,
This species is listed and briefly described in the Flora of S.A. as likely io
decur in our far north. It is widely spread hut not common in northern Aus-
tralia, and has been collected from near the nickel mine at Mt. Davies, Tomkinstn
Range,
Cyperus arenarius Retz. Obs. 4 (1786) 9.
A perennial 15-30 em high with extensive, somewhat brittle, horizontal
thizames, covered with fibrous sheaths, no tubers are formed; from the rhizomes
arise vertical leafy shoots; leaves grass-like, distinetly grey-green in colour, chan-
nelled abave but not keeled below, the iargins often ineurved, 2 mm wide
and 10-20 em lang with loose sheaths; stems erect, terete, longer than the leaves.
the inflorescence subtended by about 3 leaf-like bracts the shortest of which
is 1-2 em Jang and the longest 7 em; inflorescence a compact umbel 10-15 mm
in diameter of about 12-14 spikelets; the spikelets 5-6 mm long and consisting
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 7
of 10-12 flowers, the flowering ghimce 3 mm long speckled brown; style 3
branched, stamens 3; nut abovoid, planoconves, 1 mm Jong,
This species is firmly established and is proving a difficult weed in a garden
on red sand at Port Augusta. It was reputedly brought in with soil filling, but
other established areas have not yet been found. It would appear to be a new
record for Australia.
Datura
The nomenclature of the genus Datura has been confused in South Australia.
Datura tatula may be considered y variety or calour form only of D. stramoninm
and. it is not usually maintained as a species. It should at least be reduced. in
rank from that of a species. Almost all specimens previously identified as D.
metel are in fact D. inoxia which has not previously been recorded for South
Australia. The only authentic specimen of D. mete! seen so far has been a double
flowered purple form, grown as an ornamental plant in a suburban garden, It
is doubttul whether D. mefel is in taut naturalised in South Australia.
Datura ferox L. is naturalised and should be added to the flora.
Most species of Datura contain powerful alkaloids and all the intraduced
species are declared noxious weeds.
The following key to the species in South Australia is offered.
Key lo the species of Datura in South Australia
A, Ernits deflexed.
B, Leaves green and glabrous.
GC. Flowers relatively small, 5 cm, white, the only native species
D. letehhardtii.
CC. Flowers large, 10-15 cm, white or violet, frnit with tubercles or
short spines _ a -_ = _ = D, metel
BB. Leaves greyish green, downy, fowers large, 10-15 cin, white or violet,
fruit with long spines + 5 min DC ant ie D. inoxta
AA, Fruits crect,
D. Spines inurkedly unequal, the basal ones smaller, the upper spines
stout and long (to 2. em) corolla white, relatively short. 4-6 cm.
D. ferox
DD. Spines more or less equal, numerous. somewhat slender, corolla white
or lavender, Jonger 6-LO cm. ‘3 7 wae D. stramonium
Datura ferax T.., Diss. Dem. Pl in Amoon, Acad. 3 (1756) 403; Gardner and
Bennetts, J. Dept; Agric, W.A., 2 (1953) 217; De Woll, Baileya 4 (1956) 13;
Averv. Satina, Rietsema, Blakeslee the Genns Datura (1959) 21.
A coarse annual herb, 15-30 em tall, Leaves almost glabrous, ovate
triangular, sinuate toothed, Flowers erect on short stout pedicels about 1 cm
long, corolla white 3-6 cm Jong, Capsule erect, large, spincs markedly unequal
the basal ones smaller, the upper spines stout and long, to 2 em; seeds reniform,
dark, pitted, 4 mm lang.
Native to Asia but now widely distributed, it has been reported in both
Eastern and Weslem Australia and has been collected from Craddock, Kilburn,
Meadows, Pygery, Lochiel and Koonamore in South Australia.
8 1). E. SYMON
Datura inoxia Mul, Gard. Dict, ed. 4 1768.
A coarse ill-smelling annual or perennial herb up to a metre tall, Leaves
large ovate, 12 cm long asymmetrical at the base, almost entire, greyish pubescent,
not green and glabrous. Flowers erect, calyx balf the length of the corolla,
corolla white or faintly tinged with violet, trumpet-shaped to 17 em long, Capsule
glabuse, deflexed, fo 4 cm diameter including the spines, which are numerous.
slender, and about 5 mm long, Seeds pale buff colour, sub-reniform, 5 mm Jong,
Native to Mexico and the south-west portion of the United States, now
widely distributed as a weed mostly in the drier parts of the State, Hawker,
Stirling North, Mannum, Saltia and Adelaide suburbs.
ehium. vulgare L., Sp, Pl. (1753) 139; Clapham, Tutin, Warburg, Fl. Brit. Isl.
(1952) 846.
An erect, very rough hispid, annual or biennial, 15-50 cm; the radical leaves
lanceolate, to 15 cm, petioled, with a prominent midrib and no apparent lateral
veins, stem leaves sessile; lowers subsessile, cymes short, dense and arranged ut
the beginning of flowering in a long narrow panicle which broadens with
maturity; corolla 15-20 mm, bright blue, four stamens lon exserted.
The three species now in South Australia may be sepurated by the follow-
ing summary of their characters:
E, lycopsis (E. plantagineum): two stamens exserted, flowers purple blue,
leaves with obvious lateral veins.
E. vulyare: four stamens exserted, flowers bright bluc, leaves with no
apparent lateral veins.
EF. italicumt: five stamens exserted, flowers pink, Jateral veins of the leaves
almost obscured by the dense hispid hair covering.
Echium vulgare has been collected in South Australia at Clare and MU.
Gambier,
Eleocharis atricha R. Br. Prod. (1810) 225,
A specimen identified as such by Dr. S. T, Bluke has been collected. The
following condensed description is from the Monograph on the genus Eleocharis
in Australia by Dr. S, T, Blake, Proc. Roy. Soe, Qid., 50 (1938) $8-132.
Stoloniferous, bearing ovoid tunicated tubers, 4 x 2-5 mm. Culms tufted,
angular-sulcate 3-4 cm long, 0-5-0-7 mm wide, leaf sheaths membranous, oblique
and somewhat scarious at the apex. Spikelets lanceolate to linear, acute, chest-
nut brown, often proliferous, 10-20 mm long, 2-3. mm wide, glumes oblong or
ovate oblong, obtuse, membranous narrowly keeled, sides stained reddish-brown
utd streaked with linear red-brown glands, 3-5-5 mm long, style 3-fid. slender;
stamens 3, Nut white ta pallid straw coloured, shining, narrowly obovate or
oblong 1-3-1-5 mim long, 0-6-0-7 mm wide, constricted immediately below the
apex to a short neck abiut 2/3 as wide, trigonous, sides convex, prominently
vertically ribbed and transversely trabeculate; style base with a rather prominent
annulus, pyramidal deltoid or somewhat depressed, the base as wide as ¥-4 ant
and 8-% as long as wide, bristles constantly absent,
This species has been collected below the Barrage at Goolwa.
Eleusine indica (.) Gaertn,, Fruct. et Sem. 1 (1788) 8; Hitchcock, Mun, Grasses
of the U.S.A, (7951) 499; Gard, FJ. W.A, 1 (1952) 207; Bor, Grasses India,
Burma, Ceylon, Pakistan, (1960) 493.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 9
This species could be added to the Flora as of limited occurrence in Suuth
Australia,
Prostrate or ascending annual, smooth, with long hairs near the ligule,
Spikes mostly 2-6 (5-6 in our specimens) flat, 4-9 cm long and 3-5 mm wide.
It is readily separated from Eleusine tristachya which has fewer (1-3), shorter
{1-2-5 cm). broader (5-10 mm) spikes, and is often purplish in colour. It is
now sparingly established at Whyalla.
Elymus capul-medusue L,, Sp. Pl. (1753) 4, Uitchcock, Man. Grasses of the
U.S.A. (1951) 950: Munz, Calif. Fl. (1959) 1504.
Annual, culms ascending from a branched decumbent base, 13-30 em tall.
Leafblades flat, 15 cm long, 2-4 mm wide, sparsely hirsute on the upper surface.
Spike 2-4 em long without the awns, glumes subulate, smooth indurated, tapering,
to an awn 1-2 cm long. Lemma lanceolate, 3 nerved, very scabrous, with a
flat awn 5-10 cm long.
A native to Europe, this grass has become a bad weed on the range country
uf California and is a potentially bad weed here. The sparse foliage and very
long harsh awns make it of very little use as a pasture plant. It does not appear
to have been recorded for Australia before and was well established at Black
Springs, 10 miles south of Burra.
Eragrostis mexicana (Hornem,) Link,, Hort. Berol. 1 (1827) 190; Hitchcock,
Man. of the Grasses of the U.S.A. (1951) 158.
A stimmer growing annual, culms to 50 cm, spreading, Jeaves glabrous
exdept for same hairs at the throat of the sheath, the blades flat 15 em x 5 mm
ow less. Panicle to 30 cm long, open, the branches spreading and sometimes
containing a few hairs in their axils, the pedicels slender, mostly as long or
longer than the spikelets. The spikelets ovate to oblong, 5-8 flowered, 4-6 mm x
21mm, lemmas about 14 mm long, mature grain dark, almost yvlobular, less than
1 mm diameter, the outer glumes und grain readily shed at maturity leaving
the spikelet rachilla and palea intuct.
Native to southern portions of North America, established in N.S.W, and
about Adelaide suburbs.
Erodium malacoides (L.) Willd. Phyt. 1 (1794) 10; Carolin, Proc. Linn. Suc.
NSW 83 (1958) 100; Munz, Calif, F), (1959) 144.
A sprawling or ascending annual, stems to 50 em Jong. leaf blades cordate
avate, pilose, 2-5 cm long, shallowly Iobed, crenate to dentate; stipules broad
membranous, peduncle 5-5 em, 4-S flowered, very glandular pilose, sepals 4-5
mm, petuls 4-6 mm, mature style columm 2-3 cm lung, carpel body 4-3 mm.
column of the awn much twisted, bristle curved, about 10 mm. Native ta the
Mediterranean region but now naturalised in America and Australia.
it can be distinguished from the other Erodium species in S.A. hy the
cordate ovate leayes, and the relatively short awns to the fruits, and is estub-
lished at Kadina.
Geranium dissectum L., Cent. 1 (1755) 21; Clapham, Tutin, Warburg, I'l. Brit.
Isl. 387 (1952).
Branching annual 10-40 cm, stems rctrorscly pubescent; leaves 2-5 om broad,
deeply dissected into 5 lobes which are divided into 3-6 broadly lincar lohes,
stiffly pubescent on the underside; lower petioles lung and slender 615 em;
10) D, i, SYMON
peduncles abont 3. cm lang, 2-flawered: pedicels 1 cm glandular pubescent:
sepals 3 mm with a linear point, petals dark rose purple abont as long as the
sepals, mature style column 10-15 mm carpel bodies 2-3 mm long, hispid; seed
sub-glabose, brawn, strongly reticulate.
A native of Europe now widely spread in the temperate regions of the
world, it is now established at National Park, Belair.
Distinguished trom G. molle hy the very much more dissected leaves and
the stronyly reticulate seeds.
Glycyrrhiza glabra L., Sp. Pl. (1753) 742.
Subshrubby perennial herb with 4 strongly developed woody rool system,
Annual growth about 50 em high. Leaves imparipinnate 10 cm Jong, Jeaflets
4-6 pairs, oval 15-25 mm long and 5-15 mm wide, glabrous and slightly glutinous.
Flowers in axillary racernes, pods reddish brown 10-15 mm lig, 1-2 seeded.
A garden escape originally from Eurasia and now well established as lurge
colonial patches, in many localities, but particularly in old market gardening
ureus along the River Torrens. The two species of Glycyrrhiza in South Aus-
tralia may be separated by the following key.
Pods glabrous, leaflets oval mt _ — G, ehabra.
Pods burr-like, with huoked prickles, leaflets lanceolate
G. acanthovarpa.
Glycyrthiza glabra has heen collected from Angaston, Roseworthy and
Payvacham,
Homoglossim watsoniun (Thunb.) N-E, Br. Trans. Ruy, Soc, §. Afric, 20 (1932)
278; Adamson and Salter, Fl. Cap. Penin, (1950) 263.
Rootstock « globose corm about L em in diameter, surrounded by a louse
tunic of Hat, partly pmited fibres. A 104 cormils 6 mm or less in length, were
counted from one corm, the cumils have a markedly pitted tunic. Stem un-
branched, slender, to 73 em, the leaves about 4, glabrous, the lowest green, bul
largely sheathing. the second well developed to 75 cm x 6 mm with prominent
marginal veins and midrib, upper leaves much shorter, mostly sheathing and
without the very prominent yeins. The spike 4-6 flowered, the bracts green,
tapering, 5-6 cm, Howers red, the tube narrow for 2 em then expanded for 2 cm,
perianth lobes 2-3 em Jong the ippernost broad, 18 mm, the lower ones nat-
rower 7-10 mm, stamens 3, arched with the shortly 3-hranched style under tie
upper perianth lobe, Capsule not seen,
Native to South Africa and sparingly established along the road betwee
McLaren Flat and Meadows above Wickham Uill. lt has heen present there
for at least 37 years.
Nothoscordum inodorum (Ait) Asch. et Gr., Syn. 3 (1905) 167; Ewart, Fl. Vict.
(1930) 281; James, Herbertia § (1941) 156; Traub, Herbertia 10 (1954) 123,
syn. Allium inodorum Ait., Allium fragrans Vent., Allium fragrans Kunth.
False Garlic, Wild Onion.
Bulb globose, white 2-3 cm diam. producing a large number of bulbils 3-6
tru long about its base, leaves basal, linear, 30 cm x 5-10 ini, scape 15-40 cm,
spathe two valved, many flowered, pedicely 2 em perianth white or very faintly
pinkish 10 mm., sweetly scented.
The plant lacks completely the odov of Onions, It is established in a
number of suburhan gardens and can be difficult to eradicate due largely to the
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA it
very numerous small bulbils produced, Most specimens collected have: carlicr
heen identified as N, fragrans Kunth,
A itative of South America but now Widely distributed in disturhed sites and
as w garden escape in Adelaide suburbs,
Distinguished from Allium by tbe lack of the usual onivw smell, the periaoth
sepments joined at the hase into a short tuhe and the ovules 4-12 in each cell,
Ornithogalum umbellaium L., Sp. Pl, (1753) 307, Hegi, Fl Mittel-Europe 2
(1809) 252: Muenscher, Poison Plants U.S.A, (1939) 32; Clapham, Tutin,
Warburg, FI. Brit. Isl. (1952) 1226; Tackholm, Drar, Fl. Egypt 3 (1954) 168.
The bulb ovate, 2:5 cm wide and up to 4 em long, often with 2-3 bulbils
developing about it, the tunic pale and membranous, Leayes up to 6 in number,
linear 15-20 cm x 6mm, glabrous, grooved, with a white stripe down the mid-
rib, the stripe fading late in the growing season. Scape 20 cm., the inHorescence
wt first a corymbose raceme but lengthening with maturity, 6-12 Howered, the
pedicels ascending, the lower ones 3-4 cm long, the upper ones shorter; bracts
thin and membranous 2-3 cm, linear laneeolate, acuminate. Perianth segments
12-17 mm, white, Janccolate-oblong, with a broad green band an the back.
Stamens half as long as the perianth. Capsule not seen but described efse-
where as 1-1-5 em, obovoid, 6 angled.
Native to the Mediterranean region and Europe. Well established near
Monarto South where it has been present for at least 23 years, Lt has also been
collected at Balhannah, and Petersville near Maitland,
Solanum lasiophyllum Dun, in Poir., Ene, Meth. Bot. Suppl. 3 (1814) 764; Dun.
in DC Prodr, 13 (1852) 705; Benth. Fl. Aust, 4 (1868) 463.
A stont shrub, the branches, leaves and inflorescence very densely, softhy,
stellate tomentose; prickles slender 5-10 mm Jong on the stem, underside of
the leaves and on the ealys; petioles short 3 mm, leaves uvate, blunt, 6 x 4.cm,
entire or slightly undulate; peduncle 15-30 mm, few flowered: corolla densely
tomentose outside and on the lohes inside; calyx 5-7 mm long in flower but
greatly enlarged tu cover the entire fruit at maturity and then up to 25 mm in
diameter,
This species which is mainly western in its distribution has now been
collected several times in South Australia. It may be distinguished from other
species of Solanum in S.A. by the very dense, thick, tomentum on the leaves,
the enlarged calyxes and the large fruits, Lt has been collected in the Tomkin-
son Range and on Mulgathing Station west of Tarcoola,
Ufricularia sp. (U, flexuosa) Valil,, Enum, 1 (1804) 198; Benth, Fl. Aust. 4
{ieee 525; Tate, Fl. Extra trop. S.A, (1890) 252; Ewart, FI, Viet. (19305
2
Although this species was recorded by Tate for the Mt, Gambier district, it
was not included in either edition of the Flora of South Australia by J. M. Black,
Nor does it appear to have been collected in South Australia in recent years.
Vegetative materia] provisionally identified as LU’. flexuosa has now heen col-
lected from the Wilpena Pound Creek, flowering specimens have not been
available.
U. jlexvosa differs fom the other species of Utricularia in South Australia,
in having long submerged stems, dissected leaves and yellow dowers. A winter
bul of reduced hardened leaves appears ta he formed,
12 D, E. SYMON
EXTENDED RECORD OF PLANT SPECIES
The following species are established in South Australia and new or extended
localities are recorded.
Amphipogon caricinus F, Muell., Linnaea 25 (1852) 445; J. Vickery, Contrib,
N.S.W. Nat. Herb. 1 (1950) 289.
Further localities for this widely distributed but sornewhat rare grass are
as follows; Caralue, Lipson and between Lake Everard and Lake Gairdner on
Eyre Peninsula and between the Musgrave and Mann Ranges.
Bifora testiculuta (L.) DC., Prodr. 4 (1830) 249; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1952)
536,
This weed was first reported in South Australia in 1936 from Riverton, A
specimen has now been received from Maitland.
Brachiaria notochthona (Domin,) Stapf. im Prain Fl. Trop. Afr. 9 (1920) 597;
Black FI. S.A, ed. 2 (1948) 70.
This grass usually found much further north has been collected near Rose-
worthy and Gawler.
Carex chlorantha R. Br, Prode. (1810) 242; Black, FI. S.A. ed. [ (1922) 98; Blake,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 67 (1943) 42-61.
This species was included in the first edition of the Flora of South Aus-
tralia, but not in the second edition. The species was originally reported from
Lake Edward in the south-east of South Australia. A specimen has now been
rcecived from near Adelaide at South Henley,
Chloris virgata Swartz F). Ind. occ. 1 (1797) 203; Black, FI. S.A. ed. 2 (1948) 132,
This weedy annual Chloris is common in northern Australia. Two new
localities much further south are Mt, Lyndhurst Station und Port Angusta.
Chrysanthemum anethifolium (Willd.) Brouss, Enum. Hort. Berol. 804 (1809);
Black, Fl. S.A, ed. 2 (1957) 878.
This aromatic shrub is now more widely spread, It is well cstablished
along the sea front at Tumby Bay and on the low cliffs along the river bank at
Mannum.
Citrullus colocynthis (1..) Schrad. Linnaea 12 (1838) 414; Black, Fl, S.A. ed. 2
(1957) 806. |
This weedy melon is much more widespread than is indicated in the Flora,
It new occurs as far north as Anna Creek Station and westward to Tarcoola.
The vccurrences are sporadic und ure usually found along creek lines and in
sandy washes,
Cuctimis chate Hasselq. Iter Palaest. (1957) 491; Black, Fl. S.A.. ed. 2 (19357) 807.
This melon recorded for the far north of South Australia lias now been
collected further south near Mt. Lyndhurst.
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam, ‘Tabl. Eneyl, 1 (1792) 203; Williams, Trans.
Roy. Soc. S.A, 76 (1953) 53.
Further localities for this grass first recorded hy S.A. by L. D. Williams are
as follows: Meningie, Myponga, and several Adelaide suburbs.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 18
Grevillea eriostachya Lindl., Swan Riv. App. (1840) 36; Black, Fl. S.A. ed, 2
(1948) 269,
This species which was listed in the Flora of South Australia and briefly
described has now been collected in the far north-west of the State, south-west
of Mt, Hardy in the Deering Hills.
Lepidium strongylophyllum F. Muell ex. Benth. Il. Aust. 1 (1863) 84; Tate,
F}, Extrat., S.A. (1890) 18 and 207; Ising, Trans. Roy. Soc. $.A. 78 (1953)
113.
This rare shrub was collected by Mueller and recorded by Bentham and
Tate for Central Australia, but was not included in either editions of the Flora
of Sonth Australia. In recent years two specimens have been collected in South
Australia, The first near Oodnadatta and a second one further south at Balt
Baltana S.E. of Coober Pedy.
Mentha pulegium L., Sp. Pl. (1753) 577; Black, Fl. S.A, ed. 2 (1957) 781.
This Mint has now beer collected from Kangaroo Island. It can be aggres-
sive and weedy under some conditions and has been declared noxious in parts
of W, Australia.
Neurachne munroi F, Mucll, Fragm. 8 (1874) 200; 508; Black, Fl S.A. ed, 2
(1948) 66,
This grass has now been collected in the Flinders Ranges at Copley Gorge.
Perotis rara R. Br. Prodr. (1810) 172; Black, Fl, $.A,, ed, 2 (1948) 66.
It bas now been collected in the far north of S.A. al Everard Park Station,
Senecio pterophorus DC Prodr. IV (1837) 389; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1957) 885.
This weedy shrub, now declared noxious in South Australia, has spread to
Kangaroo Island where efforts to eradicate it are being made, It is continuing
ta spread in the Adelaide Hills where it has increased greatly in recent years,
Sida leprosa (Ort.) K. Schum, in Mart. Fl, Brasil 12/3 (1886) 314; Clement.
Contr. Gray Herb. 180 (1957) 50.
Sida hederacea was reduced by Schuman to varietal rank and included in S.
leprasa.
It has been accepted in this position hy Clement in his recent revision, The
specics contains four varicties, two of which occur in South Australia.
Sidw leprosa var. Jeprosa. R. M. Kain 7-5 1948 (ADW 6076) Kadina: H. E.
Orehard Oct, 1950 (ADW 21770) Wallaroo.
Sida leprosa var. hederacea (Dougl.) K, Schum, in Mart., Fl, Brasil 12/3 (1886)
342; L. Fry 15.12.1959 (ADW 21769) Riverton.
Trifolium cernuun Brot., Phyt. Lusit 1 (1816) 150; Black, Fl. S.A., ed. 2 (1948)
453.
This species has heen recorded from the Adelaide Hills in addition to the
south-east of the State.
THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH
AUSTRALIA: A SECOND ANNOTATED LIST
BY HELEN M. BROOKES
Summary
This paper lists nine species of scale insects, naturalized in South Australia, that have not previously
been recorded as occurring in the State. All have been identified by the author since 1956. Of these,
Trionymus diminutus (Leon), Rhizoecus falcifer Kunckel d’Herculais, Phenucoccus graminosus
McKenzie and Quadraspidiotus lenticularis (Lind.) are reported from Australia for the first time. In
addition, three species new to Australian records have been identified from material submitted from
the other States.
THE COCCOIDEA (HOMOPTERA) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH
AUSTRALIA: A SECOND ANNOTATED LIST
by Heten M. Broonrs*
[Read 14 November 1963]
SUMMARY
This paper lists nine species of scale inseets, naturalized in South Australia,
thal have not previously been recorded as occurring in the State. All have been
identified by the author since 1956, Of these, Trionymus diminutus (Leon),
Rhizoecus atelier Kiinekel d’Herculais. Phenacoccus graminosus \icKenzie and
Quadrasmidiotus lenticularis (Lind.) are reported from Australia for the first
time, In addition, three species new to Australian records have heen identified
from material submitted from the other Status,
INTRODUCTION
Since an carlier record (Brookes, 1957) several specics of scale insects
(Coecoidea) that have become naturalized in South Australia, have been recog-
nized. These include tour that have not been reported previously from Australian
records,
A complete synonymy for each species has not been attempted; it has been
selected to give the following citations, if available: the original description;
the first recorded occurrence in Australia; the synonyms used in the Australian
literature and the currently accepted reference to the genus.
Specimens were examined after being treated by either of two methods: the
first involved partial maceration in 10 per cent aqueous potassium liydroxide,
staining with acid or basic fuchsin, and mounting in a synthetic neutral medium,
such as “Sire”; the second, clearing in lacto-alcohol and mounting i Berlese’s
fluid.
Family PSEUDOCOCCIDAE
Maconellicoccus hirsutus (Green)
Phenatoceus hirsutus Green, 1908. Mem. Dep. Agric. India, 2 (2). p. 23, When revording
type localities of this tropical species Greeu says “weso occurs in Tasmania’ (sie).
Pseudocoreus hibiset Hall, 1921, Bull. Soe. ent. Exypt, 4, p 1.
Maconellicovcus hirsulus (Green), 1958. Ezzat, Y. M., 1958 Bull. Sac, ont. Byypte, 42,
pp. 377-383. In this paper the nomenclatorial stalus of the species has heen clarified.
Hibiscus mealy bug.
Host-plants; On stems and leaves of Gossypium (cotton), and causing a
bunching of new growth of leaves of Citrus medica var, acida (lime) at Kimber-
ley Research Station, near Wyndham, Western Australia. This is the first record,
apart from Green's reference to Tasmanian material, of this species for Australia.
° Waite Agricultural Research Institute, University of Adelaide,
Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust, (194), Vol, 5S.
16 HELEN M. BROOKES
Phenacoccus graminosus McKenzie
Phenacoccus uraminosus MeKeirzic, 1960. Hilgardia, 29 (15), p. 717.
Rye-grass mealy bug.
Host-plants: This species lives principally on members of the Gramineae,
usually clustered along the sheathing leaf-bases and in the crown at ground
level, but occasionally in cvlonies among the spikelets.
P. graminosys has been collected at the Waite Institute on Medicago sativa
L. (lucerne), Hordeum vulgare 1. (barley), and Trifolium repens L. (white
clover) grown in pot-culture experimeuts in glasshouses, and on Trifolium
fragiferum L. (strawberry clover) growing in the open in demonstration plots
of various pasture plants, including grasses,
In the field, it has been recorded on barley at Brinkworth, Kybunga and
Port Noarlunga; on Triticum aestivum L, (wheat) at Redbanks; on Phalaris
tuberosa L, (phalaris) at Auburn, It is considered of no economic import-
ance, Specimens collected from some of the localities shown aboye have been
designated by McKenzie (1960) as mctatypes. This is the first record of
Phenacoccus graminosus for Australia,
Rhizoecus falcifer Kiinckel d'Herculais
Rhizoeous faletfer Kiinckel, 1878, Ann, Soc, ent. France, (3) 8. p, 16d,
Ripersia terrestris Newstead, 1895. Ent, Mon. Mag., 31. pp. 213-236.
Rhizoecus terrestris (Newstead), Fernald, 1903. Coccidae of the World, p, 114.
Rhizoecus. terrestris. Anon, 1952. Insect Pest Survey (Dep. Agric., N.S-W.). Heavily infest-
ing plots of parsnips in the metropolitan area of New South Wales.
No common name.
Host-plants: On the roots of Salvia, Petunta, Schotia, Polygonum and other
cultivated plants in home gardens in Adelaide. If present in large numbers this
mealy bug may kill the host-plant,
Ripersiella rumicis (Maskell)
Ripersia rumiciy Maskell, 1891. Trans. N.Z. Inst, 24, pp. 1-64.
Ripersiella rumicus (Maskell), ‘Cockerell, T. D, A,, 1901. Proc, Biol, Soc. Wash,, 14, p. 165;
Morrison and Marrison, 1922. Proc. US. Nat. Mus., 60 (12), p. 34,
Ripersiellg Tinsley, 1899. Hambledon, E. J., 1946. Rey. Ent., Rio de J., 17, p. 59.
No common name.
Host-plants: Heavily infesting roots of grasses in a lawn, Adelaide, This
occurrence represents the first record for Australia.
Trionymus diminutus (Leonardi)
Dactylopaie fhlesalaring Maskell, 1879. Trans. N,Z. Inst., 11, pp. 187-228 (us a misidenti-
iwalion,).
Pseudovoccus diminutus Leonardi, Leonardi, G., 1918. Bull. Lab. Zool. Se. Agr. Portici, 12,
p. 198.
Pseudococcus (ealecolariae Maskell? ), Jarvis, E., 1916, Div. Ent. Sug, Exp. Sta. Od., Bull. 3,
p. 323. A mealy bug “thought to be identical with P. caleeoluriae of Maskell” extremely
prolific on sugar-cane im Queensland.
COCCOIDEA (HOM.) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 17
Trionymus diminutus (Leonardi). Morrison, H., 1925. J, agrie. Res., 81 (5), pp, 485-500,
After examining specimens labelled “Dactylapius calceolariae’ from the Maskell collec-
tion Morrison re-assizned them to several other genera, including Trionymus; the speci-
mens collected on Phormium tenux Forst. (New Zealand flax) he identified as Trionymus
diminutus (Leonardi),
Trionymus Bergroth, 1899. Ferris, C. F., 1950. Atlas of the Scale Inscats of North America,
5, p. 251.
No common name.
Host-plant: On leaves of Phormium tenax Forst. (New Zealand flax) grow-
ing in a home garden in Adelaide. This is the first record of this species in
Australia.
Family COCCIDAE
Coccus elongatus (Signoret)
Lecanium elongetum Signoret. Signoret, V., 1873. Soc. Ent. de France Ann, (5) 3, p, 404,
Lecanium longultan. Douglas, J. W., 1887, ‘Ent. Mon. Mag., 24, p. 97.
Lecanium fieus Maskell, 1897. Ent. Mon. Mag., 33, p. 243.
Ouéeus elongatus (Signoret). Sanders, J. G., 1909. J. econ, Ent, 2, p. 438,
Lecanium longulum Douglas. Froggatt, W. W., 1921. Agnc. Gaz. N.S.W., 26 (7), pp. 603-615.
On Anon reticulata (custard apple) at Darwin.
Long, soft scale.
Host-plant; On Ceratonia siliqua L. (carob trce) growing as a hedge in a
home garden in Adclaide. This is the only occurrence observed by the author.
Pulyinaria hydrangeae Stcinweden
Coccus. floecifera Westwood, 1870. Gard. Chron., p. 308 (amisidentifieation ).
Pulvinaria floccifera (Westwvod), Essig. E. O., 1916. Calif. State Comm. Hort. Monthly
Bull, 5, pp, 112-197.
Pulcingene, Lovetiqts (Westwood). Froggatt, W. W,, 1915, Agric. Gaz. N.S.W), 26, pp,
4 23.
Pulvinaria Aydrangeae Steinwedeu. Steinweden, J. B,, 1946, Microentomalogy, 11 (1),
pp. 1-28. A crilical study of North American species of Pulvineria including P. hydtangeae
n.sp.
Hydrangea “mealy bug”.
Host-plant: A common pest on stems and Jeaves of Hydrangea hortensis
in suburban gardens in Syduey.
Froggatt (1915) recorded Pulvinaria floccifera (Westwood) as being a
very cOmmon insect on many garden shrubs, such as Camellia, Euonymus, etc.,
in Sydney.
Steinweden (1946) in describing the species P. hydrangeae stated that this
insect has frequently been misidentified in the past as P. floccifera (Westwood),
from which it is clearly distinct. Since none of the specimens identified by
Froggatt is now available for re-examination, it is possible that they too were
misidentified. Specirnens submitted for identification by the Department of
Agriculture of New South Wales were identified in 1960 by the author as
P. hydrangeae.
18 HELEN M. BROOKES
Family DIASPIDIDAE
Hemiberlesia rapax (Comstock)
Hanes camelliae Signoret (non Boisd.). Signoret, V.. 1869. Soe. Ent. de France, Ann.
4), 9, p. 117.
Aspidiotus rapax Comstock. Comstock, J. H., 1861. Report of the Entomologist for 1880.
In: U.S, Dep. Agr., Comm, Agr. Re spt., pp. 245-373.
Aspidiotus camelliue Boisd, Maskell, W. M., 1894. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 27, pp. 35-75. On
Melaleuca nodosa in Sydney.
Aspidiotus rapax Comstock, Fuller, C., 1899. Trans. ent. Sov. Lond., 1899, pt..4, pp. 435-
aie. “This is a very common species, and oecurs upon a large variety of indigenous
plants.”
Beinibedents Cockerell, Ferris, G. F., 1938. Atlas of the Scale Insects of North America.
S11-23%
The greedy scale.
Host-plants: This cosmopolitan species was found for the first time in South
Australia at Mypolonga on twigs of Malus sylvestris Mill. (apple) and P. com-
munis L. (pear). It is of no economic importance.
Pinnaspis aspidistrae (Signoret)
Chionaspis aspidistrae Signoret. Signoret, V., 1869. Soc. Ent. de France, Ann. (4), 9, p. 443.
Chionaspis brasiliensis Signorct, Maskell, W. M., 1893. ‘Trans. N.7. Inst, 25, pp, 201-252,
On Orchid sp., Tweed River, N.S.W. Maskell, W. M,, 1896. Ent. Month, Mag., 32,
pp. 229-226. Maskell considered that C. brasiliensis was a variety of C, aypidistrae,
Hemichtonaspis aspidistrae (Signoret). Cooley, R. A., 1897. Mass. Agr. Exp, Sin. Spee.
Bull, [mot seen).
Pinnaspis aspidistrae (Signoret), Kuwana, LE, 1926. The Diaspine Coccidae of Japan, IV.
Dept. Finance, Imp, Plant. Quar. Sery. Tech. Bull., 4, p. 36.
Pinnasjis Cockerell, Ferris, G, F., 1937, Atlas of the Scale Tnsects of North America, 51-96.
Fern scale,
Host-plants; On stem and leaves af Adiantum in Adelaide. This represents
the first record of this species for South Australia.
Pinnaspis stracheni (Cuoley)
Hemichionaspis miner strachent Cooley, Covley, BR. A,, Mass Ag, Exp, Sta., Spee. Bull.
p, 54 [not seen],
Hemichionaspis minor Maskell, Hill, G, F., 1915. Bull, Northern Territory of Australia
No, 13 of the Dep. External Affairs. On Agave sisulena Perrine (sisal hemp).
Pinnuspis Covkerell, Ferris, G. ¥., and Rao, V. P., 1947. The Genus Pinnaspis Cuockerell
(Homoptera : Coccoides : Dinspididac ). Microentomalogy, 12 (2), pp. 25-48.
Hibiscus snow-scale,
On the stems of Passiflora edulis Sims (passion fruit) at Kimberley Research
Station, Western Australia,
Quadraspidiotus lenticularis (Lindinger)
peel fotias lenticuluris Lindinger. Lindinger, L., 1912. Die Sehildlatise. (Coceidee) Europas,
Nordafrikas und Vorderasiens, einychliesslich der Azoren, der Kanaren und Madeiras.
Stuttgart, Uhnen., pp. 149 and 230,
COCCOIDEA (HOM.) NATURALIZED IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 19
Targionidea lenticuluris (Lindinger). MuaeGillivray, A. D., 1920. The Cacreidae, p. 449,
Searab Co,, Urbina, Ilinois,
Aapidiotus lenticularis var. marocanus Green. Green, E. E., 1928, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(10) 1, pp. 3744376. On a racial form of Aspidivtus lenticularis Lindyr. with some re-
marks upon the Leonardi classification of the Aspidioti,
Qnadraspidiotus lenticulariy (Lindingur). Balachowsky, A. 1950. Les Cochenilles de
France, d’Eurupe, du Nord de J'Afriqne et du Bassin méditerranéen, 5. Aspidiotini.
Actualités Sci. et Indus, Ent. Appl., L087, p. 433.
No common name,
Quadraspidiotus lenticularis was identified for the first time in Australia in
November, 1958, It ueeurred as a Jight infestation on young wood and also
oa older, lichen-encrusted wood on Pyrus comnumis L. (pear) and Prunus
domesticus L. (plum) at Mypolonga, South Australia. At about the same time
this species was found ovipositing on young wood of plum at Paracombe in the
Adelaide Hills, and on apple and Crataegus (heen at Coonawarra in the
south-east of the State. Q. lenticularis was found on the alder wood of Olea
europaea L. (olive) at the Waite Institute. This species is of no economic im-
portance,
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock)
Aspidiotus pernicivsas Comstuck. Comstock, J. H., 1880. Rep. U.S. Dep. Agric. 1880,
p. 304 (1801),
Anpidiotue parniciosus, Comstock. Olliff, A. $., 1892. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 1892, p. 698. On
pear trees at Maitliod, N.S,W.
PAonidia fusca Maskell. Maskell, W. M., 1804. ‘Trans. and Prow. NwZ. Inst. 27, pp. 35-75,
On Persiea vulgaris (peach) at Bidga, N.S.W,
Quadraspidiotuy McGillivray. Balachowsky, A,. 1950, Les Cochenillus de Frauce, d'Europe,
du Nord de VAtrique et du Bassin améditerranéen, 5. Aspidiotini. Actualités Sci, et
Indus. Ent. Appl., L087, pp. 397-488.
Quadraspidiotus perniciosus (Comstock). Kilpatrick, 1. T., 1954. Jour, Agric. 5. Aust, 63
(5), pp. 208-210.
San José scale,
Host-plants; Pyrus communis L (pear), Malus sylvestris Mill (apple),
Prunus persica (L.) Batsch., and P. amygdalus Batsch. (almond).
Quadraspidiolus pernicinsus was recognized for the first time in South Aus-
tralia in October, 1956, when it was found on a few peach trees growing in an
irrigated citrus orchard at Mypolonga. This occurrence involved a light infes-
tation of young laterals and a heavy infestation of older branches. Subsequently,
almond, apple and pear trees in thirteen additional orchards were found to be
infested, Following an intensive eradication campaign, two simall infestations
recurred in 1961 and 1962.
Small, isolated outbreaks of San José scale were discovered jn 1960 at Mount
Cambier in mature apple trees in three home gardens, and at Aldgate in the
Advlaide Hills, where 4 few old apple trees in a commercial nursery were very
lighily infested.
In February, 1961, an extensive outbreak was found on mature pear trees
in the irrigated orchards of Renmark, about thirty properties being involved.
Siuee then it has been identified an apple, plum, peach and walnut.
Smaller outbreaks of San José scale were feomnd on pear at Waikerie in
1961 and on peach at Lyrup the following year, At Waikerie the infestation
which was traeed from imported nursery stuck bus spread to many trées in a
newly planted area.
20) HELEN M. BROOKES
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is greatly indebted to Mr. H. L. McKenzie, University of Cali-
fornia, Davis, California, for identifications of the mealy bugs Phenacoccus
graminosus, Rhizoecus falcifer and Ripersiella rumicis, and to Dr. D. J, Williams,
of the British Museum, for identification of Coccus elongatus. She would also
like to acknowledge her appreciation of discussions with Mr. D. T. Kilpatrick
and other officers of the South Australian Department of Agriculture, on records
and field observations on some of the scale insects.
REFERENCES
Brooxes, H,. M. (1957): The Coccoidea (Homoptera) Naturalized in South Australia: An
Annotated List. Trans. roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 80, pp. 81-90.
Froccatr, W. W. (1915): A Descriptive Catalogue of the Scale Insects of Australia. Agric.
Gaz. N.S.W., 26, pp. 411-423.
McKenzie, H. L. (1960): A Taxonomic Study of California Mealybugs with Descriptions
of ae Species (Homoptera : Coccoidea ; Pseudococcidae). Hilgardia, 29 (15),
p. 717.
Srrinwepen, J. B. (1946): The Identity of Certain Common American Species of Pulvinaria
(Homoptera : Coccoidea : Coccidae). Microentomology, 11 (1), pp. 1-28.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM FOSSIL CREEK, OODNADATTA,
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
BY R. A. REYMENT
Summary
Fifteen species of ammonites, of which one is new, are recorded from the South Australian part of
the Albian sequence in the Great Artesian Basin at Fossil Creek, 30 miles west-north-west of
Oodnadatta. Thirteen of the species are heteromorphs. They are assigned to Labeceras s. str., L.
(Appurdiceras) and to Myloceras. The non-heteromorphic species belong to Falciferella.
Connections with New Guinea are confirmed and relationships with the Albian of Portuguese East
Africa pointed out. The descriptive presentation is supported by some simple bivariate biometric
analyses. Remarks on the nekroplanktonic dispersal of heteromorphic ammonites are made. The
currently accepted correlation of the beds containing heteromorphs on the international zonal scale
is confirmed.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM FOSSIL CREEK, OODNADATTA,
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
by R. A, ReymMenr®
[Read 9 April 1964]
SUMMARY
Fifteen species of ammonites, of which one fs new, are recorded from the
South Australian part of the Albian sequenee in the Great Artesian Basin at
Fossil Creek, 30 miles west-northavest of Oodnadatta. Thirteen of the species
are heteromorphs. They are assigned to Labeceras s. ste, L. (Appurdicerus)
and to Myloceras. The non-heteroimorphic species belonyz to Faloiferella. Con-
nections with New Guinea are confirmed and relationships with the Albian of
Portuguesa East Africa pointed out. The descriptive presentation is supported
by some simple bivariate biometric analyses, Remarks on the nekroplanktonic
dispersal of heteromorphic ammonites ure made, The currently accepted cor-
relation of the beds cantaining heteromorphs on the international zonal scale
is confirmed.
INTRODUCTION
It is some 60 years since the first Albian ammonites were described from
South Australia by Etheridge (1508). Later work on the Queensland exten-
sions of the Great Artesian Basin disclosed the presence of a multitude of forms,
largely heteromorphic; these could be tied up with a few earlier discoveries,
including a small but important collection from New Guinea. The occurrence
of certain species of the genera Prohysteroceras and Mortoniceras permitted
incorporation of the Australian occurrences in the international zonal scheme.
This was indeed fortunate, as it had not been possible to base correlation on
the unique uncoiled forms, at Jeast not at that time.
There seems to have been a Inll in interest in the South Australian Lower
Cretaceous, until the exploration for ofl in the Great Artesian Basin once again
provided the necessary incentive to further work. Up to the early fifties the
South Australian ammonite faunas were badly known and it might have been
thought strange that there was so little agreement with the sequence in Queens-
land. However, it is now possible to demonstrate complete faunal agreement
between the two areas.
The material described and figured in the present paper has been deposited
in the collections of the Geological Survey of South Australia, Adelaide,
LOCATION OF THE AREA
The area lies at about the intersection of 27° south latitude and 134° east
longitude. The fossils were obtained from exposures in the Fossil or Wool-
diidge Creek, which lies roughly 30 miles west-north-west of Oodnadatta,
The ammonites were collected by the following people: Dr. R. O. Brunn-
schweiler (1955), Dr. H. Wopfner, Mr. A. Hess and Mr. D, Seott (1956), as
well as officers of the Geological Survey of South Australia, among them Mr.
J. Johnson.
* Geologiska Institutionen, University of Stockholm (now of Department of Ceology.
University of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria). Publication No. 19 from the Department of Geology,
Universily of Ibadan, Ibadan, Nigeria.
Trans. Roy, Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
22, R, A. REYMENT
DESCRIPTIVE SECTION
Family LABECERATIDAE Spath, 1925
(Syn. Aleteceratidae, Whitehouse (1925), Myloceratidae, Spath (1939) )
The encompassment given by Wright (1956) in the Treatise of Tuvertebrate
Paleontology is here observed. The family is then considered to comprise
heteromorphs which are at first coiled in an open spiral, but later whorls may
be in contact, the shell terminating in a hook. The aperture is provided with
weak to moderately prominent, rounded lappets. The whorl section is moder-
ately to fairly strongly compressed, All genera have fine, branching ribs that
cross. the venter, U:bilical or ventrolateral tubercles, or both, occur. The
suture consists Gf bifid saddles and smallish bifid lobes.
Genus Lasecrras Spath, 1925
Type Species—Laheceras bryani Whitehouse, 1926.
Description.—Rather small shells with an open spire of a few whorls, fol-
lowed by a curyed shaft and a final hook, with the aperture usually fieing inward,
The ribs are fine, slightly sinnous and Jean forwards; occasionally they bifureate.
Umbilical tubercles may occur on the shaft and hook, as also ventrolateral
tubercles.
Age—aAlhbian.
Subgenus Lasuceras
Remarks,—I., (Labeceras) is considered to comprise forms lacking ventro-
lateral tubercles.
Labeveras (Labeceras) laqueum (Etheridge)
PL 1, Fig. 1
1892 Hamites (or Hamulinu?) laqueus, Etheridge, p. 496, pl, 42, figs, l4, 15,
1909 Crivveras taylori (in put), Etheridge, pl. 49, fig, 4.
1926 Labeceras laqueus (Etheridge &l.), Whitehouse, p. 227,
1926 Laheceras papulatum, Whitehouse, p. 228, pl. 36, fig, 4; pl. 30. figs, 3a-b.
Desctription.—This species is characterized by the dense ribbing and its ten-
dency, on the bady chamber, to weaken, become less dense and to develop
tubercles on the umbilicus, The whorl section is inflated oval, the venter is
smoothly rounded, The last 4:5 em up to the Jast suture have 33 ribs, counted
on the venter (a rib density of «= 7-3/cm).
Remarks, —There are genuine differences between this species and L, (L.)
bryani Whitehouse with respect to the ribbing. The specimen studied has
part of the altered shell material preserved on the umbilical area — here umbilical
tubercles occur, whereas on the other (figured) side, on which the shell is
missing, tubercles aré only suggested. It would therefore seem that the presence
or absence of tubercles on the body chamber is largely a matler of preservation,
althogh infraspecific variation certainly plays a part.
Material—One specimen, M 1439,
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA — 23
Labeceras (Labeceras) crassum Spath.
PI. 1, Pig. 2
1892 Crioceras sp, Etheridge, p. 502, pl. 33, fi. 4.
1909 Crioceras laqueus, Etheridge, pl, 49, figs. 7 and 9 (not fig. 8).
1925 Lubeceras plasticum sp. nov. var. crassa, Spath, p. 191, pl. 34, figs. 5-7
1926 Labeceras trifidum, Whitehouse, p, 228.
P1958 Lubecerus trifidum Whitehouse, Glaessner, p, 218, pl, 26, figs. 4a-c.
Description —None of the specimens available is complete. The species is
characterised by clavate umbilical tubercles on the body chamber, from which
the ribs proceed in bundles of twos and threes, Two fragments may be from
the septate part of the shell; these are also provided with umbilical tubercles,
but these lie further down on the dorsolateral shoulders, The whorl sections of
these two smaller fragments are subquadrate, whereas that of the body chamber
is almost round.
Material—Three specimens, M 1440, M 1441, M 1442.
Remarks.—Whitehouse (1926, p. 229) thought that the seplate part of the
shell of this species might not be tuberculate. The evidence of the present
material, although not absolutely conclusive, suggests that the contrary may
be true. It is still not possible to give a picture of the suture line; however, the
fragment of the body chamber also has the last septal surface preserved. From
this it may be interred that the central lohe is narrow, the external saddle very
broad, the first lateral saddle is narrow, but not as narrow as the ventral lobe,
and the first lateral saddle is also broad. This accords well with the general
form of the labeceratid suture. The ribbing of the form referred here by
Glaessner (1958) appears coarser ard the ridges formed by the saddles on the
septal surface are wider than our matcrial, Nevertheless, the original figures
of Etheridge (1909, p, 49, figs. 7 and 9) indicate variability with respect to
costation. The East African material figured by Spath (1925) agrees closely
with the Australian.
Biometric Analysis —It has already been observed that there appears to be
variation with respect to the ontogeny of the whorl section of L. crassum, Mea-
surements. on maximum whorl height and whorl breadth were made and these
fog, 4
a
jo 215 ~-120.~ «Ls «7S
109. B
Fig. 1. Govariation in whorl breadth and whorl
hoight of Labeceraa crassum Spath,
24 i. A. REYMENT
were then subjected to regression analysis. It is worth mentioning that the
whor] dimensions do not increase regularly and there are frequent slight diminu-
tions shown by the largest specimen. In text Fig. 1 a plot of logy (breadth)
against Ing, (height) is shown together with the regression lines of the data.
The logarithmic transformation is necessary as the measurements are non-linear,
thus indicating differential growth. The correlation coefficient between the
transformed variables is 0-926, which is highly significant.
Labeceras (Labecerus) compressum Whitchouse
PL 1, Fis, 3-4
1926 Labeceras compressum, Whitchouse, p. 228, pl. 36, fig, 5; pl. 39, fies, Sa-b,
Description.—This species is characterised by the compressed whorl section,
the numerous, thin ribs, which lean slightly forwards on the shaft of the body
chamber. but straighten up on the hook thereof, and the rather tight bend of the
ervok. The rihs may bifurcate at the dorsolateral margin or in the outer third
of the Hanks, The rib density of the body chamber studied is e=7-7/em. The
lappets run from the dorsolateral shoulder to the beginning of the vuter third
of the flanks. The suture line has a relatively broad external lobe, a broad
external saddle with a rather well developed median sublabe, a broad first
lateral lobe and a first lateral saddle of about the same width as. the first
lateral lobe.
Material—Two specimens. M 1415, M #443.
Remarks.—Unfortunately, the photograph of the holotype supplied by White-
house: (1926, p. 29, fig. 5a) is indistinct so that the details of the ribbing cannot
be made ont. However, the distinctive development of the lappets is clear,
as also the compressed whorl section,
Labeceras (Labeceras) oodnadattacnsis sp. noy-
VL. 1, Fig. 3
Holotype.—A vomplete specimen, M 1444 and M 1445, fisured in Pl. 1, Fig, 5.
Diugnosis—A species of L, (Labeceras) with the following characteristics:
Whorl section strongly compressed, sigmoidal ribbing, simple and bifurcated,
leaning slightly forward, aperture not turned in towards shaft.
Description —The coiling is aucyloceratid, the tip of the shell lying only
about 1 mm, from the shaft. The body chamber takes up just less than one-half
of the total shell length (= 0-47 of total lenvth). The shell heightens rapidly
(see text Fig. 2) during the first part of its Jenzth and thereafter the increase
is less rapid. Height increase ceases around the hook of the shetl, where pevinds
of decrease in height also occur, The rib density is «= 6-5/em. The ribs are
slightly flexed, they widen slightly outwards. Most ribs bifureate either at the
dorsolateral margin or at the outer third of the fank. but simple ribs alse ovcur,
The aperture is not directed towards the shaft, but faces instead outwards, The
suture line is typical of Labeoeras. Maximum length = 62 mm.
Muterial—One complete specimen. This specimen is in twu parts, the one
an almost complete monld, lacking the first part of the shell, the other partly the
impression of the shell, but bearing the first part of the shell,
Remarks —The new species is most closely related to L. (L.) compressum
Whitehouse, but differs in the following important aspects, The ribbing of
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 25
L, (L.) ovddnadattuensis sp. nov, is somewhat coarser, the ribs are more siz-
moidal and have a tendency to become club-shaped, the shell is smaller, and the
aperture does not face inwards. The speeimen is figured in its nekroplanktonic
floating position in Pl. 1, Fig, 5,
H
2
15 es6s g
° 8 oe ek 7 Gp
Te) 5. 8
3 o (O°
oO
4a to tse as Ho ts so oy eo es 0 750
Fig, 2. Ontogeny of wharl height shawn for 5 mm intervals of
length for Lubeceras (Labeceras) oodnadattaensis sp. wov.
(open ciréles). The development of the body chamber of
L. (L.) compressum Whitehouse (filled dots) is shown for
comparison, Ap denotes the end of the body chamber. Mea-
surements in wm.
Subgenus Appurpicenas Whitehouse, 1926
Type Species--Ancyloceras cordycepoides Fitheridge, 1905.
Description —Ancyloceratidally coiled whorls with rounded subquadrate to
rounded subrectangular whorls. The ribs are mainly simple but occasional bifur-
cation may ocour. Some ribs bear ventrolateral tubercles,
Labeceras (Appurdiceras) cordycepoides (Etheridge)
Pl, 1, Figs. 6 and 7
1905 Ancylocerus cordycepoides, Etheridge, p. 14, pl. 1, fizs. 3-5; pl. 2, fly, 4(2).
1926 Appurdiceras cordycepoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p. 230.
Description—This species is characterised by its subquadrate to circular
whorl section, and the stout, only occasionally bifurcated ribs, which lean for-
wards, about every filth of which is provided with a strong, spinate ventro-
lateral tubercle, The ribbing appears to hecome denser on the body chamber.
Material—Two specimens. M 1446, M 1447.
Genus MyLocenss Spath, 1925
(Syn, Aleteceras, Whitehouse, 1926, Flindersites, Whitchouse, 1926),
Type Species —Crioceras ammonoides Utheridge, 1909.
Description,—Shells larger than Labeceras s. 1. with the spire either crio-
ceratid or ancyloceratid and more closely coiled than Labecerus; at some stage
of development some whorls are in contact. The aperture does not face inward
to the same degree as in most Labeceras. "The whorl section varies from strongly
compressed to strongly depressed. Ventrolateral tubercles may occur.
Remarks. —The differences considered by Whitehouse (1926) to be of generic
importance in separating Myloceras, Aleteceras, and Flindersites are so slight
as to be hardly of specific importance. In the present connection, therefore, the
procedure adopted by Wright (1957) is adhered to and all are grouped under
Myloceras Spath.
26 R. A. REYMENT
Myloceras nautiloides (Etheridge)
Pl 2, Vigs, L 2: ‘Text-Fig. 3
1909 Criveras nautiloides, Etheridge, p. 148, pl. 45, text-fig. 8.
1926 Aleteceras nautiloides (Ttheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p, 233.
Description.—The whorls partly embrace. The body chamber has a depressed
whorl section, the carly septate part of the shell has a square whorl section, this
becoming depressed while the shell is still septate. The septate whorls bear
occasional ventrolateral tubercles (on about every sixth or seventh rib), The
later septate part lacks tubercles, There are both simple and bifurcated ribs,
simple ribs being most common on the hody chamber. The shell wall is almost
3 mm. in thickness. A complete final suture is shown in Text Fig, 3.
tad
Fig, 3. Suture line of Myloceras nautilvides (Etheridge)
M 1449 x L.
Material.—Three specimens. M 1448, M 1449, M 1450 (8 pieces).
Remarks—The miaterial here described agrees with the specimen from
Aramac, Queensland, very well. The depressed whorl section of the body
chamber serves to distinguish the species well from other Myloceras,
Biometric Analysis—The ontogeny of the whorl section was studied by
plotting breadth of whorl against height of whorl (Text Fig. 4). There is
obvious non-linearity in the data and it may be concluded that the growth
rates for breadth and height change differentially with respect ta each other,
There is not sufficient material to permit 4 regression analysis.
Myloceras plectoides (Etheridge)
Pl. 2, Fig. 3; PL 5, Figs. 1, 2
1909 Crivceras plectoides, Etheridge, p. 152, pl. 33, fig. 2; pl. 4G, fe. 4: pl 47, fius, 1-4.
1926 Aleteceras plectoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, pl, 40, figs, 2a-c,
1926 Alefeceras tardicostatum, Whitehouse. p. 232, pl. 40, figs. La-c.
Description—The whorl section of this specics begins by being rather com-
pressed but by about a diameter of 45 mm. it is almost subquadrate. Judging
trom the materia] at hand there also appears ta be an ornamental chanye during
the ontogeny in that the early part of the shell has slightly flexed ribs, these
tending to become straighter, sharper, and slightly reclined at more advanced
growth stages, There seems to be some variability concerning the point at which
the ventrolateral tuberculation becomes apparent. The tubercles of the figured
specimen in Pl, 2, Fig, 3, ace feeble,
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA = 27
Material.—Mostly fragments, Nine specimens, M 1419, M 1451, M 1452,
M 1453, M 1454, M 1455, M 1456, M1457.
Remarks.—Owing to the fact that there would appear to be a fair degree of
variation in the strength of the ventrolateral tubercles of this species, it may
not always be easy tu pick it out, It seems likely that Whitehouse based his
new species tardicostatum on the inner whorls of plectoides.
Myloceras baccatum (Whitehouse)
Pl. 2, Fig, 4
1909 oe did flinderst Etheridge (in part), pl. 36, fig. 2; pl. 41, fig. 3; pl. 42, fiz. 2; pl. 44,
aw 2,
1926. Flindersites baceatus, Whitehouse, p. 236.
Description.—The shell is large. The ribs are spaced, fairly strong and
slightly flexed. There are moderately prominent, rounded ventrolateral tubercles.
The ribs occasionally bifurcate al the dorsolateral margin, or unite at a ventro-
lateral tubercle. Two ribs proceed from each ventrolateral tubercle.
Material—One specimen, M 1458.
Remarks.—In general appearance this species is not unlike M. intermedium
(Whitehouse), but the specimen available is insufficient to pennit accurate
analysis. The figured specimen, which is crushed, shows a suite of sutures.
4
50 a
SOL
is 35 354s SS 5B
Fig, 4. Covariation in whorl breadth and whorl height
for Mylocerus nattiloides (Etheridge).
Myloceras intermedium (Whitehouse)
PL. 1, Fig. 8
1909 Crieceras flindersi Etheridge (in part), pl, 40, figs. 1, 2.
1926 Flindersites intermedius, Whitehouse, p, 237.
Description.—This species has an almost rectangular whorl section, the venter
is broad and arched, The ribs are thin, sharp and slightly flexed and lean
strongly forwards, The ventrolateral tubercles are moderately strong and clayate,
The ribs appear to be single on the flanks, but divide at the ventrolateral
tubercles. On the dorsum the ribs sweep strongly forwards.
MaterialOne specimen. M 1459.
98 kh. A. REYMENT
Myloceras axonoides (Etheridge)
Pl 3, Fig. L
1809 Crivceras axonoides, Etheridge, p, 150, pl. 32, fig. 4; pl dt. fie, 1.
1925 Mylocéeras amaltheia, Spath, p. 194, pl. 34, fig. 2,
1926 Aleteceras(?) axonoides (Etheridye fil.), p. 235,
Description—This species is typified by the stout tubereulatiin of the
septate whorls (the present material does not aid in clearing up the problem
of whether the body chamber of the species really is non-tuberculate (ch Spath,
1925, p. 194)), and the sharp nature of the costation, which leans slightly
forwards,
Material—A crushed fragment. M 1460,
Remarks.—Etheridge (1909, p, 151) definitely states the species to retain its
tubercles throughout all growth stages, but this is net apparent from the figure.
Spath distinguished his species M. amaltheia from M. axonvides on the basis
of the non-tuberculation of the outer whorls of the latter and the “different”
nature Of the inner whorls of the two species. As far as is apparent from the
illustration and our specimen there do not appear to be any significant differ-
ences. The specimen here figured agrees closely with the inner whorls of the
specimen figured by Etheridge (1909, pl. 44, fie, 1),
Vig. &. Suture line of a large fragment of Myloceras flindersi (McCoy). M J468. xt.
Myloceras flindersi (McCoy)
P). 3, Figs, 2, 3, Text Figs. 5, 6
L867 Ancyloceras flindersi, McCoy, p, 356.
1909. Crivceras flinderst Etheridge (in part), pl. 39, figs. 1, 2, 3.
1926 Flindersites flindersi, Whitehouse, p, 237.
1926 Flindersites aff. flindersi (McCoy), Whitehouse, p. 237.
Description —This very large species is characterised by the clavate yentro-
lateral tubercle, which. seem to disappear on the last parts of the body chambers
of very large specimens and the sharp, though low, ribs, which may be almost
straight to slightly flexed. After one turn the whorls are in contact. At a
diameter of 19 mm, the ornament consists of single ribs, every fourth of which
is provided with a spinate tubercle. Here the rib density is roughly «= 8/cm.
A specimen with a radius of 46 mm. is somewhat more compressed than might
be expected, but this may be ua normal ontogenetic feature; it appears to have
been slightly crushed, At this stage each rib bears an almost clavate tubercle
and rib bifurcation is of frequent occurrence. Larger fragments are more
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 29
Fig. 6. Suture line of a fraement of Myloceras aff. flautersi (McCoy).
M 1467, x0°75,
quadrate in whorl section, A large fragment of a septate specimen is similarly
ornamented, but the whorl section is too depressed for it to be placed with
flindersi. The suture of this specimen is figured in Text Fig. 6.
Material—13 specimens. M 1461, M 1462, M 1463, M 1464, M 1465, M 1466,
M 1467(?), M 1468, M 1469, M 1470.
Remarks.—The foregoing description is based on fragments and is therefore
to a certain extent subjective, To date no complete specimen has been found.
Biometric Analysis.—Pcrusal of the plot of the data on whorl height and
breadth in Text Fig. 7 indicates some departure from linearity, but this is not
of the order as to necessitate the logarithmic transformation. The figure also
indicates further support for the identifications of the fragments here made, as
deviating specimens would show up by falling outside the path of ontogenetic
development,
Fig, 7, Covariation of whorl height and whorl breadth
for Myloceras flindersi (McCoy) with the regression
lines. Measurements in mm.
The regression equations are:
B=1 :
H=0-97B + 0-04
?
and the correlation coefficient is r = 0+993, which is highly significant. As
shown on the diagram, the regression lines almost coincide.
30 R, A, REYMENT
Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge)
1909 Crioveras ammonoides, Etheridge, p. 502, pl. 30, figs. 8, 9.
1926 Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge fil.), Whitehouse, p, 234, pl. 41, figs. 2a-h.
1926 Myloceras orbiculus, Whitehouse, p. 235, pl. 41, figs. la-h,
Material—Two specimens, M 1471, 1472.
Reniarks.—The two fragments referred here differ from the closely similar
M. davidi in their whorl section. This is illustrated graphically in Text Fig. 8,
in which the development of length and height of whorl section are compared
for the two forms. Comparison with the figures published by Etheridge (1909)
and Whitehouse (1926), and the accompanying descriptions, fails to bring
forth criteria of sufficient importance as to warrant specific separation of ammo-
noides and orbiculum. Thus, both are reported to be compressed, to he more or
less ovoid in section, to be densely ribbed with flexed costae that are straight
on the venter; only occasional ribs bear tubercles, and the ribs do not bifurcate at
the tubercles.
B
po.
fe)
°
SOL le} e
°
*
oO
FoF e
dol
2s a
oe i L.. = | t 4 J agre
36 40 sa 6G 7c Bo 4H
Fig. 8. Development of the whorl section of Myloceras
ammonoides (Etheridge) and M, davidi Whitehouse,
The filled dots indicate ammonoides and the open dots
duvidi, Measurements in mm.
Myloceras dayidi Whitehouse
Pl. 3, fiz. 4; pl. 4, figs. 1-4; pl. 5, figs. 3, 4
1909 Crinceras sp., Etheridge, p, 144, pl, 38, figs. 1, 2.
1926 Myloeeras davidi, Whitehouse, p. 235, pl. 37, figs. 2a-v.
1958 Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Glaessner, p. 217, pl. 26, figs. 2-3.
Description.—This species is charactcrised by the whorl section, compressed
and broadest at the dorsolateral shoulders, the numerous thin, sharp, flexed
costae, provided with small spinate ventrolateral tubercles and the initial coiling.
Many ribs bifureate at about the middle of the Hanks and join up again at the
ventrolateral tubercles (Pl. 4, Fig. 3) or two ribs may unite at a tubercle. The
ribs swing forwards on the dorsum. On rounding the bend the whorl section
hecomes more quadrate but thereafter reverts to the usual compressed form.
Suture shown in Pl, 4, Fig, 2,
Material —19 fragments. M 1417, M 1420, M 1473, M 1474, M 1473, M 1476,
M 1477, M 1478, M 1479, M 1480, M 1481, M 1482, M 1483, M 1484, M 1485,
M 1486, M 1487.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OQODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 31
Remarks.—This species is the most richly represented one in the collection,
Unfertunately, yery few of the fragments permitted measurements. M. davidi
and M. ammonoides are not easy to hold apart, particularly in crushed speci-
mens, as both are compressed and have much the same tvpe of ornament. More-
over, one of the characteristics considered specific for M, ammonoides, namely,
the bundling of ribs at the ventrolateral tubercle, has been observed to oceur
in M. davidi, together with rib division. In fact, on the basis of the information
offered by the present material, it would seem that the whorl section offers the
only more or less relitble way of holding the two species apart. The two
specimens figured by Glaessner (1957) from New Guinea are typical of the
species.
Family ACONECERATIDAE
Genus FParcwenetta Casey, 1954
Falciferella reymenti Brunnschweiler?
Pl, 5, Fig. 6
1959 Falciferella reymenti, Bruunschweiler, p. 16, pl. 1, figs, 7, 8.
Remarks. —The shell is not preserved on any of these specimens, hence it is
not possible to provide observations concerning the ornament, Brunnschweiler
(1959, p. L7) noted that whenever any indication of falcoid striation or ribbing
is shown it is on the dorsolateral part of the flanks.
Material.—Five fragments, M 1488, M 1489, M 1490, M 1491, M 1492.
Falciferella sp. nov.
PI.5, Fie. 3
Remarks.—Several crushed specimens of a Falctferella occur in the material.
These are of a form, smooth except for faint lateral striae. Unfortunately, the
material is insufficient for description.
In addition to these aconeceralids the material alsu contains several frag-
ments of ammonites possibly referable to the genera Bendanticeras and San-
martinoceras.
Material—Figured specimen. M 1493,
ON THE DISPERSAL OF HETEROMORPUIC AMMONITE SHELLS
Growth of the heteromarphic shell. Changes in the coiling of a cephalopod
shell depend ou fluctuations in the allometric relations governing growth of the
same, Jor the purpose of simplilying the following discussion it will be taken
that growth occurs by mearis of two centres, one controlling the dorsal part of
the shell, and one its ventral part. If the growth rates of the dorsum and venter
we equal (isometric vrowth), a straight shell results (for example, straight
nautiloids). In ammonites, however, the growth rate of the yenter is asually
many times greater than that of the dorsum, and coiled shells with embracing
whorls result—the greater the ventral growth rate, the greater will be the
degree of involution of the shell. Hence, the position may be summarised by
saying that the growth of the venter is always positive allometric with respect
to the growth rate af the dorsum, apart from the special case of equality of the
42 K. A. REYMENT
aorta rates, A heferomorphic shell will result when the two rates of growth
uctuate. Tenee, in Labeceras the ventral rate of growth is initially slightly
greater than the dorsal rate of growth, the difference being so slivht, that the
whorls are never in contact. This stage is followed by a period of isometric
srowth, atter which a return to much the same growth differences us during
earlier ontogeny is made, For Myloceras the growth differences ure, for abarit
the fivst whorl, similar to thase pertaining in Labeceras, after which a period
of inevease in the positive allometric relationship takes place. Here, the whorls
are just in contact with each other. This growth stage is followed by a period
of isometric growth, after which a reversion to the earliest pattern occurs,
It is well known that the spiral of the ammonite shell may be described
by the Jogarithmiec spiral. That is: r=aci*, where a is a constant, r the shell
radius, » the angle of the spiral, and y is a factor which determines the shape
of the curve. The factor y thus decides whether the shell will be involute,
evolute or with the whorls not in contact (Llaarlinder, 1952). During part ot
the growth of both Laheceray and Myloceras the shell describes a logarithmic
spiral. Hewever, particularly in connection with the formation of the Imyly
chamber this is not so. ‘This is the most important difference between hetero-
morphic ammonites (excluding those in which the logarithmic spiral is folluwed
at all growth stages—in a sense these are not genuine heteromorphs) and
normal ammonites.
The Relationship Between Shell Shape and Shell Dispersal —iw this section
the importance of the shape of the shell with respect to nekroplanktonic dis-
persive possibilities is reviewed and some formulae for the yolume of certain
idealised shell types given. According to the results obtained by my investi-
gations on Laetors in the distribution of fossil cephalopods (Reyment. 1958)
the orthoconic type of shell is one with excellent Hoating capabilities; hence,
one Jikely to be widely spread nekroplanktonically. The volume of an idealised
orthocone is given by the simple expression: V= }4r°h, where r is the radius
of the hase and fh is the height of the shell. In this kind of shell the maximum
expusure of surface area is achieved and the maximum relative uplift results,
Far dead shells the buoyaucy is decreased by the weight of the body chamber,
it could be shown experimentally (Reyment, 1958, p. 122) that the body
chamber of an orthocone must exceed half of the total shell length it a shell
is ty sink, A rough expression for the mass of the aragonite In a conical shell,
assuming a thickness of 1mm. is M = 0°98 x (r*,hy—7%h.), where 1) and 1m are
the differences in racing due to wall thickness and fy and fs are the correspand-
ing differences in height. Similar expressions may be derived for shells of ellip
tical cross section (the baculitid type).
Tor cviled shells the effective volume depends on the degree of involution
vf the shell, the lesser the degree of evohttion the greater the elfective volume,
The effective volume of a cuiled evolute shell the whorls of which are just in
contact is given by the following expression (kindly derived for me by Dr.
I, RB. Nystedt, Dept, Mathematics, University of Stockh )=
“|
4 , | weots cw 2a) cot fa)?
YF x |e (e e “) awh
—7 q
wk sing2 |, 4
ee nt hea RS
6 7
where £2 is the tangential angle to the radius, ev the angle of rotation, ¢ the varius.
qa) 2m cots? 2 ent f?
kwnd # constants, R -~ ae a M. h=—ler means and Ip Io a
ew Hots — Rar) cot.)
“(0 cots Pat 7) ed
a
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 33
This will also apply to heteromorphic shells as long as the logarithmic spiral
is followed, Generally, the combination of the properties of straight shells and
evolute shells met with in heteromorphic ammonites, as in Labeceras and
Myloceras, indicates high huoyancy properties, owing to the maximum utilisation
of the entire length of the cone in the effective volume. Consequently, it is to
be expected that heteromorphic ammonites will be good floaters in the nekro-
planktonic state (Reyment, 1958, p. 172), depending | naturally on the length of
the body chamber, For Labeceras oodnadattaensis sp. nov. the bady chamber
makes up 47 per cent of the total shell length, which is within the bounds
required in order for the empty shell to float. In Fig. 9a-b the nekroplanktonic
floating positions for Labeceras and Myloceras are shawn.
B
Fig. 9 a, Floating position for Labeceras; b, Hoating position for Myloceras.
Kuidence for Nekraplanktonic Dispersal—This is of two kinds, geographic
and sedimentologic. The relatively wide geographic distribution of some of
the species treated in this paper is suggestive, Firstly, we have the expected
wide distribution of species in the Great Artesian Basin—practically all of the
forms among the heteromorphic ammonites treated by Whitehouse (1926) in
his monograph also vecur in the South Australian material. Secondly, there is
the occurrence of thesc heteromorphs in New Guinea, amongst them the forms
recorded by Claessner (1958), including Labeceras crassum Spath and Mylo-
ceras davidi Whitehouse. Finally, there is the important occurrence of Labeceras
erassum Spath and Myloceras axonoides (Etheridge) in Portuguese East Africa.
The buoyant structure of these shells suggests that possibilities of wide-ranging
oceanic transport, as has been observed for the shells of Nautilus (ef Reyment,
1958),
34 R, A, REYMENT
The nature of the sediment in which the ammonites occur is of the calcareous
tidal mud type, such as that forming in the Bahamas Islands area today (cf.
Reyment, 1958), and also in the Jurassic deposits of Solnhofen and Holzmaden,
Germany. The drifting shells finally fastened in the shallow water calcareous
sediment.
The actual living place of the ammonites was probably in the sea nearby
and cven further out, but this can, of course, only be a matter of speculation,
The only certain tact is that the places of occurrence of the ammonite shells do
not represent the area in which they actually lived.
STRATIGRAPHIC CONCLUSIONS
All ammonites are of Albian age and are to be correlated with the varicostm-
eyyatoriale zones of the standard English Gault succession (Spath, 1925), and
possibly the orbignyi zone (Whitehouse, 1926).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author wishes to express his sincere thanks to Geosurveys of Australia
and the Department of Mines of South Australia for supplying all of the study
material. Particular thanks for assistance in many ways are due to Dr. RB,
Brunnschweiler, formerly of Geosurveys of Australia, Dr. N. Ludbrook and Dr.
H, Wopfner of the Geological Survey of South Australia. Dr. Ludbrook also
kindly arranged publication of these results. The photographs were taken by
Mr, L. Kutnar, formerly of the Department of Geology, University of Stockholm.
tu connection herewith Mr, Kutnar devised a way of photographing plasticene
casts of ammonites.”
* All ammonites were coated with ammonium ¢hloride prior to photographing. Tt is,
however, not pussible to achieve a suiwoth distribution of this substance on plasticene casts
af wharls, which usually meang that the cast must be photographed without preparation,
Mr. Kutnar found that by first chilling the cast and then spraying with an acrylate fixing base
(Zapon plastic lacquer—used for fixing pencil drawings) a surface conld be produced on which
the ammonium chloride will fasten satisfactorily.
REFERENCES
Brauxnscaweiten. R. O., 1959: New Aconeceratinae (Annnonoides) from the Albion and
Aptian of Australia. Bull. Bur, Min. Resour. Geol. Geophys., No. 54, pp. I-19, 1 pl,
Erxermee, R., 1995; Cretaceous Fossils fram Dalhousie Springs. Parl. Pap. Sth. Aust., No.
Tl. pp. 13-17, 3 pls,
—~—, 1909: Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcovo, Ward and Nive
Rivers. Kee, Aust, Mus., vol, 7, pp, 135-165, pls. 30-49.
GuaArssnen, M. F., 1958: New Cretacenus Fossils from New Guinea, Rec. Sth, Aust. Mus,
pp. 199-226, pls. 24-25.
———, and Parkin, L. W., 1958 (ed.): The Geology of South Australia. J. yeol, Soc, Aust.
vol. 5, pt. 2, 163 pp.
HaAnranner, W., 1952> Die Spirale der Ammonoiden. Ceol. Bl, NO-Bayern, yol. 2, pt. 1,
pp, LS.
Jack, BR. L., and Evraermer, R., 1892; The Geology and Palaeontology of Queensland anil
New Guinea. 768 pp., 68 pls. Brishane.
ALBIAN AMMONITES FROM OODNADATTA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 30
McCoy, F., 1867: On the Discovery of Ichkthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus in Australia. Ann.
Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol, 19.
Rensou, B., 1954: Neuere Probleme der Abstammunyslehre, Ferd. Enke Verl., Stuttgart,
6 pp.
Rryment, R. A., 1958: Some Factors in the Distribution of Fossil Cephalopods. Stockh.
Contr. Geol., val. 1, pt. 6, pp. 97-184, 7 pls.
Spatu, L. F., 1925: On Upper Albian Ammonoidea from Portuguesc East Africa, with an
Appendix on Upper Cretaceous Aminonites from Maputoland. Ann. Transv. Mus.,
vol. 11, pp. 179-200, pls. 28-37,
Wuirtrnouse, F. W., 1926: The Cretaceous Ammonoidea of Eastern Australia. Mem. Queens].
Mus., vol. 8, pt. 5, pp. 195-242, pls. 34-41.
———, 1928: Additions to the Cretaceous Ammonite Fauna of Eastern Australia, Part 2
(Desmoceratidae). Mem. Queens]. Mus., vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 200-206, pl, 25.
Waircut, C. W,, 1957: Section on Cretaceous Ammonites in “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon-
tology”, Part L. Mollusca 4. Cephalopoda. Ammonoidea. Geol. Soc. Amer. and
Kansas Univ. Press, 490 pp.
36
Fig,
Fig,
ig,
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
Pig.
Fig,
Vig,
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
Vig.
Fig.
Fig.
Pig.
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
Fix,
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig,
Fig.
Fig.
dd Go bo
wnNnne
oma Ble
R. A. REYMENT
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
. Labecerus (Labeceras) laquewn (Etheridge). View of part of the shaft und the
crook and ithe last six sutures (obserye the crowding of the final two sutures),
M 1439, XI.
Labeceras (Labeceras) crassum Spath. Portion of the body chamber. M 1440, X1°8.
. Labeceras (Labeceras) compressum Whitchouse. Au entire hody chamber, running
from the final suture to the apertural lappets. Fragments of shell material of the
same species attached, ‘This specimen retains largely its (altered) shell material.
M 1441, X1-4,
. The same species. Ventral view showing the sutures. M 1415, X2-1.
. Labeceras ( Labeceras) oodnadatiaensis sp. nov, Lateral view of the holotype show-
ing several of the final sutures, S.A.M., M 144d, X1-2,
. Labeceras (Appurdiceras) cordycepoides (Etheridge). Lateral view of a fraginent
showing three sutures. M 1446, X1-3,
. Same species. A body chamber. M 1447, X1-3.
. Myloceras intermediun (Whitehouse). Part of a body chamber. M 1459, XL.
PLATE 2
. Myloceras ndutiloides (Etheridge), Ventral view of part of a body chamber, M 1448,
?
. Same specics. Lateral view of septate whorls. M 1450, X1-3.
. Myloceras plectuides (Whitehouse). Early septate part of a shell. M 1451, X1+2.
. Myloceras buccatum (Whitchouse), Part of the body chamber and the last three
sutures. M 1458, X0-6.
PLATE 3
» Myloceray axonoides (Etheridge). Latera] aspect of part of am inner whorl. M 1460,
X18,
, Mylocerus flindersi (McCoy). Crushed fragment showing the swung ribbing. M 1463,
X16,
. Same species. M 1469, X0-5,
. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Specioien shawing part of an early whorl. M 1486, XL.
Pate 4
. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse. Impression. M 1473, X1-3.
. Same species, Cast showing the suture line. M 1417, X1-1.
. Same species. Crushed cast showing Hexed ribs and the nature of the tuberculation.
M 1474, X1°1.
. Sane species. M 1481, X1-3.
PLATE 5
. Myloceras plectoides (Etheridge). Specimen showing sutures, M 1419,
Same species, Plasticene mould of a specimen. M 1457, XI.
. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse, Jlasticene mould of a specimen. M 1485, X1-2.
, Same species. Internal structure of chambers, M 1487, XI.
. Faleiferella sp. Crushed specitinen iv the body chamber of a Myloceras. M 1493, X2,
. Falciferella reymenti_ Brumnschweiler? Specimen showing the development of the
inuer whorls, M 1488, XG.
R. A. ReyMENT
Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
PLATE |
R. A, ReymMenr PLATE 2
Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88,
PLATE
R. A. REYMEN
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReymM ent PLATE 4
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReyMer
PLATE 5
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
COILING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN LABECERATIDAE
(ALBIAN; CRETACEOUS)
BY R. A. REYMENT
Summary
Observations are presented on the mode of coiling and the shell form of some typical labeceratid
ammonites from the Albian of Fossil Creek, near Oodnadatta.
COILING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN LABECERATIDAE
(ALBIAN; CRETACEOUS)
By BR. A. REyMentr®
[Read 9 April 1964]
SUMMARY
Observations are presented on the mode of eniling and the shell form of
some typical labeceratid ammonites from the Albian of Fossil Creek, near Ood-
nadatta.
There has been a recent awakening of interest in Lower Cretaceous hetero-
morphic ammonites. Wiedmann (1962) has published a rather far-gaing revision
vf many heteromorphs, including Labeceratidae, which he prefers to see as a
subfamily of Anisoceratidae. The purpose of the present note is to present
certain observations on the mode of coiling and shell form, particularly of the
apertural region, of a few typical laheceratids, selected from a large collection
of ammonites from South Australia, the taxonomic examination of which is the
subject of the foregoing paper.
The ammonites derive from a limestone in Fossil or Woolridge Creek near
Oodnadatta, South Australia.
It is not here proposed to enter into any form of phylogenetic discussion.
Suffice it to say that the writer is largely in agreement with Wiedmann’s analysis
of Anisoceratidac and related groups,
In order to assist the representation of the ammonites approximate sterco-
scopic photographs were made. Shadows tend to reduce the clarity of stersv-
scopic pictures of fossils. In an attempt to minimise the development of shadows
an electronic flash apparatus, mounted to the camera, was used (film Kadak 23
DIN). Coating with sal ammoniac gave unsatisfactory results owing to the
excessive reflection from the pure white surface produced. Better results were
obtained by using medium grey poster colour, Specimens are deposited in the
museum of the Geological Survey of South Australia.
Labeceras crassum Spath,
PL 1, fig. 5; pl. 2, fig. 2a-h (sterénpair)
‘Trans, Roy, Sov. §. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
38 R. A, REYMENT
may appear planispiral. The stereopair in Pl. 2, Fig. 2a-b, show the form of
an almost complete specimen, and the nature of the aperture. The body
chamber begins at the point marked by an arrow in Pl. 1, Fig. 5. It is here
worth noting, that although Labeceras mostly has the aperture directed towards
the shaft, L. oodnadattaensis sp. nov. (Reyment, 1964) has the aperture directed
outwards.
Fig, 1 shows the plot of shell length against shell height. We observe that
these two variables are not linearly related; that is, whorl height and shell length
do not increase regularly with respect to cach other. The correlation coefficient,
computed from the Jogarithmically transformed measurements, is 0-9728, which
is highly significant.
Fig. 1. Relationship between length and height of shell ot
Labeveras crassum Spath. In this Fig, and Figs, 2 and 3, the
units are (mm x LQ).
Myloceras davidi Whitehouse
TL. 1, fig. 3u-b (stereopair); pl. 2, fix. la-h (stereopair)
The specimen figures in Pl. 1, Fig. 3a-b, and Pl. 2, Fig. la-b shows the form
of the uncoiled part of a shell, including the aperture. The shell height in-
creases at first on the body chamber and then ceases to increase towards the
aperture. The plot of shell height against shell length is shown in Fig. 2; it
will be observed that there is some departure from an even growth relationship.
The correlation coefficient, computed from the logarithmically transformed
variables, is 0-6671, which is significant on the 1 per cent level.
H
400 oP a oo P SHG ©
300 6 6
zof o © ° ad
loo}
wel ‘ ' a en 2 L L a 4 i 4 ' ' L
100 goa 1000 1500 L
Fig. 2. Relationship between length and height of shell of
Myloceras davidi Whitehouse.
COTLING AND FORM IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA LABECERATIDAE 39
4
[ea]
: t o 9 e
200+ 5 2 o 68
; 5 0 0
ail oe 8 a
| ¢ 9 ph tt en ay
100 500 (d00 SOO Ok
Fig. 3. Relationship between Jength and height of shell of
Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge).
Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge)
PL 1, fig. la-h (stercopair). fig. 2a-b (stereppair); fig. 4; pl. 2. figs. 3-5.
This specimen shows well the spiral coiling of the early part of Myloceras
(Pl. 1, Fig. 2a-b; Pl. 2, Figs. 3, 5); this is not so clearly apparent in all species.
The specimen consists of the three initial whorls=the shaft and the hook are
missing. The whorls are barely in contact and in places do not touch (PI. 1,
Fig. la-b—space between dorsum of last whorl and venter of penultimate whorl
in the upper part of the specimen). The plot of shell length against shell height
in Fig. 3 shows an almost completely regular increase relationship to exist
between the two variables, The correlation coefficient, computed from logarith-
mically transformed observations, is 0-9579, which is yery highly significant,
REMARKS
The scattergrams of length and height of whorl suggest that one might
expect some sort of differential growth relationship between these variables.
The regression equations for each species were computed. to vield for:
Labeceras erassum: y = 6-76x"-44;
Myloceras davidi: y — 67-61x9 =";
Myloceras ammonoides: —y = 0-28x"")"
We have here the interesting result that the coiled whorls of Myloceras
ammonoides grow almost isometrically with respect to length and height of shell,
whereas the uneviled parts of Labeceras crassum and Myloceras davidi grow
in some kind of allometric relationship. :
Another interesting feature of the present analysis is that log length and
log height of shell are highly correlated for the shaft and crook of L. crassum
and for the whorls of M, ammonvides, but less strongly correlated for the shaft
and crook of M. davicdi,
REFERENCES
RevmMent, HR. A., 1964: Albian Ammonites from Fossil Creck, Ondnadatta, South Australia,
Trans. Ray, Soc. S. Aust., 88, pp, 21-36
Wrepmann, J., 1962: Unterkreide-Ammoniten von Mallorca. 1. Lieferung; Lytoceratina.
Aptycht Abh. Math. N.W.-Klasse, Jahrgang 1962; Akad, Wiss. uit., Mainz, 148 pp.,
10 pls.
40
Fig.
Fig.
Figs.
R. A. REYMENT
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
. lah. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge). Stereopair. X0-62. Coated.
. 2a-b. Same species. Stereopair, X0-62. Coated. G.S.S.A. M 1497.
. 3a-b. Myloceras davidi Whitchouse. Approximate stereopair. X0-65, Coated, G.S.S.A.
M 1495,
4. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge), X0°58, Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1497.
r, 5. Labecerus crassum Spath. The arrow marks the end of the septate part of the shell.
Approximately natural size. Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1494.
PLATE 2
la-b. Myloceras davidi Whitehouse. Approximate stereopair, X0-65. Coated. G.S.S.A,
M 1495,
2a-b. Labeceras crassum Spath. Stcereopair X0-63, The impression of a shaft of the same
species occurs in the upper left-hand corner. Uncoated. G,S.S.A. M 1494.
3-5. Myloceras ammonoides (Etheridge). Figs. 3 und 5 show clearly the spiral coiling
of the younger part of the shell. X0-58. Uncoated. G.S.S.A. M 1497.
R. A. ReyMENT PLATE
Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
R. A. ReyMENT PLATE 2
Trans, Roy, Soc. 8S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, NO. 11
BY S. J. EDMONDS
Summary
Two new species of Acanthocephala are described from Australian fish; Telosentis australiensis
from Anguilla reinhardtii Steindachner and Neogorgorhynchus robustus from Siganus lineatus
(Cuvier and Valenciennes).
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, No, J!
by $. J. Epatonps®
[Read 14 May 1964]
SUMMARY
Two new species of Acanthocephala are deserihed from Australian fish,
Telosentis australiensis from Anguilla reinhardtti Steindachner and Neogergo-
rhynchus robustas from Sigenus lincetus (Cuvier and Vilonciennes }.
Telosentis australiensis n.sp.
Figs, 1-5
Telesentiy Van Cleave, 1923; Colvan, LGN,
Host and Locality--One male and two female specimens collected by F. A,
Ballantyne, Oct., 1962, from the small intestine of Anguilla reinhardtii Stein-
dachner at Moggil Creek, Brisbane, Australia (specimens sent for identification
by Dr. J. Pearson, Dept, of Parasitulogy, University of Queensland).
Description—The length of the trunk of the male is 4-0 mim, and its maxi-
mum width in the middle of the trunk is 0-6 mm. The length of the females is
5-1-5-6 mm. ond their maximum width in the anterior half of the trunk is 0-65-
1-00 mm. The anterior region of the trunk is armed with numerous rows of
posteriorly directed spmes which extend for about one-third of the way along
the ventral surface. They are about 25-30 » long. The introvert of the male is
almost cylindrical; it; length is 0-72 mm. and inaximum width 0-14 min. The
maxiroum length of the introvert of the female is 0-78 mm. and the maximum
width 0-18 mm. The introvert is armed with 16 longitudinal rows of 23-26
hooks per row. The size and shape of some of the hooks is shown in Fig. 3.
The hooks on the anterior two-thirds of the introvert are largest and possess
rooting processes, The mast posterior hook of each longitudinal row is slightly
larger than those immediately anterior tu it. The difference in the size of the
dorsal and ventral hooks that is found in T. exiguis (von Linstow, 1901) and
in T. tenuicornis (Van Cleave, 1918) is not noticeable in the Australian specimens.
Although the body wall is thick, the outer epidermal layer itself seems to be
thin and easily distorted. The receptaculum is 1:2-1-5 mm. long and double
walled. The lemnisci are ag loug us or slightly longer than the receptaculuim.
The testes are ellipsoida] and about 0-3 mm. long; they lie almost one bebind
the other. The cement glands are long pyriform and pressed closely together;
their bumber was not able to be determined, The uterus is long and the vaginal
cummplex consists of twa bulbs. No genital spines were observed in the female
and only four in the pasteriur region of the male. The eggs are spindle-shaped
(535-54) p long and (10-13) » wide, and the female aperture is subterminal,
Systematic Positiou—The generic position assigned to these specimeiis is
nol altogether satisfactory. "They closely resemble species of the genus Telosentis
Van Cleave, 1923, but the female lacks genital spines, the presence of which
is a generic character. Golvan (1960, p. 159) says that the genital spines of
Telosentis arc fragile. This being so, | prefer to place them in the genus Telo-
gentis rather ihan create another genus within the family Rhadinorhynchidae
to. contain them,
* Deparhnent of Zookugy, the University at Adelaide.
Trans, Roy, Soc. §. Aust. (1964), Val. 8S.
5. J. EDMONDS
mimes
Ye oct of eMac pha al a
eeerrrr
(7 OC er
(SS me SSS Ee eee
SOREL
WA MON
wae CKY a
SS SEN EER
3, some introvert hooks:
introvert of female;
2,
4, posterior region of female; 5, egg.
1-5. Telosentis australiensis. 1, female;
Figs.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 43.
The specimens differ from (1) T. moalini Van Cleave, 1923, the introvert of
which is armed with 12 longitudinal rows of 20 hooks and (2) T. exignus (von
Linstow, 1901) armed with 12 rows of 16-18 hooks. They are closely related to
T, tenuicornis (Van Cleave, 1918), the introvert of which is armed with 10-14
rows of 26 hooks. The introvert of the Australian specimens, however, possesses
more longitudinal rows of hooks than T. tentiicornis (Van Cleave, 1918, Plate
(11 B) and the spines on the anterior region of the trunk are relatively smaller
but far more numerous than those of T. fenuicornis as shown by Van Cleave
(1915, Plate IIT, Fig. 3). For these reasons they are regarded as a new species,
Type Specimen—Australian Muscum, Sydney.
Type Host—Anguilla reinhardtii.
Neogorgorhynchus robustus n.sp.
Figs. 6-9
Neoyorgerhynchus Golvan, 1960, pp. 150-151.
Host—One male and four female specimens were collected from the intestine
of the fish, Siganus lineatus (Cuy. et Val.), Cuallector Dr. J. Pearson (University
of Queensland ), June 2, 1956.
Locality—Heron Is., Queensland.
Description—The specimens show marked sexual dimorphism, the females
bemg about two and u half times as long as the males. The trunk of both sexes
is stout and curved yentrally to some extent in the anterior region. Posteriorly
it tapers gradually, Two lateral lacunae show up clearly in the body wall of
each of the specimens.
The trunk of the male is 15 mm. Jong and its maximum width—in the middle
of the trunk—is about 2. mm, A cylindrical introyert arises somewhat ventrally
from the anterior region of the trunk, Compared with the size of the trunk the
introvert is small, ‘Lhe armed part is 0-75 mm. long and 0-25 mm. wide, and
there is a short unarmed section about 0-08 mm, long. The former bears 14
longitudinal rows each containing 12-13 hooks per row. The posteriorly placed
hooks are smallest, The trunk is without spines. The receptaculum is double-
walled, 2-2 mm. Jong and 0-3 mm. wide. The Jemnisci are short and sac-like, The
testes are ellipsoidal and 1-2-1-5 mm. long, They overlap slightly, There are
four cement glands that are arranged in pairs und that arise at different levels.
The genital opening is terminal,
The trunk of the female is 28-37 mm. long and about 3-5 mm, wide in the
mid-region, The fully extended introvert is cylindrical, 0:9-1-0 mm, long and
about 0:3.mm. wide. There is in addition a short unarmed section 0-05-0-08 mm.
long. The introvert is armed with 14-16 longitudinal rows each of 12-14 hooks
per row. A double-walled receptaculum is 2-4-2-5 mm, long and 0-35 mm, wide,
The lemnisci are stout and sac-like and about as long as the receptaculum. The
female genitalia are about 4-5 mm. long and the anal aperture is sub-terminal.
Ripe eggs are (100-115) «long and (22-29) » wide and have polar prolongations
of the middle shell.
S. J. EDMONDS
44
Ms i
ea: Se SS Se ES (@)
Mau coe AOS RR AS WS KY
Ss
ed an ee Ss SS
SWS ES SSeS SS Sc 8
= ®
a
E )
E Va)
fe)
ert; 8, female; 9, egg.
AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 45
Systematic Position
These specimens from Queensland closely resemble Neogorgorhynchus
aspinosus (Fukui and Morisita, 1938) from the fish, Teuthis fuscescens. The
mtrovert of N. aspinosus according to Fukui and Morisita (1938) and Yamaguti
(1939) is armed with 17-18 longitudinal rows of 16-19 hooks per row while
that of the specimens from Siganus lineatus is armed with 14-16 rows of 12-14
hooks per row, The introvert of N, nudus (Harada, 1938), the only other species
in this genus, is armed with 14 longitudinal rows of 24-25 hooks per row. For
these reasons the specimens from Siganus lineatus are regarded as new and
because they are stout are given the specific name robustus.
Type Specimen—Australian Museum, Sydney,
Type Host—Siganus lineatus.
REFERENCES
Foxur, T., and Morisrra, T., 1938: Notes on the Acanthocephala Fauna of Japan. Annot
Zool. Jap., 17 (3), pp, 567-76,
Gotyan, Y.-J., 1960: Le Phylum des Acanthocephales. 3¢ Note. Ann. Parasit. hum. ef comp.
35 (1-2), pp. 138-65.
Harapa, L, 1938: Acanthocephalen aus Formosa (1). Annet. Zool. Jap., 17 (3), pp. 419-27.
Linstow, O. von, 1901: Entozoa des Zoologischen Museums der Kais. Akadamie der Wissen-
schatten zu St. Petersburg. Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, 15 (3), pp. 271-91.
Van Cueave, H. J., 1918: Acanthocephala of the Sub-family Rhadinorhynchidge from Ameri-
can fish. Jotr. Parasit., 5, pp. 17-24.
Van Cuieavy, H. J., 1923: Yelosentis, a New Genus of Acunthocephala from Southern Europe.
Jour. Parasit., 9, pp. 174-75,
Yamacutt, S., 1939: Studies in the Helminth Fauna of Japan. Acanthocephala Ul. Jap. Jour.
Zool., 8, pp. 319-351.
THREE NEMATODE SPECIES (STRONGYLOIDEA : TRICHONEMINAE)
FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES
BY A. MAGZOUB
Summary
This paper includes descriptions of a new genus and two new species, and a redescription of a
known species; parasites and hosts are as follows: Oesophagonastes gullardi (Johnston and
Mawson) from Protemnodon bicolor, Rugopharynx rufogrisea, n.sp., from P. rufogrisea, and
Pararugophurynx protemnodontis, n.g., n.sp., from P. rufogrisea. all hosts are from Logan Village,
Queensland.
THREE NEMATODE SPECIES (STRONGYLOIDEA : TRICHONEMINAE)
FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES
By A. Maczous®
(Communicated hy 8. J. Edmonds)
[Read 14 May 1964]
SUMMARY
This paper includes descriptions of a new genus and two new species, ancl
a_redescriplion of a known species; parasites and hosts are as follows: Oeso-
phagonasles gallardi (Johnston ae Mawson) from Protemnadon bicolor,
Rugopherynx rufogrisea, n.xp., from P_ rufagrisea, and Pararugopharynx protem-
nodonéis, ng. nap, from P, rufdgrised: all hosts are trom Logan Village,
Queensland.
INTRODUCTION
‘The nematodes described in this paper were collected by the Queensland
Institute of Medical Research, and sent to the University of Adelaide for exami-
nation by Dr. M. J. Mackerras, then of that Institute. I am very grateful tu Dr,
Mackerras for the opportunity pravided. Among these fresh and well-preserved
specimens it has been possible to identify one previonsly described species, and
two new species, for one of which a new genus, Purarugopharynx, is propused.
The material is plentiful, and it has been possible to measure ten mature
specimens of each sex for éach species; these measurements are given in Table 1.
The length of the vestibule and of the oesophagus is taken in each case from
the anterior end of the worm to the base of the structure,
The material received came from seven specimens of Protemnodon rufo-
grisea (all of which were parasitised in the oesaphagus as well as the stomach)
and one specimen of P. bicolor, with nematodes in both oesophagus and stomach,
All the hosts were from Logan Village, Queensland.
DESCRIPTIONS
The incidence of the species described in this paper is as follows:
Protemnodon rufogrisea (Desm.), Rugopharynx rufogrisea, n.sp. (ocso-
phagus, one of seven hosts; stomach, seven of seven hosts); Pararugopharynx
protemnadontis, n.g., n.sp. (oesophagus, two of seven hosts; stomach, three of
seven hosts).
* Part of work done for thesis for M.Sc. degree, Department of Zoology, University of
Adelaide, under UNESCO Scholarship.
Trans. Roy, Soc. S$. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88-
48 A. MAGZOUB
Protemnudon bicolor (Desm.), Oesophagonastes gallardi (Johnston and
Mawson) (oesophagus).
Oesophagonastes gallardi (Johnston and Mawson)
(Figs. 1-7)
Pharyngostrongylus gallardi Johnston and Mawson, 1942, 110,
Spirostrongylus gallardi (Johnston and Mawson), Mawson, 1955, 2.
Host and Locality—Protemnodon bicolor (syn, Macropus uallabatus), Logan
Village, Queensland. O. gallerdi is now identified in fresh material from the
type host, and it is possible to give a fuller description.
Relatively large worms, often curved in two spirals; cuticle transversely
striated. Mouth with six shallow lips, the 2 lateral with amphids and the 4
submedian ones with simple papillae. Vestibule elongate, thick-walled with
Lt
so
ll,
SZ
% im \
hl
Figs. 1-7. Ocsophagonastes gallardi. 1, head; 2, oesophageal region; 3, tail of female:
4, distul end of spicnle; 5, genital cone; 6 and 7, clorsal and Jateral views of bursa. c, cloaca:
i, inflated cuticle. Figs. 6 and 7 to same seale.
NEMATODES FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES A9
fine annular striae except anteriorly where walls are thicker and striae not
annular, Anterior three-quarters of ocsophagus, in front of constriction, is
wider in second half; terminal bulb oval. Thick cuticular ring (typical of
genus) between oesophagus and vestibule. Nerve ring at oesophageal con-
striction; stout hair-like cervical papillae in region of bulb, and excretory pore
at level of anterior part of bulh.
Bursa not deeply lobed, ventral lobes joined; bursal rays as in Figs 6 and 7.
Slight inflation of inner wall of bisa at each side of genital cone (Fig. 5).
Gubernaculum present; spicules alate nearly to pointed tips. Tail of female
conical; eggs 65-95 » by 40-55 p.
Rugopharynx rufogrisea n. sp.
(Figs. 5-12)
Host and Locality—Protemnodon rufogrisea, Lagan Village.
Short straight worms; submedian ccphalic papillae with bifid setae; amphids
distinct; buccal capsule short. Vestibule elongate, Jumen cylindrical, wall nar-
rowed at annular constriction at end of first quarter of its length; striations in
wall radial, finer anterior to constriction.
Figs, 8-12. Rugopharynx iufogriyen. 8, oesophageal region; 9, head; 10, lail of female; 11
and 12, lateral and dorsal views of bursa. Figs. 11 and 12 to same scale.
50 A. MAGZOUB
Anterior part of oesophagus ubout three-quarters its length, followed by
constriction and rather elongate terminal bulb. Nerve ring at constriction and
excretory pore at about same level; cervical papillae close to posterior end of
vestibule.
Body of female narrows sharply, especially dorsally, behind anus, to end
in distinctive narrow tapering tail. Eggs 140-160 » by 70-80 ». Bursa heavily
papillated except on dorsal lobe. Arrangement of rays shown in Figs. 11.and 12.
Spicules with rounded tips alate nearly to end,
The species is close to R. anstralis Ménniy; it is distinguished frown it by
the shape of the vestibule and the position of the cervical papillae, and in the
female by the very distinctive shape of the tail.
Pararugopharynx n. gen.
Trichoneminae: short straight warms, four setiferous submedian cephalic
papillae, external leaf crown of ten bulbous elements, buccal capsule short, vesti-
bule longer, annulated; oesophagus of two parts, anterior longer, almost cylin-
drical, separated by constriction from posterior part with terminal bulb; nerve
ring at oesophageal constriction, excretory pore and stout hair-like cervical
papillae about level of oesophageal bulb, Male: bursa entire, lobes poorly
separated, longer dorsally; ventral rays together, to edge bursa, ventrolateral
ray short, medio- and postero lateral rays together, to edge bursa; externo-
dorsal ray short, separate; dorsal ray stunt, bifurcates proximal to midlength,
viving off two short branches before bifurcation; gubernaculum present; spicules
long, stout, alate nearly to tips: genital cone surrounded by lobes of cuticle
forming an “internal bursa”. Female: tail elongate, vnlva shortly im front of
wnus, vagina loug. Parasites of wallabies.
Type Species—P. protemnodontis, n.sp.
This genus is close to Oesophagonastes Mawson (1964, in press). Tt differs
from it in the presence of a leaf crown, the form of the dorsal ray, and the
presence of an “accessory bursa” aronnd the genital cone.
Pararugepharynx protemnodontis n.g.. n.sp.
(Migs, 13-19)
Host and Locality—Protemnodontis rufogrised, Logan Village, Queensland.
Short straight worms, cuticle transversely striated, Leaf crown of ten
rounded elements. Four submedian papillae with bifid setac; amphids distinct
on Jateral cuticular elevations. Buccal capsule well developed, slightly convex
in longitudinal section. Anterior te buccal capsule is shallow cuticular ring,
very like buccal capsule of Rugopharynx spp. Vestibule cylindrical, coarsely and
regularly annulated, Oesophagus consists of long anterior part separated by
constriction from elongate terminal bulb; anterior part narrower in first half
of its length than in second half, Nerve ring at oesophageal constriction; excre-
tory pore and hair-like cervical papillae in region of bulb.
NEMATODES FROM QUEENSLAND WALLABIES 1
Figs. 13-19, Pararugopharynx protemnodontis, 13 and 14, lateral and en face views of head:
15, anterior end; 16, oesophageal region; 17, tai) of female; 18, posterior end of male, lateral
view; 19, dorsal view of fmrsa. Figs. 14 and 15 to same seule: Figs. 18 and 19 to sume scale,
Bursa] lobes hardly distinct, ventral lobes joined. Rays as in Figs. 18 and 19.
Cuticle around genital cone lohed, forming a type of accessory bursa. Guber-
naculum present, resembling that in Rugupharynx spp. Spicules stout. alae
extending nearly to tips.
Posterior end of female narrows distal to vulva, tail hardly tapering, ending
in blunt point. Eggs about 100 p by 50 p.
The species resembles those of the genus Oesophagonastes in the shape of
the oesophagus, in the position of the associated structures, and in the tvpe of
bursa, Il is distinguished by the longer and more definite buccal capsule and
the form of the dorsal rays, as well as by the presence of an “accessory bursa”;
this latter structure is, however, present in O, leptos Mawson (in press).
REFERENCES
Jounspon, T. TL, und Mawson, P. M,, 1942: The Gallard Collection of Parasitic Nematodes
in the Australian Museum. Rec, Avstr, Mus., 21 (2), pp. 110-115.
MAWSON, E M., 1955: Some Parasites of Anstralian Vertebrates, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S, Aust.
78, pp. 1-7.
Mawson, P. M., 1964: Notes on Some Nematode Species fron Kangaroos and Wallabies,
Including a New Genus and Three New Species. Parasitology (in press),
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE)
BY G. BENL
Summary
Descriptions and illustrations are given of two new species of Ptilotus, Pi. blackii from South
Australia and Western Australia, Pt. lophotrichus from Northern Territory, and of a new variety. Pr.
obovatus (Gaudich.) F.v.Muell1. var. griseus from Northern Territory. The type specimens are cited
and some critical notes are made on some characters of the new taxa which are compared with
previously described forms. Brief remarks are made on the material studied.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS
(AMARANTHACEAE)
By G. Benu*
(Communicated by Hj. Eichler)
[Read 14 May 1964]
SUMMARY
Descriptions and illustrations are stiyen of two new species. at Ptilotus, Pt.
blackti from South Australia and Western Australia, Pt. lophotrichus from Narth-
ero Vertitory, and of a new variety, Pt. obovatus (Gaudich.) F.v.Muell. var,
griseus from Northern Territory. The type specimens are cited and some critical
notes are made on some characters of the new taxa which are compared with
previously deseribed forms. Brief remarks aro made on the material studied.
_ A recent examination of specimens of Ptilotus sent from the State Herbarium
of South Australia (AD) revealed the existence of three hitherto imknown
taxa which are here described as follows;—
1. Ptilotus blackii Benl, sp.nov. (Tig, 1).
Planta perennis tenera (caulibus 15-25 cm longis et 1-5-3 mm diametro)
vel valida (caulibus ad 40 cm longis, ad 7 mm diametro ), pluricaulis; rhizomate
tortuoso 0-5-1 cm et ultra crasso, adscendente. Caules virgato-erecti pallido-
virides, iuveniles puberuli dein glabri, angulato-striati aut suleati, per totam
longitudinem foliati, basi lignosi, plerumque (corymboso-) ramosi, rarius usque
ad inflorescentiam indivisi, Rami ramulique divaricati vel adscendentes, summi
approximati.
Folia primo puberula dein glabra, viridia, plus minusve coriacea, inlegerrima,
interdum marginibus subsinuatis, nervo medio subtus prominulo, inaequalia:
basalia (ad 10) congesta spathulata, 4-7-5 cm longa et 1-5 cm lata, in petiolum
distinctum, superne leviter alatum, ca. 3 em longum contracta; caulina alterna
oblongo-lancevlata, ad 4 cm longa et 1'2 cm lata, apicem versus gradatim
minora, summa interdum in bracteas: quasi transeuntia. Inflorescentiae capitatae,
subhemisphaericae, pedimenlato-erectae, ramos ramulosque terminantes, non
amplae (2 cm longae, 3 cm latae), coloribus bractearum et tepalorum autem
conspicuae, haud densiflorac; rhachis brevis lanuginosa. Flores (10-20). iuveniles
apicibus nudis inter bracteas atrofuscas ermmpentes, dein bracteis duplo
longiores perianthio roseo vel (pallide) carneo spectabilcs.
Bractea bracteolaeque curinatae, setaceo-acuminatae, pilosae (pilis spinu-
loso-articulatis apicem haud attingentibus), inaequales; bractea inferior rigida,
oblongo-ovata, 8 mm longa, ad 3 mm lata, opaca, (atro-)fusea, in dorso omnine
villosula (Fig, 1, a); bracteolue Jaterales membranaceae, ovato-lanceglatae, in
toto ad 9 mm longae et 2-5 mm latae, nervo medio piloso, atrofusco, in aristam
usque 2-5.mm longam excurrenti (Fig. 1, b), lateribus glabris, hyulinis, nitenti-
bus, nervum versus fuscescentibus.
* Botanische Staatssammluny Miinchen, Germany,
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol, 88.
54 G, BENL
Perianthium elongato-erectum, dein campanulato-patens, basim induratam
versus indurescens, tubum turbinatum (1-5 .mm longum) formans. Tepala rigida
sublinearia, indistin¢te trinervia, carinata, obtusa, apice plus minusve croso-
denticulato, extus pilis articulatis, ad 5 mm longis, pleramque dimidio inferiori
tantum orientibus induta (Fig. 1, c), supra tubum densissime breviterque
hirsutum: macula 1-5 mm longa, nonnihil convexa, nuda insignia, intus laevigata,
opaca, integerrima yel marginibus apicem versus subserrulatis, subaequalia: 2
exteriora ad 15 mm longa et 1-8 mm lata, in parte superiore (ad 6:5 mm longa)
nuda, extus nitida, apice vix angustato; 3 interiora paullum breviora sed angus-
tiora, inferne pilis ecrispis, marginalibus, haud copiosis munita (Fig. 1, d).
Syn me.
Fiv. 1. Ptilotuy blackii Ben) (AD 96215189, paratype): (a) bract; (b) bracteale; (eo) omer
perianth-segment, ouler view; (d) perianth with stamens and staminal cup spread open, inner
view; (e) pistil.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTIIACEAE ) 5)
Stamina 5, basi valde (ad 0-S mm) dilatata (Fig. 1, di extus parce pilusa,
in tubum membranaceum, 1:5 mm longum, iabo perianthii avcte insidenternr
amio libero nullo, pseudostaminodiis interiectis nullis—transeuntia, inaequalia:
2-3 fertilia filamentis applanatis, superne subulatis, 5-6 mm lonyis, antheris
bilocwluribus obscure favis, ovato-oblongis, 0-8 mm longis et 0:5 mm latis; 3
vel 2 abortive filameutis: brevioribus, rudimentis antherarum.
Ovariom subelavatum longe stipitatum, 2 mm longum (slipite circiter | mm
incluso) et 0-8 mm latum, superne pilis paucis, ad 0-5 mm longis, articetatis
fudutum (Fig. 1, e); stylum glabrum, eirea 4 mm Jongum, excentricum, stigma
parvum, haud eapitellatum,
Holotype of species — Creat Victorian Nesert, W.A.; Camp 57— ca. 220 km
east-ndgth-east of Kalguorlie, ca. 260 km north-east of Lake Lefroy; R, Helms,
20,1X,1891, AD No. 862 16 157.
Tso¢ypes—Idem, AD No. 962 15 164. Tdem, MEL.
Paratypes—Arkarings Creek, south-west of Oodwacdatta, S,A.; Miss Stacr,
VIILI914, AD No. 962 15 188 (ex Herb. J, M. Black). — Blood’s Creek, va. 180
km north of Oodnadatta, S.A.; 8, A. White, 20.VITL.I921, AD No. 962 15 190 (ex
Herb. J. M. Black), — Dalhousie near Oodnadatta, S.4.; 8. A, White, 21, VIL 1924,
AD No, 962 15 189 (ex Herb. J. M. Black).
Habitut—R, Helms’ speciniens were growing im a sandy place: the more
vigorous plants of the other collectors might have heen gathored from richer suil.
Characteristies—This variously appearing form, whiel: I treat as a distinct
species, bears a superficial resemblance to Pé indivisus Renl (= Pt. comphre-
noides Moq,, sin Mitt, Bot.StSammlg. Miinehen, 3:38, 1959). J. M, Black (in
schedulis). however, had already drawn attention to the most evident differ-
ences; “Differs from T. gomphrenoides in the branching hairy stem and want of
aciite tips in inner segments,” Besides, in Pt. indivisus the bracts and especially
the bracteoles are decidedly less tapering — they cannot be called awned there
The indumentum of the perianth is finer and considerably denser, the glabrous
tips of the tepals are shorter, Further differences concern the struature and the
proportions of inner flcral organs, particularly as regards the cupula, showing a
free ring only in P#, incivistis. There is, therefore, no close relationship between
these two easily distinguishable species,
Very young inflorescences of the new species resemble the corresponding
stages of Pt. manglesit (Lindl) Foy.Mucll. in their habit (colour, indumentum),
A blunt, naked and distinctly visible apex of the perianth-segments is a charac-
teristic feature not only of the above form, of P/, indivisus and Pt. manglesii, but
of some other species as well; yet they cannot be confused, The conspicuously
acuminate bracts and bracteoles represent an additional and noteworthy charuc-
teristic found also in a few other species (sc. 4: 80, 1961), From these,
however, the taxon in question is sharply separated.
Name—The plant is named in honmw of the well-known, distinguished
hotanist, J. M. Black (Flora of South Australia), who had dealt with this form
(in sehedulis) forty years ago, It was first defined by him as a varicty
Caristatum’) of ‘Trichinttum exaltatum’, then as “Urichinium beekerianwm’. One
annotation reads “appearing a new species”, but finally he misinterpreted it as
eas semilanatiwm Lindl, which is, by wo means, conspecific with Pe.
black,
36 G, BENL
Material—The description is drawn up from a series of specimens differing
its habit and maturity. R. Helms’ plant (AI) 962 16 157), selected as holotype
becuse of its age, measures 22 cm to the top of the inflorescence and has more
than a dozen spikes more or less undeveloped. The Adelaide isotype resembles
the holotype in appearance and maturity; it consists of seyeral stems (11:3 to
19 em), apparently detached from one piece vf rhizome and each carrying, up
to & immature spikes. S$. A. White's specimen from Dalhousie (28 em) with
3 mature and 5 younger spikes is better developed, and the inflorescences carry
a greater number of fowers. S$, A, White's second sheet (AD 962 15 190) can-
sists oF two parts (35 and 26 em long, 3 to 4 mm thick) of stouter stems with
five and one spikes, respectively, and a slender stem (26 em) with one hall-
developed spike; it bears J. M. Black’s annotations and figures on the attached
label, The third paratvpe (AD 962 15 188) seems to be somewhat doubtful at
first sight. The scrappy material of a big and branched plant measuring 40 cm
in length and 7 mm in diameter does not carry any spikes; besides, the measure-
ments viven by J. M, Black on the shcet do not quite agree with those I ascer-
tained, However, a separate cover attached to the sheet contains two immature
spikes matching the holotype; and Black had evidently examined a young stage
af the Hower, On 4 label stuck to the same sheet he describes some details
of a Hower belonging to the same species, this lower being actually a part ot
B. Helms’ find in the Victoria Desert of 29,(?)9,1891,
2, Ptilotus lophotrichus Benl, sp.nov. (Fig. 2).
Herba in specimine examindto anna, caulead 50 cm Jongo et 3 mm crassa,
tercti-striato vel angulato-sulcato, per totam Jongitndinem tomentosiusculo —
pilis erispis subriodosis—, usque ad inflorescentiam indiviso an pauciramosu,
modice foliato, pluristachyo.
Folia basalia opposita vel fasciculata, caulina alterna 0-5-5 cm distantia,
omnia petiolata, petiolo plus minysve distincto ad 1-35 em longo; laminis (sub-)
linearibus usque 3 cm longis ct 4 mm latis, primo puberulis dein glabrescentibus,
viridibus. inferne attonuatis, in apice aculiusculis.
Influrescentiac longe spicatac, elongato-cylindraceae, plus minusve curvutae,
cirea 10 cm longae et 1 cm diametro, ad quinas congestae, terminales ( paucae
inferinres, rudimentares, axillares addilae), multi- et confertiflorae, floribus
(esoantione?) stramineo-flavescentibus, inferioribus dclapsis: rhachis paree
villasula,
Bracteae bractedlaeque ovato-lanceolatue. incolorutac, seariosae, hyalinae.
oxtus apicem versus pilis teneris, articulatis, ad 2 mm longis (apicem circiter
| min excedentibus) mdutae, maequales: bractea 5-5 mm longa et 2 mm tata
(Fig. 2, a), perianthium superans, post deHoratiouem conspicua, demam glabra;
hractealae minores (4 mm longae et 1:2 mim lalae) et aculiores, conspicue
carinalae, comute pilosia: (Fi, 2,0).
Perianthinm in ima basi crispo-villosiusculum, in apiece comosum, Tepala
nsyue ad basim libera, oblongo-elliptica, obtusiusenla, intergerrimu, upicem
versus lato-limbata, diaphana, in dimicio inferiore distincte trincrvia — nervis
lateralibus areolam medianam. impellucidam, incrassatam, rigidam includen-
tibus-, superne pilis dorsalibns et marginalihus (ad 30) tenuibus, rectis, arti-
culatis, ad 2 mm Jongis, apicem ec. 1 mim superantibus (Tig. 2, oc), inferne extis
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTITACEAE ) 57
pilis brevissimis, crispatis, densis induta, inaequalia: 2 exteriora 4 mm longa et
1-2 mm lata, intus glabra; 3 interiora angustiora 3-5 mm longa et 0-8 mm lata,
nervis distinetioribus (areola mediana longiore), intus in parte angustata (ie.
supra pseudotubum) pilis intricatis, praecipue marginibus orientibus ct intro-
Hexis praedita (Fig. 2, d),
Fig. 2. Peilotus lophotrichus Benl (AD 962 06 050), holotype): (a) bract; (b) bracteoles (¢)
perianth, halfopencd; (dl) inner periunth-segment, inner view,
Stamina 5, omnia subaequilonga, fertilia, basi dilatata cupulam ad 0:8 mm
allam, nembranaceam, hyalinam, ylabram, integram — pseudostaminodiis nullis-,
liberam, basi perianthii insidentem formantia. Filamenta ligulata, superne
subulata, brevia (circa 1-2 mm); antherae biloculares flavae, lato-ellipsoideae,
0°33 mm longae et 0-25 mim latae.
Ovarium sessile subglobosum 0-8 mm Jongumn ct 0°7 mm latum, glaberri-
mum. Stylum gracile breve, centrale, glabrum 0-8 mm longum et 0-06 mm
diametro; stigma e¢lobosum.
Holotype of species — Arnhem Land, N.T.; H. Basedow No. 63, 1928, AD
No. 962 06 030.
Isatype—ldem, K.
Charaeteristics—At first glance the specimens cited above and misidentified
at Kew Herbarium with “Pt. cunninghamii Benth.’, do somewhat resemble our
Pi. lanatus A, Cunn. ex Mog. in general facies, But apart from its longer and
more densely standing spikes the newly established species is readily distin-
guishable from Pt, lanatus (var. lanatus and var. glabrobracteatus). Tt has,
wmongst other characters, a seantier pubescence of the rhachis, larger and dif-
ferently pilose bracts, a dissimilar appearance of the bracteoles (s. in Muelleria
1, 2: 107, 1959). The most conspicuous feature, however, is an unmistakably
different indumeutum of tepals: on the outside the lower part, in Pf. lanatus, is
es) G. BENL
covered with relatively thin erispy hairs, the rest with thicker, scarcely noduse
and very dense bristly hairs, like fur. In Pt. lophotrichus there is only a tuft
of relatively few, thin and distinctly articulate hairs. This is a striking pecu-
liarity of outstanding diagnostic importance. The three inner tepals of the Jatter
are Obviously woolly inside, whereas in Pt, lanatus all tepals are glabrous,
Nevertheless, a closer alliance between the two species may be taken for granted,
as they agree largely with regard to the structure (though not the proportions )
of inner floral organs, particularly the eupula.
Because of its characteristic tufts of hairs (hence the specific name!) on the
bracts and bracteoles as well as chiefly on the perianth-segments, Pt, lophetrichus
cannot be confused with any previously described species.
Material—The holotype-sheet consists of four fragments (21 to 24 cm each)
Irom two (?) plants. Taken together they give a very goad idea of the charac
teristic features of the new taxon, especially those of the Hower, since the Inug
spikes are well developed and preserved.
3, Ptilotus obovatus (Gaud.) FoMuell. var. griseus Benl, var. nov. (Fig. 3),
Planta fruticulosa, caulibus ad 0-5 m et ultra longis, 6 mm crassis, erectu-
virgalis, ramosis. Rami ramulique ct folia crassiuscula, elliptica sive obovata
jad 3 cr longa et 1 cm lata), apiculata, plus minusye petiolata tomento pilarum
endroideorum {articulatoram, in vodis verticillatorum), usque 2 mm longorum
induti.
Spicae pedunenlatae complures ramos terminantes, in paniculam luxam
dispositae, hemisphaericue vel subovoideae (ad 1-8 cm diametro), haud densi-
florae, Flores (10-20) perianthio purpureo, inferne tubum induratum, 1 mm
longtim formanti, apicibus glabris tepalcrum exteriorum conspicuis.
Bracteae bractcolaeque distincte avuminatac, nervo medio in cuspidem
producto, inaequales. Bractea fusca vel fuscescens indumento abscondita, yisu
grisea (unde nomen varietatis!), opaca, rigida, concava, subrotunda usque
oblonga-ovata, 5-6 mm longa (cuspide setacea | mm inclusa) et 3 mm Tata,
extus pilis articulatis, ad nodos denticulatis, circa 2 mm longis, praccipue areae
medianae orientibus, practer caspidem densissime obtecta (Fig. 3.a). Bracteolae
tennes, ovato-orbiculares, aristatae. nervum medium fuscescentem versus pilis
denticulate-nudosis, 2 mm longis, aristam partim involventibus dense obsessae
(Fic. 3, b), lateribus glabris, hyalinis, nitidis, usqyue 5 mm longae (arista 1-5
nan dnelusa) et 3 mm ine: ddpressae, yentricosae,
Tepala (6-7 mm lonva) extus modice et inaequaliter pilosa (Wig, 3, c), pilis
superinribus rectis ud 2 mm tantunr longis; intus onmia glabra.
Stamina 3 ferlilia, 2 ananihera Gfilamentis brevioribus, brunnescentibus,
involutis, Ovarium gliberrimum (Fig. 3, d).
Cleterum ut in var. obovato.
Helotype of variety — Northern Territory, Central Australia. On summit of
low rock (about 150 feet above plain) in Mount Olga arca—ca. 360 kan south-
west of Alice Springs, H, N.S. Jackson No. 118, L6.VEIT.1959, AD No. 961 02 032,
Differt a typo speciei caulibus et foliis pilosioribus (pilis in foliis deadroi-
deis!), bractea maiore et densissime villosa, bracteola aristata, tepalis minus
pilusis, ovario glaberrimo.
NEW TAXA OF PTILOTUS (AMARANTHACEAE) AY
Recedit a var. parvifloro (Lindl.) Benl indumento multo ampliore, bractea
obscura et bracteolis aristatis duplo maivribus et densius pilosis, tepalis pilo-
sioribus.
Differt a var, lancifolio Benl indumento multo ampliore, spicis pauci- et
laxifloribus brevierthus, bracteis maioribus fuscis, bracteolis maioribus.
Characteristics—The most striking feature of the present plant is its rela-
tively long and extremely pilose bracts, A grey or dull grey colour, not only of
the bracts but of the entire spike, is a result of the white hair growing on a
brown to dark brown epidermis. This has been unknown in Pt. obovatus so far,
Furthermore, the newly described taxon is conspicuous among the numerous
forms of the exceedingly variable species (s. in Mitt.Bot,St.Sammlg. Minchen
3: 310-512. 1960) for its quite uncommon indumentum in the vegetative purts:
the hairs, especially of the leaves, are not stellate but dendroid, as is usual in
Pl, incanus,
Simm.
Fig. 3. Ptilotus obecatus (Gaud.) Fa Muell. var, griseus Ben) (AD 961 02 (32, holotype):
(a) bract; (b) bracteale; (co) outer perianth-segment, inner view; (d) pistil,
In spite of some outward resemblance with Pi. incanus there can, however,
be no doubt that the above form, following the general trend of Pt, obuvatus,
is correctly to be placed within the range of that species. This is indicated
not only by the habit of its inflorescences (long-pedunculated spikes, right-
angled inferior peduncles: s.l.c. 4: 280-281, 1962), but also by the floral details:
besides other characters, the aristae of the bracts and bracteoles as well as
the glabrous tips of perianth-segments are still considerably longer in Pt. incanus,
Among the representatives of var, obowatus bearing brown bracts there
can be found certain plants which may represent intermediates leading to the
present form, such as No. 408/1958 gathered by D. J. E. Whibley on Gawler
Range, S.A. (AD No, 959 31 010; B, K, M, UC). It looks like the typical obovatus
ts regards the kind of its indumentum of leaves and the intensity of pubescence
in the tepals, whereas its large long-acuminate brown, althongh less: pilose,
hract and the entirely glabrous pistil, seem to acvord better with the respective
organs In our well-defined plant, Entirely hairless ovaries may be found, it is
60 G. BENL
true, in var. parviflorus as well as in var. lancifolius. Either of them, however,
has quite a different facies of the spikes; specimens representing transitional
forms were not to be found, though.
In conclusion, the combination of the cited characters makes the new form
distinctive enough to be given a varietal name.
Material—The description is hased on one specimen only, measuring about
45 cm in height and 25 cm in width. But the well-prepared plant has more
than 30 spikes at the tops of its numerous branches and branchlets, thus repre-
senting a very good type-specimen of the new variety.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to express my appreciation to Dr. Hj. Eichler (State Herbarium of
South Australia, Adelaide) for his courtesy, which made it possible for me to
study a great number of specimens of Ptilotus, among them the new taxa analysed
and described above.
CYRILWHITEA, A NEW GENUS IN CHENOPODIACEAE
BY ERNEST H. ISING
Summary
A new genus of Chenopodiaceae, Cyrilwhitea Ising, and its only species, which was known as
Bassia walkeri White, from Queensland, are described and a key provided to show the distinctive
characters of related genera
CYRILWHITEA, A NEW GENUS IN CHENOPODIACEAEF
By Ernest H. Isinc*
(Communicated by Hj. Eichler)
[Read 11 June 1964]
SUMMARY
A new genus of Chenopodiaceae, Cyrilwhitea Ising, and its only species,
which was known as Bassia walkeri White, from Queensland, are described
and a key proyidecl to show the distinctive characters of related genera.
Cyrilwhitea E. H. Ising. gen.nov— Flores minuti, bisexuales, axillares,
sessiles, Stamina 5, Perianthium in fructu longitudinaliter biloculare: embryo
in loculo superiore inclusus; loculus inferior vacuus, occlusus, in 5 celhulas in-
completo divisus; lobi 5. Appendici 5, non-spinosi. Stylus in parte inferiore
connatus; rami 2— Typus; Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White) Ising.
Fig, 1, Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White Ising, fruit (type)—La: side view; Ib: vertical section.
Flowers small, bisexual, axillary, sessile. Stamens 5. Fruiting perianth
longitudinally bilucular; upper Jocule containing embryo, lower locule empty,
closed, incompletely divided into 5 cells; lobes 5. Appendages 5, non-spinous.
Style connate in lower part; branches 2,
The genus is named in honour of the late Cyril 1, White (1890-1950), formerly Govern-
ment Botanist, Brisbane.
Only one species:
* State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide.
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol, 85,
62 E. H. ISING
Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White)Ising, combnoy— Basionym: Bassia walkeri
C. T. White, Proc.Roy.Sec.Queensland 55(1944)77, t.1V.— Slender under-
shrub; branches terete, slightly ribbed, lanate to tomentose. Leaves linear 3-10
mm long, ca. i mm wide, obtuse, sparsely pubescent. Flowers solitary. Fruiting
perianth depressed globular, chartaceous, ca, 24 mm diam., ca. 14 mm long
without the appendages, tomentose, undulating wing at summit; ribs 10, 5 of
which prominent, longitudinal, decurrent from appendages, sometimes winged
und 5 weak ones alternating with them; upper locule small; lower locule Jarger,
equally divided into 5 cells by erect membranous radiating septa; lobes 5 erect,
obtuse, ciliate; base umbilicate, circular, small. Appendages 5, ca. 1 mm long,
usually angular and 1 amply winged, furcate with 2 or 3 lobes, erect, soft,
almost glabrous, Style thickened downwards, glabrous; branches 2, red. Seed
horizontal; radicle lateral. Utricle thick in upper part, glabrous.— Fig. la, 1b.
Qvrens..anp. Diamantina-Mackunda Creek, channels. Gregory North District, on flats
associated with Soda Bush (Threlkeldia proceriflora), L. G. Walker (flowers), July 1941;
(fruits, type), Feb, 1942: BRI (holotype), AD 96021148 (isotype),
The large closed lower cavity (locule) divided into five cells in the fruit-
ing perianth and the fureate, soft appendages, characteristic of Cyrilwhitea
walkeri, do not occur in any species of Bassia All. (s.Jat.).
Key to ReLtarep Genera
1. Appendages to fruiting perianth 1 10 many, spinous, hard. Bassia
1. Appenduges to frniting perianth 3-5, not spinous, soft.
2. Appendages simple, 3-4, horizontal. Malacocera
2. Appendages furcate, 3, erect, Cyrilwhitea
THE SPECIES OF BASSIA ALL, (CHENOPODIACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA
By Ennest H. Isrxc*
(Communicated by Hj. Eichler)
[Read 11 June 1964}
SUMMARY
All specinens of Bassia All. (sJat.) im the Australian State Herbaria andl
some private collections have been examined and a key is provided for the 79
species (of which «me is introdnced) and their varieties recognized in Australia,
Oue section, twenty-four species. and three varieties are described as new, neces-
sary nomenclatural changes are introduced, and important details are added to
some species. To many casts only a selection of the specimens examined is
quoted in, order to indicate the known geographical distribution, The index
provides an easy referenve ta the accepted names, synonyms and excluded or
doubtful species.
INTRODUCTION
Since my paper “Bassi uniflora (R.Br.)FvM. (Chenopodiaceae) and its
Allies” [Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Austral,, 48 (1961) 87-98], L have examined Bassia
specimens of all other species in the larger Herbaria in Australia, After having
examined specimens of B, muricata (L.) Aschers., the type species of the genus,
I fee] confident in still considering the Australian species concerned as congeneric,
It may appeal al first sight to segregate the species occurring in the two geo-
graphically isolated regions into Bassin All, comprising the Medilerrancan and
South-West Asian species, and Selerolaena K.Br., with the Australian species.
Sclerolaene R.Br. and Anisecanthu R.Br. are the oldest generic names available;
the type species of Anisacantha (A. divaricata R.Br.) was transferred to Sclero-
laena by Domin (1925), whereas none of the original species of Selzrvlacna
were ever transferred to Anisacantha, Hawever, I could not find any greater
discontinuily in the variation of morphological characteristics between B. muri-
cata (L.) Aschers, and the nearest Australian species than between some of the
Australian species and their closest allies. An wtimate segregation into various
genera may became reasonable when revised on the level of a tribe, but as the
distinction of genera as outlined by Clbrich [in Engler and Prantl, Nat Pflfam.
ed, 2, 16c (1934) 529-540] does not seem acceptable since many mure species
are now known which cannot satisfactorily be placed in either of these genera,
the complex genus Bussia All, is here maintained in the wide sense applied hy
R. H. Anderson im his revision of the genus [Proc. Linn. Sac. N.S. Wales 45
(1923), 317-355, t. 34-36],
Marcniusy INvesticaAren
Specimens of the herbaria of the following institutions and persia have been investi-
gated: A. C. Beauglchole, Portland, Victoria (A.C.B,); State Herbarium of South Australia,
Adelaide (AD); Waite Agricultural Wesearch Institute (ADW); British Museum ( Natural
* State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
64 bh. H. ISING
Mistery), Londum (BM); Botanic Museum: and Herbarium, Bnsbane (BRI, O.S.01.0.,
Divisions of Plant Iuduswy and of Land Research and Regional Survey, Cunherra (CANB);
Cc. K. Ingram, Bathurst, N.S. Wales (ingr.); Herbarium, Royal Hotanie Girdens, Kew,
Eneland (K); National TWerbarium of Victoria, Melbonrne (MEL); University of New Kng-
land. Armidale, N.S. Wales (NE); National Herbariam of New South: Wales, Sydney (NSW);
Animal Industry Branch, Northern Verritory Administration, Alice Springs (NT); Western
Australiana Herbarium, Perth (PERYH); Department of Botany, University of Western
Australia, Perth (PERTHU ); Botanical Department of the National Musenm, Pralia, Czecho-
slovakia (PR); Herhariuin, School of Biolowieal Sciences, Universily of Sydney (SYD), The
study wes undertaken at the State Herbarium of Saurth Australia, Adelaide.
Sunpry Norns om some Mommuonomeac CuaRACcTvERs
Tudumentun ‘Quite wa ounber vf species are practically glabrous; usally, hawever,
Tiny are found ow the limb and in the axils of the leaves. Other species are pubesvent
Ohiedly three types of hairs we represented in the Australian species: ci} Sluple hairs are the
most GulAmon; Bassa danieusprs is an example of long, dense, straight hairs. (2) Hairs with
short spreading teeth which are several timos lonver than the thickness of the hair; B. limbate
iy the only species with such hats, (3) Verticillately branched hairs, the amain hair axis,
nsually curly, bas a ouiber of whorls of teeth which ave ahout 0-25 mim long; this is Jnandd
only in B, evemaea; the whole plant is very densely covered with these hairs.
Leaves. Most of the spevios Fuwe aiarrow leaves, linear lo lanceolate, and dn quite 9
number the luaves are terete or semiterete. Unnynal leuf-shupes are spathulate (8. Inelh-
mannil), ohovate (B, birehit), oblanceclate (A, carnishiang). Some leaves ave straight or
slivhlly curved while others are irregularly bent.
Inflorescence. Tt is noteworthy that some species haye two flowers in the axil. This
fas bean observed in B, Ttehmannit, B. symoniana and Bo albolanuta, AML other Australia
specs have Howers solitary or ie clusters in the waxil Black PREA SA aotral 2.ed.( 1948 )301)
in his description of the genus refers to “Howers sessilé, usually solitary”, but no species in
hiy Plore aire mentioned ay haying (Wo flowers in the avi Anderson [Prov Linn Soc.N.8.Wales
48(1923)319] observes “Howers solitary or in chrsters”,
Vruiting periantis. In iany cases the shape of the perianth is diffieult to deseribe becuse
of ity ieregular stvuctire, There is sometinies a variation in the same plant when a jlower
is probably not pollinated, tm that case the perlanth's development ix arrested, This
appears to be thé ease i BL tated which, in the fertile fruit. bas a darve unilateral gibbous
hase which is nat developed in the: iofertile Peartts-
the fertile Froit of B, inusacunthoides has ao large empty cavity below (he emlirye with
an open mouth but the infertile fruit has yy cisity much veduced in size and the mauth
is uhseeit.
In the erent anajority of species the perianth beenmes hardemed an truitings stage bul
in others it remains thin and chartaceous from flower to fruil,
In-some species the froits are decidnions of easily detached while in others they ure so
firinly vttaghed Ue ie lugnch that they eau be removed only with difficulty.
Spines. ‘There is a vemurkuble variation in the spies of the various species. ‘The
avienlar type is predooieint, and they aay be straight or recurved. Some are awn-ike
(HB, «urotioides), others fattened (8. didens, Bo murraijae, Bo ramsnyae), while in BL luele-
mandi they ure very itreular, ly Be eymoniand the spines wre mnost inegular and raamerms
und are develaped ‘on the margins af five lorate lobes. ‘Iwo species, B. stelligera und B.
brachyptern, have tooth-like spines. Spires are aaaally borne on the sunnnit of the pertanth,
lint in B, biflora there are only rarely one cr two short, subulate, spreadinis spines ou the
connate perianths. Du B. yreealata the spines ure soft and obtuse. Quite rmusoul is B. elelandii
in which the perianth sumunit 7s produced into two recurved lobes haying two ar theee short
stanes at the apex of cach Jobe. There ure quite a number of species with five spines of
which two ure close together at the base and usually shorter than the othery. These have
usnally heen described as a bifid spine. The term bifid is not used in this paper, and instead
the “bifid spine™ is. recorded as two spines.
Tubercle, ‘Me creet appendage protruding fren the summit of the Froiting perianth,
which oeenrs in many species, is eulled tubercle im Che deseriptions. Tt is usally a receptacle
for the radicle when turned upwards (superior). ‘This is seen particwlarly in B. eaput-caynerii
Where the appendage is quite prominent. Tn niany of the species the tubercle ix ymall ane
inconspicuous, in some absent,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 6S
KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SECLIONS, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF GENUS BASSIA Aut.
Ripe fruils are necessury for sale determination of most species. Tn this key emphasis was placed on
externally visible characters. If not stated otherwise, the churacters given fur the perianth are those shown in
the mature fruit. A species gecnrs in several places in the key if the number of spincs of its fruits varices, This
character is used to divide within sect, Anisacanthe.
1, Perianth remaining membranous, not at all ov very slightly hardened in fruit.
2. Fruiting perianth without apy appendages other than spines, (Sect. Bassi)
3. Spies cireinnate..-... 2... very ctitent a PeMet se tore te ek ee, , ».. 1, B hyssepifolia
3, Spines straight.
4, Spines under 3 mm long.. 2... 0.000 2 eee ee taba, oh fae 2. B. muelleri
4. Spines 8-15 mim loug. weak, 22.2.0 ee ee eee Has tees ay ew itt 3. B. euratiaides
2, Fruiting perianth with crect appendages in addition to the spines. (Sect, Erlnchiton Anders, )
4, B, scleraluennides
1, Perianth becoming hardened from base in fruit.
5, Flowers clustered, fruiting perismths two ta mauy, mostly in globular heads. (Sect. Dissocarpus
Velkens)
§. Spines 5-6, always present; fruits 3-16 per axil, connate.
7, Spines 5; fruits 6-16: plant hairy; leaves dat.
8. Leaves linear; usually less than 3 mm wide, ..-...-. Soaemtaed On a art oF tee ae 5. B. paraded
8 Leaves oblony-cnneate; usually 5-§ nim wide.,,....... deere ait. te 5. B. paradoxa var, latifolia
7. Spines usually 6: fruits 2-3, connite, sometimes solitary: plant glabrous in awe; leaves terete.
G, Be gearget
6, Spines 0-2, usually absent, erect.
9, Fruits 3-7, connate in head... 00 saya ht the thee hy el 7. B. biflora var. cephalocarpa
9. Fruits 2, connate at base.
10, Perianths tonentoye.. 2 2 2 2 ne ce eee 24. 7 B. biflora
10. Perianths densely villous with very Jong hairs... 22-22... NILE ROE 7. biflora var. villosa
5. Flowers 3 or I per axil, when 2, not connate.
11. Flowers 2 in axil, separate, spines very irregular, Sect. Spinosissimae Tsing)
12. Spines bordering perianth. -...........-.--- pC cae pace th conte ey ooeoed veces BOB. luehmannii
12. Spines bordering 5 free Inhes... 2... 02 2 eee eee ty Attia od +) oo. & BL symoniane
13. Fruiting: perianth bordered by a narrow rim ov wine-like expansion, broken up inte spines.
(Sect. Asierocarpus (I'vM.) Ising]
14. Spines or teeth 8-15. 0.20.2 ee ee eee rehab tty ... 10, B, stelligere
14. Spines We IS yt g's «lg won BY He tee cz lp ele ssp ot Hee te wares. ARR hrachyptert
13, Fruiting perianth without any wing-like expansion: spines present.
15, Spines broadly flattenecl, 3-4. (Seet. Platyaneutha FyM.) 2.0.0.0... ree. 12. 5, tridens
15, Spines not fattened, usually acicular, 1-6, (Sect. Anisacantha Volkens)
16. Spine 1 (rarely 1-3 iu B, tufei), 6.0... 2 ee eee ee ey 13. B. caput-casnanit
16, Spines 2-6. i
17. Spines 2 (sometimes 3 in B. hicuspis, 3 or 4 im B. globosa and B. decurrens).
18, Base deeply hollowed.
19: Perianth siky-villous, 22.2.0. ce ee eee ee eee. 14, B. wriucanthe
19. Perianth tomentose, pubescent or glabrous,
20, Vuberele hooked; periunth pubescent. .. 20.0.0... . sprees LS. B. garduent
20. Tubercle not hooked.
2). Spines erect,
22, Spines parallel, equal: base oblong .....,.....c04.-2-0- 16. B parallelicuspils
22. Spines unequal; base gibbous on une face. .... - tae terest: ws 17. By tatei
21. Spines divergent.
23. Tubercle large. longer than spine.
24, Periwoth ghibrous. ....-..-.-2.-.. RAPA ARENAS 18, B. burbideeae
24. Perfanth Wgiry. - 22 cece nee eae eee eee ber eeee. 19. BL uniflora
23, Tuberele inconspicuons, ._ ---- bet n ee eee epee stave es.. Bt. B. diacantha
25, Areole margin crenate: base expauded. .-- 2.2. oe, 21. B. crenata
25, Areole margin wot crenate or expanded.
2f. Linib orested ut one ent, . 2.202. ee ee ee veeeeees 32. By ertatate
26. Linh not erested.
27. Spincs to 7 mm long .-. 22... ws at ep tiene ree tls .. 83. B. holtiane
27. Spines to 4 mm Inng.
28. Perianth globular. ,..--...-..-.--. Dee. Bon _- 24 B. eichlert
28. Perianth not globular,
29, Perianth constricted in middle 2.220.) 2. 0...0,0.. 25. B. consiricta
29. Perianth not coustricted. —...-....0-0..5,. teey---. 26. B, wwilsantt
18. Base not or glighth: hollowed,
30, Perianth globular or almost so.
31. Spines apposite when only 2... » ad oatelte we ei ot 27. BR. plohosa
66 E. H. ISING
31. Spines: divergent; perianth subglobular.
32. Spines 10-15 min Jong; perianth 7-8 mur diam, ...-..-- 022 eee ee 28. B, bicon
32, Spines usually 5 mm long; perianth ca. 5 mm diam. -..,..., 28. 8. bicernis var. horri
30. Perianth not ylobular.
33. Spires not in same. vertical plane,
34, Leaves to 7 mm long, linear. ..... 0-2 -2-.-02. 222 eee ee eee eta ee 29, B, vbliquicusy
34. Leaves to 4 mm long, aboyate: 2.2 22 eee ee ee tte pe pte LE GY, .. 30. By brevifa
33. Spines.in same vertical plane
35, Plant glabrous,
36, Limb ridge-like.........0-. Bp hep rir ierd-3 oe SEE SY Ble Lee ot oO tes 3, B. glal
86 Limb dome-like. 2.0.20 oe ee ee ee ees Ott Ws, He .. 32. B, bicusy
35. Plant hairy.
37, Limb as long as perianth.
38. Perianth tomentose, not ribbed .,.....,.-.4-.------5 bets + plaletsbety ...03. B, lini
38. Perianth glabrous, ribbed, ...... 06.0005 i alebislttas UT a ee . oF. B, decurre
37. Limb shorter than perianth.
39. Perianth ribbed, base circular... 2... 0.0.2. 22 ee ee 35, B, everistia
39. Perianth not ribbed, base ayate.. 2.0... ee eee ee ee ee eee 36. BL patenticuy
17. Spines 3-6,
40. Spines 3 (sometimes 1-2 in B, fatei, 2 or 4 in B, globosa, 4 in B. ventricosa and B. ander-
soni, 4-6 in B. lenicuspis).
41. Perianth villous or iamentase.
49 Perianth willousy. cca cet, hie rer by eer nes Sper ee weed see ame sls 37. B. dantensy
42. Perianth tomentose,
43, Spines erect or divergent; perianth; swollen in lower part .........- 38. B, ventrice
43, Spines horizontal or divergent; perianth globular. ... . ee wee ee ee OT, B, globe
41, Perianth glabrous.
44. Perianth wach gibbous at base, ribbed, 1.2.0... .00-- Bie tet us bet aoe hf 17. B, te
44, Perianth not gibbous.
45. Spines spreading or recurved.
46, Spines usually recurved; perianth eylindrical,..,.,......-..,.42--0+ 3 By artienul
46. Spines mostly horizontal; perianth + oblong... 2.0.0... 0226002800. 40. B. oppositicusy
45, Spines + diverging upwards.
47, Perianth vonical, base expanded... 0... 202 2. ee ee ee 41, B, trieusy
47, Periynth not conical, hase not expanded.
48, One spine + hooked: perianth laterally attached... ,-........4..-42, B, underso
48. No spines hooked; perianth basally attached,
49, Perianth ureedlate, 2.0.2... ee Didididee then abe ns Gn ode ot SRY Be calle
49. Perianth not urceolate.
50; Leaves 3-6 mm Jong..,..--.... 0224p 22 eee eee pete ee 44. B. detemmon
50. Leaves 10-15anm long.
51. Limb dome-shaped...-. 002.0. pee ees Prine eie aie .. 32. B, biscus;
31, Limb truncate-conival.. 0. 0... ee 34. .B. decurre
40. Spines 4-6,
52. Spines 4 (2 or 3 sometimes in B. deourreny, 5-6 in B. lanicuspiy).
53. Plant hairy.
54, Perianth. wlubose. . 2...) ee et ee eee eee 27, Be elnbi
54, Perianth not globose.
55. Spines ca. equal in length.
56, Spines filiform. .,.....,...-5 Jaz sostegedeliptedele elit slntetacermetits 5 ate 45, B. filifarn
56, Spines subulate. ....---.--.-. Sr Sas A er AHA Caan 46. B. ramsuy
55. Spines unequal in length.
57. Longer spine to 20 mm Jony........--. eben wa tyoeeebs yeeeeee AT BL forrestia
57, Longer spine under 10 mm long.
58. Perianth ca. 1% mm Jong.......-...0---55-- pe aYe ott, ee A8. B. mint
58. Perianth ca. 3 nim long.
59. Perianth ribbed. glabrous, .......20..5 puHUN ob beteta tings 34. B, decurre
59. Perianth not ribbed, sparsely tomentose. ......) 5.0.20 056- ,.,. 38, B, ventrice
53. Plant glabrous.
60. Limb. cucullate. ........,.- elu ohs s CB aay sete uee Ape PODER eae: 49, B. cucullt
60. Limls nat cucuilate.
61. Spines recurved; perianth cylindrical. . 06.66.4222 ee eee BU. B, reeurbicis;
61, Spines erect to horizontal (1 recurved in B. hlaket and B, appositicuspis)
62. Perianth urceolate .-.........-..4--- Le oe pris a abet op eeth en 51. B. hlal
62, Perianth not urceolate,
63. Limb recurved, 22.6.0 0 02 eee eet eee toeee., D2. By ditarics
63, Limh: erect. ;
64. Perianth conical. 0.206... 5. vyiaces dace ht wha Fate i pedi 53. B. lonaicnsy
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 67
64. Perianth cylindrical.
65, Spines irregularly spaced, usually diverging to horizental,
64. 1 spine hooked; base hollowed....... 0 ..-- 22-52-2020 005 yp ATE Po 42. B, andersonii
66. 1 spine erect, short; hase not hollowed..-.- 2... 2-2-6... 0... tm gies des 40, B. oppositicusyis
65, Spines + equally spaced, diverging- erect,
67, Perianth ca, 14 mm wide, summit fat... . 2-22... 8 Oh ASE HS ee 54. B. tetracuspis
67. Perianth ca. 5 mm wide, summit concave. ... 0. ee ee ea 55. B. hostilis
52. Spines 5-6.
68, Spines 5 (sometimes 6 in B. albolunatu, B. ramulosa und B. lanicuspis).
69. Plant hairy.
70. Pint hairs verticillate, 2.000620 ee ee eee 54, B. éremaen,
70, Plant hairs simple,
71. Spines on 2 perianth lobes... 2... 6. ee eee bia4d+ ge bint yess 57. B. clelandti
71, Spines on perianth summit.
72. Perianth urceolate, spines reenrved. ......0..0022. 0.000.222. -2--- 58, B. blackiane
72, Perianth not urceolate,
73, One spine toothed at apex; densely white woolly plaal. ..-....4---- 59. B. albolanata
73. All spines with simple points.
74. Spines evenly epaned, BR fob hi oe at dietician hw te ote age! bl 60, .B, astrocarpu
74, Spines irregularly spaced.
75. Limb erect, conspicuaus.
7G. Perianth villens; 2 spines collateral.
77. Collateral spines equal in Jengéhi 2... ee 61. B. densiflora
77. Collateral spines unequal in length, .............-.04.-. 37. B. lanicuspis
76, Perianth glabrous; 2-3 spines tooth-hke, at base of others. .... 34. B, dectirrens
75. Limb recurved, inconspicuous,
78. Spines diverging upwards.
79. Plant densely white tomentose, 2.2.2 .,.., beevieees. G2. B. chippendalet
79. Plant with few hairs.
80. Perianth depressed vlobuilar, ..._. im ee ene Las oB nye 63. B. ramulosa
S80. Perianth obconie. . 2.2 ee ee 64. B. abconica
78. Spines + horizontal.
$1. Leaves’ oabovate-ohlanceolate.
§2, Leaves glabrous above, dark xreon. .- 63, Bo quinqueeuspis yar. semiglabra.
82. Leaves hairy all aver. oe ee ee 86. B. birchit
8]. Leayes Tinear-lanceolate.
83. Perianth ribbed: sumuiit Hat»... 2.02 ee eee 67. B, castata
83, Perianth not ribbed.
&4. Periunth wlobular, deciduous, sunianit convex. 22... 68. B. convexule
£4. Perianth Tenmeesc| persistent.
85. Plant + villons.....--.-- 2... .24a5- 65, B, quinquecuspts var. villose
#5.. Plant woolly, leaves narraw-oblanceolate. 65. B, auinquecuspis var, lanate
69, Plant glabrous.
86. Perianth much longer than wide,
87, Perianth attached basally. ......, xteDt Bot rip phen: bevseeeeeee ee, OO BL tubata
87. Perianth attached laterally,........ Utes eeeedetergists Pasa igus 70, B. intricata
86. Perianth ca. as long as wide.
88. Perianth attached hasally; leaves terete, pale green... 2,0) .0...0-2--05-5 -71. B, johnsonit
88. Perianth attached obliquely; leaves flat, rarely terete, dark glaucous... ..65. B, quinquectspis
6, Spines 6 (sometimes 5 in B, wlbolanate and B. ramulosa).
89. Perianth 2-spuirred at hase, glabrous.,.. 0... .6-05. 00022 eee eee .... 72. B. calearate
89_ Perianth nol spurred al base.
90. Perianth urccolate.
91, Spines laneveolate, punyert. 2.26.00 00.2 eee. leet eee eee tee ee. TH. By meurrayae
91, Spines + terete, obtuse.
92. Perianth smooth, not rihhed,.-.-. wept be ca suleeto et: atgetag 74. B. anisacanthnides
92. Perianth strongly obtusely winged. oi... 2.0... ata 2s oh yaa haps Malt 75. B. urceolati
90. Periqnth not urceolate,
93. Spines recurved, very shirt 2.00.0. e ee eee sleet tet te a, 76. B. mivracarpe
93, Spines not recurved, -F straight.
54. Leaves chiwate short cas a bee hs ed PE bie ne 77. B. cluvata
94. Leaves not clavate.
95. Spines + horizontal,
96. Spines ca. ] mm Jone 2.26. - 02 eee ea eee, peu wees ees 78. By yaruiflare
96. Spines 4-9 mon lune. ..... at eee ae sre SYR S reece e- 79. B. cornixshiana
95. Spines diverging wnwards or ercct.
97. Plant deasely white woolly; 1 spine toothed at apex...-..-...-.- 59. B. albolanate
97. Plant with few hairs; all spmes simple... .....0..-..0-.....--5. 63. B. ramulosa
68 E. H, ISING
L.OUTKIEWICZ
Figs. 1-8. Fruits of Bassia species (all drawings from type specimens).—1l: Bassia johnsonii
Ising; 2: B. blakei Ising; 3: B. crenata Ising; 4: B, cristata Ising; 5: B. globosa Ising; 6: B,
minuta Ising: 7: B. symoniana Tsing, vertical section; 8: B. chippendalet Ising.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALTA 69
L,DUTKIEWICZ2
Figs, 9-17. Fruits of Bassia species (all drawings from type specimens) —9: Bassin albolanata
{sing; LQ: B. elelandii Ising, 11; B. cuculluta Ising; 12; B, urceolata Ising; 13: B, everistiana
Ising, 14: B. filiformis Ising; 15: B_ wilsonii Ising; 16; B. aellenii Tsing; 17. B. clavata Ising,
70 E. H. ISING
2mm
L,DUTKIEWICZ
Figs, 18-27. Fruits of Bussia species (all drawings from type specimens ).—18: Bassia cremaea
Ising, part of branch with 2 fruits, hairs deleted; 19 and 21: B. ramulosa White; 20 and 27:
B. obcenica Ising; 22: B. ramsayae Willis; 23: B. oppositicuspis Ising; 24: B. murrayae Ising;
25; B. calcarata Ising; 26: B. brevifolia Ising.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 7
Fig, 28. Bassin veorgei Ising (type):
threw connate frisits,
Bassia All.
Allioni, Mel.Phil.Mathém.Soc.Turin 3(1766)177, t4 fig. 2 [Lectotypus:
Bassia tmuricata (L.)Aschers. (Salsola muricata L.)]; Volkens in Engler and
Prantl, Nat.Pif#m. 31/a(1893)70; Anderson, Proe.Linn.Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923)
317-355, t,34-36; Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat. Pilfam. ed.2, 16c( 1934 )530.—
Sclerolaena R.Br.; Prod. 1(1810)410 [Lectotypus: Scleroluena uniflora R.Br.].—
Anisacantha R.Br., Prod. 1(1810)410 [Typus: Anisacantha divaricata R.Br.].—
Kentropsis Moq., Chenop.Monigr.Enum. (1840)83 [Typus: Kentropsis lanata
Moq.|— _ Dissocarpus FyM., Trans.Phil.Inst.Vict. 2(1858)75 [Typus: Disso-
carpus biflorus (R.Br.)F VM. (Sclerolaena biflara FvM.)]— Coilocarpus FvM,
ex Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)625 [Typus: Coilocarpus brevicuspis (FvM, )
Domin ( Anisacantha brevicuspis FyM.)]— Austrobassia Ulbrich in Enyler and
Prantl, NatPHfam. ed.2,16ce(1934)532 |Lectotypus: Austrobassia ventricosa
(Black) Ulbrich (Bassia ventricosa Black)].— Selerobassia Ulbrich in Engler
and Prantl, Nat.Pffam, ed.2,16e(1934)539 [Typus: Sclerobassia litoralis (Diels )
Ulbrich (Bassia litoralis Diels )].
Sect. 1. Bas sia |Leetotypus: Bassia muricata (L.) Aschers.( Salsola muri-
cata L.)|— Chenolea sect. Echinopsilon Hook.f. in Benth. and Hook., Gen.
PI. 3/1( 1880 )60 (syn, excl.); Bassia sect. Echinopsilon Volkens in Engler and
Prantl, Nat.Pilfam., 3/1a(1893)70 (syn. excl.).— — Bassia sect. Uncinatae Ulbrich
in Engler and Prantl, Nat.PHtam, ed.2,16¢(1934)331— Bassia sect. Muricatae
Ulbrich i: Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pilfam. ed.2,16c(1934)530.
1, Bassia hyssopifolia (Pallas)Kuntze, Rey.Gen. 2(1891)547; Volkens in Engler
and Prantl, Nat.PAfam, 3/1a(1893)70; Giirke in Richt, Pl.Europ. 2(1897)
151; Reichb,, Ic.Fl.Germ. 24(1909)155,t.275,fie.1-7; Aschers. and Graebn.,
Synops.Mitteleurup.Fl, 5/1(1913)165; Aellen in Hegi, U1.FI.Mitteleur. ed.2,
3/2(1961)712.fig.3123.— Sulsola hyssopifolia Pall, Reise 1(1771)491,t.9,
fig. 1— Chenopodium cvillosum Lam., Encycl.Meth.Bot. 1(1783)196.—
Chenopodium lanuginosum Moench, Meth. (1794)330— Willemetia lunata
Maerkl., Schrad.Journ. 3,1(1800)330.— — Kochia hyssopifolia Roth, Nene
Beitr. (1802)176; Schrad.NeuesJourn. 3(1809)86; Schult. in Roem. and
Schult..Syst. 6(1820)247; Boiss., FLOr. 4(1879)926— — Suaeela hyssopifolia
Pall., Hhustr, (1803)44,t.36.— Salsola lanata Vahl in Hornem., Hort.Hafn.
(1813)259.— Echinopsilon lanatum Mogq. in Ann.Se.Nat. Il 2(1834)127,—
ts
E, H. ISING
Echinopsilon. hyssopifolium (Pall.)Mog,, Chenop. Monogr. Enum, (1840)
a Mog. in DC.Prod. 13/2(1849)135; Fenzl in Ledeb., Fl.Ross. 3/2(1851)
75L,—
Vierora. Johnson and Constable NSW 48546; AD, NSW, NT: Mildura, Victoria,
IGIULI959, “Spreading sub-shmib to 25 em (hut said to grow to 90 em at times). Leaves
foirly. flat. Locally common on salt patch (clay sail), Not fonnd on saltless areas. In
gtounds of Mildura High School."— Native in Bussia, Europe and Asia.
=I
2. Bassia muelleri (Benth,)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30, Fv.M., Fragm. 12(1882)15,
Fitzgerald, Jour.Proc.R.Soc-W.Austral, 3(1918)36, Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.
N,S.Wales 48(1923 )326; Gardner, En.Pl.Austral.Occid, (1930)338.— Chene-
tea muelleri Benth,, Fl.Austral, 5(1£870)191.
Wesrenn Austrauis, F. Mueller; MEL (holotype), NSW: Stirts Creek, 1856,
3, Bassia curotioides (FvM.)FyM., Cens. 1(1882)51; Vict.Nat, 5(1859)98; Fv M,,
Ic.Austral.Salsol.PlL 9(1891)t81; Andersiom, Proe.Lini.Soc.N.S.Wales 45
(1923)325; Gardner, En.PlAustral.Occid. (1930)38; Blackall, W.Austral,
WildH, 1(1954)153,— Echinopsilon curatioides FvM., Frag. 7(1869)
13.— Chenvlea eurotioides (fyM.)FvM.exBenth., Fl.Austral, 5(1870)101.
Westexn AusihAuta, W. E. Blackall 1702: PERTH: Comet Vale,— N. T. Burbideo
4740: CANB: Lake Cowun— = J. Drunnnond ath Collsup.a.83: MEL (holotype)— W. v.
Fitzgerald: NSW 20532, Nannine. id.: NSW 20531; Boulder— = Fitegeraldl and Fraser:
NSW 57301: Kurnunyppin.— ©, A, Gardner; PERTH: Lake Darlot— id. 6533; PER'TH:
Mt Stirling, Kellerberrin— (dd. 2401: PERTH: S. Wiluna.— A. S. George. 5528; PERTH:
14 iuiles BE. of Carnegic H.S.— id, 4682: PERTH» Lake Throssell, Laverton-Warburton Kd.—
R, TWelnis: AD 96129041; Creat Victoria Deseri.— A.W. Hionphries: PERTH; Wags
Badja,— oJ. T. Jutson 135: NSW: Comet Vale— = M. Koch 1153: AD, NSW: Cowcnw-
ing. — N.H. Speck 708: CAN: $2. Mileura.
Sect, 2. Eriochiton Anderson, Proc,Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)320,
Pps: Bassin sclerolaenoides (VM.)FVM. (Echinopsilon scleroluenoides
FuM.).
4, Bassia sclerolaenoides (FvM.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)380; FvM, and Tate, Trans.
Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 13(1890)99; 16(1896)346; FvM., _lc.Austral/Salsol.P1.
9(1691)t.82; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 41 (1917)636; 45(1921 )7;
Paulsen in Ostenf.,.Dansk.Bot.Ark, 2/8(1918)58; Ising, Trans.Roy.Suc.5.
Austral. 46( 1922 )587, 593, 596: Anderson, Proc.Linn-Suc.N.S.Wales 48( 1923)
327: Black, ILS.Austral, (1924)191; (1929)684; ed.3 (1948)302,fi. 389;
Chippendale. Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstral. —§2(1959)327.— Echinopsilon
selerolaenoides FyM., “Trans.Phil.Jnst-Viet. 2/2(1858)75.—- Chenolea
sclerolaenoides (EvM.)FvM. ex Benth., Fl.Austral. 5(1870)192— —C._dul-
lachyana Benth., lc. 191— Bassia datlachyana (Benth)FvM., Cens.
1(1852)30; Black, FLS.Austral, (1924)191 in obs— — Austrobussia sclera.
fuaenoides (FVM.) Ulbrich, PAfam, ed.2, 1Ge( 1934 ) 532.
New Sour Waues, J. Dallachy: MEL (holotype of Chenolea dallachyana. inmiature
specitnen but probably this species): Murray Desert— A. Morris 284: ADW 17055; Broken
Hill— B. h. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap.
Norruern Terartony, A, S$. George 5007: PERTH: near Orange Ck. 17.5,
Sourm Avsniauia, R. L. Crocker; CANB 11697: Blanchetown.— Mj, Kichler 12475:
AD: Koonamore — N, Forde 392; CANB: Timi. OR. HL. Ising: ADW 11536: Me.
Willoughby — FL M. Tilton: ADW 13198; Wudinna— F. Mueller an... MEL (levta-
type)s Oudnaka (Kanyaka).
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 74
Westesn Austiatia. N. T, Burbidge 91: PERTH: Glenorn Stu. Maleolin— id. 1891:
CANB: Kalgoorlie— — A, S. George 5659; PERTH: 22 miles N. of Sandstone — BR. Helis:
AD 96120190: Great Victoria Desert,
Sect. 3. Dissvcarpus (FyM.)Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat,PAfam,
3/1a(1893)70. — Dissecarpus FvM., ‘Trans.Phil.inst. Vict. 2(1858)75. | Tvpus:
Bussia biflora (R.Br.)FvM. (Sclerolaena biflora R.Br.; Dissocarpus biflorus
(R.Br, )f'vM.),]
5, Bassia paradoxa (H.Br.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30; FvM., Fragma, 12(1$82)13;
FvM,, Ic.Austral.Salsol,P]. 7(1891)t.62; Black, Trans.Roy-Soc.S.Austral. 39
(1915)829; 40(1916)459; 41(1917)380, 635; Black, FIS.Austral, (1924)
192: ed.2 (1948)307,fig.416; Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)593,
596; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)350; Chippendale, Trans,
Roy,Soc,$.Anstral. §2(1959)327.— Sclerolaena paradoxa R.Br. Prod.
1(1810)410; Mog, in DC,, Prod. 13/2(1849)123; FyM., Fragm. 7(1869)11-
8(1873)38; 8(1874)149; Beuth., FlAustral. 5(1870)196— = Chenolea para-
doxa (R.Br.)F¥M., Fragm. 10(1876)91.— — Dissacarpus puracdexus (R.Br, )
FryM, ex. Ulbrich, Pilfam. ed.2. 16¢( 1934 }533,
New Sout Wares, A. Morris 197; ADW: Broken Hill.
Nontiven Trsarrory, G, Chippendale 9137: AD, NT: 28 miles N. Alice Spcings—
J, B, Cleland: AD 98019165: 35 miles § Henbury. | M. Lazarides 5935: CANB: Macdonald
stn. — TRON. Lothian 273; AD: Hassts Blnff— KR. A. Perry 3234; CANB; Alice Springs,
Ovpenstanp. K. C. Baker G&78; CANB; Gilruth Plains — S_ 1. Everist 4067; CANB:
Crddapan.
Soumm AtsimautaA. RK. Brown 3077: [BM nv.J, AD (photo of leefotune ls Boy XI,
South Coast, 1802.— EE. C. Black: AD 96309195 (Herb. J.M.B,) Baroota— — N. ‘L, Burbidye:
CANB 12222: Yudnapinna-- Hj. Bichler 12454: AD: Koonamore,— N, Forde 856: GCANB:
Fru,
Westen Austnawa. C. A, Gardner 2590: PERTH: W. Wituna— A. 8, George 4810:
PEM Between Cavamigh and Blackstone Ra— id. 5577: PRRVH: Brockwan Ck, Won-
gawol Stn.
5h. Bassia paradoxa var. latifolia Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)567;
47(1923)368; Black, V'l.S.Austral, (1924)192; ed.2. (1948)307; Anderson,
Proc.Linn.Soe.N.S.Wales 48(1923)350.— Dissocarpus peradoxus var. lati-
folius (Black) Ulbrich PAfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
New Sovrm Wanes. Jeuhnson and Constable: NSW $9833: Winnathee Stn, 60 jniles
W. Milparinka,
Qurgnsnann. Lothian and Francis 672: AD: 35 miles §.B. Arrabury Stn,
Sour AustmaLia, S. A. White: AD 96340088 (helotype), NSW 61600: Strzelueki
Oreck,
6. Bassia georgei Ising, sp.nov, —Fig. 28.
Suffrutes; rani teretes, striuti vel costati, in statu juvenili lanati, dennrm wlabri. Folia +
teretia, 4-7 mm longa. + obtusa, marginibus ad basin inembranaceis, in statu juvenili pubes-
ceptia, demum glabra, imcurva, longitudinaliter rugosa: axillae pilosue, Fructus compositis
plemimane 2-3 perianthioram ad basim connatorum (vel interdum perianthiis solitarizs),
axillaris: perianthium cyliudratumn, cac2 mm lengum latunique apice concavi, induratissimum,
in statu juvenili villusum, demum glabrom. Spinae plerumque 6, interdum 5, inaequales,
ucutae vel obtusae, crectac, 1-3 mm_longae, basi lata, plermmaque 2 connatae, Timbus erecius.
ea. 1 mm longus, dense ciliatus. Basis + oblong, obliqua, Styhts conicus, crassus, “laber:
rani stigmatic: 2, rubidi. Semen non vidi, Flores 1-3 in axilla,
Hoietyeyvs: Western Australia. A, S. George 2985: PERTH; Lake Throssell (east
edge), Warburton Road: 31:VIIE1961, “on salt fat"— — [Tsotypes AD.)
T4 F, TL SING
Undershrub; branches terete, striate or ribbed, lanate when young, becoming’
glabrous. Leaves + terete, 4-7 mm long, + obtuse, margins at base mem-
branons. hairs in axil, pubescent when young, hecoming glabrous, incarved,
longitudinally rugose. Fruiting perianth usually 2-3 connate at base, sometimes
sdlitary in axil, cylindrical, ca. 2 mm long, ca, 2 mm wide, summit concave, much
hardened, villous when young becoming glabrous, Spines usually 6, sometimes
5, unequal, acute or obtuse, erect, 1-3 mm long, wide at base, usually 2 connate,
Limb erect, ca, 1 mm Jong, densely ciliate. Base + oblong, oblique, Style
conical, thick, glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, dark red. Seed not seen. Flowers
1-3 in axil,
The only other species with the perianths connate to those of neighbouring fowers are
Bassig Liflora aud B. puradoxa. ‘The new specics ciffers from Hise iv shape of perianth, the
midineatum, leaves, spines, etc., and is most markerl in its distinction,
7, Bassia biflora (R-Br,) FyM., Gens. 1(1882)30; FvM., Fraym,, 12(1882) 13;
lyM., tc.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 7(1891)t61; Black, TransRoy.Soe.S. Anstral, 38
(1914)463; 41(1917)636; Black, FI.S.Austral. (1924.)192; ed.2 (1948 )307,
fiv. 417: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 46(1922)596; Anderson, Proe,Linn,
Soe.N.S.Wales 48(1923)349; Chippendale, Trans,Roy,S,Austral. $2(1959)
$27.—__ Selerolaena biflora R.Br,, Prod, 1(1810)41L0; Mog. in DC,, Prod.
13/2(1849)123: Benth, FLAustral. 5(1870)196,— Chenolea biflora ( R.Br.)
FvM., Fragm. 10(1876)91— Dissvcerpus biflorus FyM,, Trans,Phil-Inst.
Viet. 2(1858) 75; FyM., Pragm, 7( 1869) 11; Ulbrich, Pfam. ed.2 16c¢( 193)
533.
New Sour Wares. R. Carolin 324: SYD: Towlers Gap — M. Collins; NSW 61583:
Barrier Range— <A. Morris 715: NSW: Mt. Sturt Stu.
Nowresns Tesurtory, G. Chippeudale 8053: NSW, NT; Burt Plain: “Grey perennial te
1 ft. Common, mostly growing with butts of Kochia aphylla R.Br. on clay plain.” Some
vf the perianths on this specimen have one erevut spine, up to 4 nun long, on exch side ol
the cummon base, most of the perianths however have an obtuse tubercle ia plaice of the
spine. ‘The perianths usually diverge equally in relation to the common base or one is
perpendicular to it. The limb has 5 subulate lobos up ta 2 mm long.-- G. Chippendale
$153: NT, AD: 34 niiles N, Alice Springs— 2. Swinhourne 440; NT. AD: Burt Plain.
QuxENstanp, §, ‘I’. Bluke 11811: AND: Nockatunga—
Sourm Austaaua. J. B. Cleland: AD: Port Noarhinza.— H, M. Douglas: ADW
8640, 4691: Vodnapinna— — Hj. Eichler 12420; AD: Koonampre— F. M. Hilton 678.708:
ADW: Yudnapinna.- ME. Roch; NSW 61586; Mt, Lyndinurst,
Tb. Bassia biflora var. eephalocarpa (FVM.) Anderson, Proe,Linn.Soc.NS.Wales
48(1923)349; Black, FI.S.Austral. ed.2 (1948 )307, fiz. 418— — Selerolaena
biflora var, cephalocarpa FvM,, Fragm. 8(1873)38,
New Soura Waris. M. Collins: NSW 61582: Corona Sty— 6G. Ky fugeam 6593:
Tngr.; Nth, Bourke—- — Johnson and Constable: NSW 32056, NT: Cowlly— — A. Morris
719; NSW: Mt Sturt Str.— B, BR, Paterson: NE 000448: Fowlers Gap. fT) Water.
linuse; SYD: Collarenebri.
(urenstanp, ©. H, Allen 468: CANB: Cuonamulla,— S. 'l') Blake 164d: AD:
Noondoo.— id. 10203: AD; Cunnamnlla— id, 10658; AD: Elderslie— id. 11837' AD:
Nockotingx— Kd, Bowman: MEL: Broad Sonnd— ©. W. Bireh: MEL: Roma andl
Barcoo,— RK. Rue: CANB 3355: Thallon.— S&S. L. Everist 6264. BRI: ‘Thyliagra,—
Hiullind and Gnauck 1045- CANB: Crnnaniulla.
Sour Augtiawa. J. M. Black: AD: Farina— |, BH, Cleland: AD: Mt. Lyndhorst.
¥, M. Hilti#n 1354: ADW: ibid— id. 1469: ADW: Brachira— M, Koch: PERTIT. Ate
Lendhurst— Lothian and Francis 288: AD: Mulka Bore, N.E. Marree.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA
Te, Bassia biflura var. villosa Ising, vav.nov.
~
art
Perianthia in fructu eum pilis longis denst: villosa.
FRoratypus: BE. H, Ising: AD 98140125: S.Austral,, Twins. Sim, ca, 64 miles north of
Kingoonya, 24.11.1056-
Fruiting perianths densely villous with long hairs. The connate {rniting
perianths are usually unequal in Jength and have a strong tuberculate ring at
their bases which are quite prominent; this character somctimes oceurs, in same
degree, in the species,
Sourn AustHana, H, M, Douglass ADW: Yudnapinna— — F. M. Hilton: AD 96140124,
ADW: ibid— ff, H. Ising 1805: AD, MET., NSW GL7S3: Kingounya— id. 3747-8: AD:
BRvelyn Downs,
Sect. 4. Spinosissimae Ising, sect. nov.— Spinae numerosissimac,
wnplitude et forma irregulari; flores axillares, duo, [Typus: Bassia hiehmannii
FyM.}
5. Bassia luchmannii FyM_, Vict.Nat. 7(1890)47; FvM,, Bot,Centralbl, 43(1890)
37; FyM., Ic,Austral.Salso].P), 7( 1891 )t.70; Anderson, Proc. Linn. Sac, N,S,
Wales 48( 1923) 351; Black, F1,S.Austral. (1924)191; Qed. (1948 )307, fy. 420;
Chippendale, Trans,Roy,Soc.$.Anstral. 82(1959)327— Austrobassia lueh-
mumnii (FyM.) Ulbrich, Plfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)532.
Nortacan Temmony. W. F. Schwarz: *MEL (halotype), *NSW 53256; Finke
River— G, Chippendale *3398; CANB, NSW, NT; Lake Mackay.— id, 6378: NT: Tiake
Amadeus— J. B, Cleland; *ATd 96019099; 44 miles W. Erldiadsa.— \. Lazarides #6188;
CANE, NSW, NT: near Ebenezer Stu.— —_K, Swanbourne 490: NF: nr. Mt. Wedge Sta.—
id. 3: Ingr.: ihid— W. F. Schwarz: *MEL: Mucdonmell Range, leayes broadish, 1889.—
D. E. Symon 25; "ADW: 50 qiles 8. Henbury.— R'E, Winkworth 72: NT: negr Erldunda.
Sourn Austra. S.A. White: *AD 96309299: Dalhansie Spritigs,
Wesrean Ausrramia, D, Gh. Symon °2340; AD, ADW: Hopkins Lake.
* All these specimens have 2 fowers in the avil, the others were not examined to check
this character. This appeurs to be the first Gimme Uhut this detail has been recorded,
4, Bassia symoniana Ising, sp.nov. — Fig, 7.
Suffrotex; rami tomentosi, Folia lincaria 10-20 mm longa, 1-1-5 nun Tata, 4 obtusa,
dense cano pubescentia, Flores in axilla duo. Berianthiwm im fructu ulobulare, 1:5-2 mm
diam., sparse tomentosum: apex + planys: appendices 5, loratae, spinis pluribus irregularibus
orddtos suit. Spinae oumerosissimae, 0-5-2 mim longac, irregulares, super margincm 5
appendicum loratarun: alfixae, Limbus 5 —Jobatus, rectus, brevissimus, pilosus; lobi 5,
triangulares, obtusi. Basis circularis, turaida, ummbilicala, Stylus hitsutus; rami stigmatic? 2,
tubri. Semen horizontale; zadicula lateralis,
Hoxorssus: D, E. Symon 2341: AD 96241040; Western Australia. West end of Hopkins
Lake (South of Sir Frederick Range), L.VTILI962.— — [Isotype: ADW 25419_[
Undershrub; branches tomentose. Leaves linear, 10-20 mm long, 1-14 mm
wide, + obtuse, densely grey — pubescent. Flowers 2 in axil. Fruiting perianth
globular, 14-2 mm dia., sparsely tomentase; summit + flat; appendages 5, lorate
with many irregular spines, Spines very numerous, #-2 mm long, irregular,
situated on margins of 5 lorate appendages. Limb 5-lobed, erect, very short,
pilose; Jobes 5, triangular, obtuse, Base circular, timid, umbilicate. Style
hirsute; stigmatic branches 2. red, Seed horizontal: radicle lateral,
This is a remarkable species being ove of 3 having 2 flowers in the adil. The fnriting
perjanth las 6 regular dorsal strap-lke strongly reennyed appendages bearing on their
margins very numerous unegnsl pyngent, snbulate spines. ‘he spines are also most irregular
76 E. H. ISING
in their size, shape and poiut ef directivn or divergence. The part below the vvary, which
is quite half the size of the fruiting perianth, is solid and hard, ‘Vie margins of the appr
dages also extend above the summit of the perianth.
Sect.5. Asterocarpus (FvM.)Ising, combnoy— Basionym: Matreana
sect. Asterocarpus FvM., Fragm. 1(1859)139, [Typns; Bassia stelligera (FVM. }
FVM. (Maireana stelliyera FvM.),]— Bassia sect. Maireana Mog. ex Yolkens in
Engler and Prantl, Nat.PHfam. 3/1u(1893)70 [nan Maireana Moq,| LLectotypus:
Bassia stelligera (FvM.)FvM.|.— — Austrobassia sect. Stelligerae Ulbrich in
Engler and Prantl, Nat.PAfara. ed.2,16¢(1934)532, [Lectatypus: Bassia stelligera
(KVM. )FvM.]
10, Bassia stelligera (FvM.)FvM., IcAustral. Salsol.Pl, 7(1891)t.68; Anderson,
Proc.Linn,Soc.N:S.Wales 48(1923)351; Black, F1.S.Austral. (1924)192; ed.2,
(1948 )307,fig.419.- Muireana stelligera FVM, Fragm. 1(1859)159.—
Echinopsilon. stelligerus Aa ae) vM., Fragm. 7(1869)16; Kochia stellivera
(FvM.)Benth., Fi,Austval, 5(1870)189; FvM., Fragm. 12(1852)15, FyM.,
Cens, (1852)30.— — Austrobussia stelligera (FvM.)UIbrich, Pilfam. ed.2.
16c:(1934)532,
New Souvrn Wates, J. L. Boorman: NSW 33260, AD: Berrawiniaa— A, ard. D. Carson:
MEL: Namoi River— J. Dallachy; MEL; Salt Plains on River Darling.— W.. J. Holding:
MEL: Tune, Darlmg and Murray Rivers.— C. K. Ingram 7709; Tung; Enuabalong.—
Cc. W. E, Moore 350: CANB: Trangie— id. 1431: CANB: Jerilderie. — J, A. Thompson
190: NE: Condubolin,
Qurenstanp. G. H. Allen: NE: Cunnamoulla— 8. ‘T, Blake LO8SL: AD: Roma—
il. 10549; AD: Nogndoo.— id. 10428: AD: Yelarbou— id, 1/768; AD: Norley. — id.
10477: AD: Goodiwind— R, Roe: CANB 3409; Balagna.
Soutn Austraura. J. M. Black: AD 96309220; Renmark,
Vicromis, FT S. MeKee 7111; CANB: Merbein.
ll, Bassia brachyptera (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soec.N.S.Wales 48(1923)351 +
Black, FIS.Austral. (1924)192; ed,2 (1948)308,fig.421.— Selerochlamys
brachyptera t'vM., Trans.Phil.Inst.Viet. 2/2(1858)76.— — Eehinopsilan
brachyplerus (EVM.)FYM., Pragm. 7(1869)13— — Kochia brachypterit
[FvM., See.Gen.Rep. (1854)15, nom.nud.| (FvM.)FvM. ex. Benth. Fl.
Austral, B(1870)189; FyYM., lragm, 12(1882)15; FvM., IeAustral.Salsol Pl.
6(1890)t.59— Austrobassia brachyptera (F¥M.)UVbrich, Pilfam, ed.2,
lGe{ 1934 )532,
New Savin Wares. KF. Mueller: MEL (lectotype): salt flats on Murray River (Vic-
teria) — LL. Abraham: NSW 61612: Bonrke-- B. Ament: NSW GLGL3: Nyngan — rE.
Betehe: NSW G1609: Warrego Riv.— id.: NSW G1GL0; Yandwlo.— —id.: NSW GIGIT:
Deniliquin— Blandewski: MET: Murtay River (or Victoria). IL. Boorman: NSW
BL6LI; Brewasrrina, — E, Breakwell: NSW 61615: Condabolin— | B. G, Briggs 594: NE:
Yowlers Gap.— FE. P. Constable: NSW 4624: Roto.- — J. J. Fletcher: NSW 61616: Hay —
Cc. K. Ingram 9815: Jngr.. Nyngau-Brewarrina,— L. Johnson 547/60: NSW. GlbLE:
Conoble— id.. NSW 61626: Umberumberka.— Johnson and Constable: NSW 47320; 20
miles WY, Balrunald.— A. Morris 304: ADW: Campbells Crevk.
Quvenstanp, S.C, Blake 11813: AD: Nockatunga.— id. 12163; AD: 80 miles Sy
Betodta
Sova: Austraura, Reckwith: AD 96309378: Mt, Gunson— J. B, Cleland: AD
OS820080- Anna Creek— Hj. Eichler 12987: AD: Leigh Creek.— . Hill 65: AD; Mt,
Notwest St.— M. Koch: NSW 61605; Mt. Lyndhurst— FE. H. Ising; ADW 11553)
Evelyn Downs.— —. A. Perry 5572: AD, CANB, NT: 15 miles N, Maralinga.
; Vietorts, J. Vickery: NSW 1979; 25 m. S.E. Swan Hill— C, Walter; NSW 616))4:;
Take: Hindmarsh.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 77
Some specimens have a tumid margin to the areole and 5 + prominent: decurrent tings
instead of the usual ribs, there are usually 5 very small pits or perforations in the basal
hollow of the fruiting perianth,
Sect. 6 Platyacantha FvyM., Fragm. 12(1852)12. [Typus: Bassia
tridcns FvM.]
12. Bassia tridens FyM,, Fragm. 12(1882)12; PyM., Ie.Austral.Salsol.Pl, 7(1891)
t64— [Chenolea tridens BvM., Fragm. 12(1882)12 pro syn.|— Selero-
laena tridens (FvM.)Domin, Bibl.Bot, 89(1921)624; Ulbrich, PHfam. ed.3,
16c¢( 1934533,
Western Avsrkauty. J. Forrest: MEL (holotype), NSW: Gascoyne River— ©. A,
Gurdner 3291, 6194: PERTH: Wandagee, Minilya River.— id.: PERTH: Gascoyne River,
Bidyemia— A. W. Tumphries: PERTH: Wooleen, Killer Paddock.
Sect. 7 Anisacantha (R.Br.)Volkens in Engler and Prantl, Nat.
PAfum. 3/1a(1893)70— Anisucantha B.Br,, Prod. 1(1810)410. [Typus: Bassia
divaricata (R.Br.)FyM. (Anisacantha divaricata R.Br. ).]
13. Bassia caput-casuarii Willis, Vict.Nat. 73(1957)153; Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.
Austral. §4(1961)96, fig. 8A-D,
Soutu Austrauia, BR. LL. Crocker: AD 96124023, NSW: Yudnapinna Sth.
Vicroma. Mrs. E. Ramsay: MEQ (holotype), AD 95715012: near Benetonle.
14. Bassia eriacantha (FvM)Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)328-
Black, F1LS.Austral. ed.2 (1948}303,f¢.390.— Kentrupsis eriacantha F vM.,
Fraym, 2(1861)140.— — Sclerolaena eriacantha (yM.) Ulbrich, Pilfam.ed.3,
16c(1934)534— Further references: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 84
(1961) 94.
Further Collections:
New Sourm Wacns, J. B, Cleland: AD 96247291: Mootwingie.— W. MacGillivray;
ADW (7045: Broken HillL— A. Morris 2290; ADW: Thorndale id. 427: ADW: Ui
berumberka.
NoatHern Tennrrory. N. 1. Burbidge 122; CANB: Tanai. G. Chippendale 27,35;
NSW, NY: Maryvale. — Chippendale antl Johnson 8948: CANB, NSW, NT: 12 miles S.
Andado.— — id, 2762: AD, CANRB, NY; 38 miles S.W, Toberinory. J. B. Cleland; AD
96019165: 50 miles N.E. Ayers Rock— id.: AD 96019163: Yuenduii— FE. H. Tsing;
AD 96131111: India Ronge, Macdonald Stn— MM. Lazarides 5760: AD, CANB, NT: Deep
Well. _A. J. Mahood 8728: NT; 70 miles W.. Granites. — C, J. Molheamn 887: ADW, NT:
Renners Rock.— KH. A, Perry 3301; CANB, NT: Arltunga— "R. Swinbourne 412; AD: 25
miles 8, Alice Springs— R. E. Winkworth 779; NT: 13 miles B, Orange Creek Str—
S, A. White; AD 963093402 Charlotte Waters, Crawn Point.
Qurensiano, S$. T. Bluke 15968; AD, BRI: Yelvertofl, Cannooweal— id. 11783:
AD: Thargemiodah,.— id, 12029: AD; Tenhauw Sin- id, L378: AD: ‘Tranby.— id.
12374: AD: Bonlia-- 8, L. Everist $353: CANB: Ardmore.
Sourn Austnauia. N. T. Burbidge: CANB 12226; Yudnapinna.— FP. M, Hilton 737:
ADW; ibid— 0. H. Ising: ADW 11550: Evelyn Downs— id. 3897; AD: Prdirka.—
KR. H, Kuehel 439: AD; 150 miles N. Goober Pedly.— 8. Schodde 361: AD: Everard
Range— —-B. Spencer; NSW 57355: Take Eyre.
Westran Acstrauia. N, T. Burbidge $2: PERTH: Glenarm Stn. Maleohn.— J. B.
Cleland; AD 96131061: Giles, Rawlinson Ranye.— ©, A, Gardner: PERTH: Nanning,—
id, 2454; PERTH: Beria, near Laverton.— A. §. George S06: PERTH; 44 miles) N. Manci-
windi,— id. 8985: PERTH: Windulda, Laverton-Warbturton Rd.— D. A. Horbert: PERTH:
Mt. Keith—- N. H. Speck 555; CANB: Meekatharra— 1. Tyson 82: PERTH: Mt. Nartyer,
Miirchison River.
78 E, H. ISING
15. Bassia gardneri Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. $4(1961)94fig.4A-D.
Wesrenn AustractA. Ankitell: PERTH; ‘Trans,Rly.Survey— = N. T. Burbidge 235:
PERTH: Glenorn Stn— W. V. Fitvperald: AD 95938008: Nannine— A, S. George 5567:
PERTH: 21 miles W. of Camegie H.S.— id, 4480: PERTH: Mill, 3 miles E. of Laverton,
on White Cliffs Rd.— id, 2781; PERTH: 7 miles W. of Mt, Morgan.
16, Bassia parallelicuspis Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sec,N,5.Wales 48(1923)331,t.54
H-L; Black, FS.Austral. ed, 2 (1948)303,fig.393, Ising, Trans.Ruy.Soc.5.
Austral. 84(1961)95— = Anstrobassian parallelicuspis (Anders,) Ulbrich
Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)532.
Further collections;
New Sout Warns, N.C. Beadle: SYD: Yalpunga.— Miss Light: ADW: White Cliils.
NorrHern Teruitory, R, L. Crocker: AD 95852018: Charlotte Waters— id. 2: AD:
Abminga.— $, Av White; AD 95951002; Crown Point-Iorseshoe Bend.
Queensianp. $8, T, Blake 11784; AD; Vhargomindah— id. 11971: AD: Mt. Howitt.
Sourn Austra. J. B. Clelind: AD 95951001, AD 95820070: Pedirka— id: AD
95951001, AD 9Y6L3L0LG: Mt. Chambers Gorge— id.: AD 95820076: Nbungsa.- id.: AD
958200712: Ondnadatta— F. 1. Ising 2682: AD: Abminga,— id, 2665: AD: Oodnadatta.—
id. 2659: AD: Callana.— M. Koch 292 pps NSW 45492 (lectotype); BM: Mt. Lynd:
hurst— B, J, Murray 191; AD: Arcoona.- D. E. Symon 2753: AD, ADW: Wintinna.
17. Bassia tate FvM., Vie.Nat,7 (1890) 66; FvM., Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 8( 1891 ),t.71;
Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S, Wales 48(1923)331; Black, FLS.Anstral, (1924)
193; ed. 2 (1948)303,f¢,392: Ising, Trans.Roy,Soc.S.Austral, 58(1933)93;
84(1961)95— <Austrobussia tatet (FVM.) Ulbrich, PAfam.ed,2, 16c¢( 1934)
533,
Further collections:
Sounr Ausvrania. M. Koch 192: PERTH: Mt. Lyndhurst.— Lothian and Francis
295: AD: Near Mulka H.S.— R. Tate: MEL (holotype): Lake Torrens.
18. Bassia burbidgese Ising, Trans, Roy.Soc.S.Austral. §4(1961)97,fig.10 A-D,
Further collections:
Wesrern Avstraura. Y. Cliadwieck 986: PERTH, AD; 36 km from Mt. Magnct on
Geraldton Rd, 12.V 11.1963.
19. Bassia uniflora (R.Br.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30— Sclerolaena iniflora B.Br.,
Prod, 1(1810)410.— Further references: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.5.Austral, 84
(1961 )90. :
Further collections:
New Sourn Waces, HK. Carolin 523: SYD: Fowlers Gap.— J. 'T. Waterhouse: SYD:
N, of Fowlers Gap.
Soury Ausrrania. D. J. E. Whibley 620: AD: Head of Great Australian Bight.
Vierouia. A.C. Beauglehole 5248; A.C.B,; N. Hattah, Kulkyne National Park.
Wesiern Austraura, F. L. Hill; CANB 29021; 'Lremoville, Monte Bello Is., 10.X7.1953.
20. Bassia diacantha (Nees)FvM., Cens. (1852)30— — Antsacantha diacantha
Nees in Lehr, Pl.Preiss, 1(1945)635.— Kentropsis diacantha (Necs) Moq.
in DC., Prod. 13/2(1849)138.— PAnisacantha kentropsidea FvM,, Trans.
VictInst. 1(1855)133.— = Seleroleana diacantha (Nees) Benth,, FlAustral.
5(1870)194 [incl. var, longispina? Benth., l.c..p.p.|— Chenolea diacantha
(Nees) F'vM,, Fragm, 10(1876)91— — Further references: Ising, Trans. Roy.
Suc.S.Austral. 84( 1961 )91.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA Tu
21, Bassia crenata Ising, spnov— Fig. 3,
Rami fructiferi saepe qndalati. Folia lincaria. vel semiteretia, 5-14 mun longa, ca. 1
mov lata, obtusa, lenuia, villosa demum fere glabra, axillis hirsutis. Flores axillares, solitarii.
Prrianthium in frueta oblongum, in medio constrictum, 3-3-5 mm longum, 2-2-5 mm Jetum,
glabram; costae ples, promirientus, longitudinales. Spinae 2 (rara 3), 1-8 mm longae,
inaequales, divergentes, aciculares (vel spina brevissima saepe obtusa); luberculum soliturmm
in basi unae spinae. Limbns erectus, ca, 1 mm longus, ca, 2 mm latus, prgiformis, chartacous,
ciliatus. Basis obliqua, triangularis, plerumque unilateraliter valde gibbosa, glabra, —peefiende
cavatas stipes parvus; marge pleramyue crenatus. Stylus glabar; rani stigmatic’ 2-3. xubri.
Semen vertioule.
Woworyprs; M. Lazarides 6337: CANB: Western Australia, 17 miles N.NJE. of Mar
surel River Stu, Rimberleys, 15,VUT.1959.— — [Isutype: AD.]
Branches usually undulate in fruiting part. Leaves linear to semitercte,
5-14 mm long, ca, 1 mm wide, obtuse; thin, villons hecaming almost glabrous,
hairs in axil. Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth oblong, constricted in
centre, 3-32 mm long, 2-24 mm wide, glabrous; ribs several, prominent, Jongi-
tudinal, Spines 2 (rarely 3), 1-8 mm long, unequal, divergent, acicular but
shortest often obtuse: tubercle at hase of one. Limb erect, ca. 1 mm ling, ea.
2 mm wide, ridgetike, chartaceous, ciliate. Base oblique, triangular, usually
strongly gibbous on one side, glabrous, deeply hollowed; stipes small; margin
usnally crenate. Style glabrous; stigmutic branches 2-3, red. Seed vertical.
Nove, In the unilateral expanded or gihhous base it resembles B. tatei, bul in Ulis
latter species the spines are very short and erect, there are also other differences i thie
leaves, lirnb ind style.
The specilic epithet refers to the erecate rergin af the arcole at the hase of (he froving
perianth-
22. Bassia cristata Ising, spnov— Fig. 4,
Suffrutex; rami dceuse albo tomentosus. Folia {ineuria, 8-15 mm Jonya, ca, 1 mm Jata
erassa. + acuta, dense albo pubescentia. Flores axillares, solitoriz. Terianthium in fructu
ca. 2 mm longum et Jatum, sparse pubescens; uterque lati convexi cum aliquot costis lonyi-
tudinalibus. Spinae 2, 1-4 mm longae, inaequales, divergentes aciculares, in parte inferiore
tomentosae. Limbus incuryus, brevis, viliatus, in uno extrema extendo in cristam albam
pilosum. Basis elliptica, profinde eavata, obliqua; margo dlaber, in parte superiore tuber-
culatrs: septa radiata. Stylus glaher; rami stigmatic’ 2, rubri. Semen obliquom; radienti
supénior,
Hovovreus: D. E. Symon 26149: AD 96241028: South Australia, Base of Mt Woarl-
moafe, Musgrave Ranges, + 131°15'E., 26°20’S., 10.11.1962, [Isotyne: ADW 254)4,]
Small undershrub: branches densely white tomentose. Leaves linear, 8-15
mim long, ca. 1 mm wide, thick + acute, densely white pubescent. Vlowers soli-
tary in axil. Fruiting perianth ca. 2 mm long and wide, sparsely pubescent,
both faces convex with several longitudinal ribs. Spines 2, 1-4 mm lang, unequal,
divergent, acicular, tomentose in lower part. Limb ineurved, short, ciliate,
extended at one end into a white hairy crest. Base elliptic, deeply hollowed,
oblique; margin glabrous, tuberculate in upper part; radiating septa. Style
glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed oblique; radicle superior.
The new specics is near to B, uniflora which hax no ribs on perianth, no erest to the
liitb, and has a hirsute style. It is alse near ta B.. ereneta Ising which has thin Jenves,
limb without a crest, and base crenate all round.
The specific epithet refers to the erost of halrs at one end of the elongated limb,
80) EK. H. ISING
23. Bassia holliana E. H. Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral. 78(1955)111,f¢.1,17-19,
Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$,Austral. $4( 1961 )98.
further collections;
Sourh AusrHauiA, E, H, Ising £56, 3644, 3751; AD: Evelyn Downs— id: AD
96225202, 3, 3, 6: ibid— — id.: AD 96225000, 85, 36, 37, 38: ibid— id.. AD 96225192,
3,4, 6,7, 8,9: ibid— id: AD 96225094: Oodnadatta— id; AD 96225006, 195, 201:
Mt. Barry Sin, 60 miles S. Oodnadatta.
24. Bassia eichleri Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstral, 84(1961)96,89,fig,9 A-D,
Sourm Acstraua, Knowao only from the type lowelity: Evelyn Downs, ea. 120 km
south-west of Oddnadatta [see Isine (1961)].
25. Bassia constricta Ising, Trans.Roy,Soc.S.Austral. 84(1961)95,f¢.7 A-D—
B. uniflora var. incongruens Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 48 (1924) 254,
Farther collections:
New Sourn Wates, N. C. Beadle; SYD: White Cliffs.
Sourn AusrnAuea. R. Mil 61: AD: Mt. Norwest. ‘T. R. N, Lothiuon 1211: AD: ibicl—
li. Mincham 11; AD; Lyndhurst.
26.. Bassia wilsonii Ising, spnoy— Fig. 15,
Suffrutex; riavni albo tomentosi, Folin Jineariz, $-13 wim longa, ca. 1 mm lata, + acuta,
lerwunque recurva, dense albo pubescentia, Perianthium in fructu + oblongum, ca, 3 mm
Pain: ca. 2-5 mm Jatum, lomeutosuin; facies anterior Gum ca. 4 costis longitudinalihus
armitum est. Spinae 2, 1-2 mim longac, divergentes, prope glabrae. Laimbus incurvus,
brevissimus, cilialus, Basis pleruamque ovata, obliquissinms, protunde cavata, septa sadiata.
Stylus ghiber, wenicwlata; runi stigmatic’ 2, rubri, Semep verticales radicula superior.
Ho.otyrus: P, G. Wilson 2310: AD 96241002; South Anstritla. Wintinna, ca. 160 km
West of Oodnadatta, 29,VIL1962.
Undershrub; branches white tomentose. Leaves linear, 8-13 mm lone, ca.
1 mm wide, = acute, usually recurved, densely white pubescent. Fruiting
perianth + oblong, ca. 3 mm long, ca, 24 mm wide, tomentose; ribs ca. 4, lonyi-
tudinal, on anterior face, Spines 2, 1-2 mm long, divergent, almost glabrous.
Limb incurved, very short, ciliate. Base usually ovate, very oblique, deeply
hollowed; radiating septa. Style glabrous, geniculate; stigmatic branches 2, red,
Seed vertical; radicle superior.
Nearest to B, uniflora (R.Br.)FvM. which has tomentose Jeaves, perianth with a large
obtuse tubercle, base circular, style straight and seed horizontal.
Named in honour of Mr, F, G. Wilson, State Herbarinm of South Australia, Adelaide.
27. Bassia globesa Ising, spnov— Fig. 5.
i &
Rami tomentosi. Folia anguste linearia, 7-20 nim louga, ca. 0-5 mm Tata, obtusa, in
statu. juvenili villosa demum fere glabra, irregnlariter flexa, Perianthium in frietu globdare,
2-3-3 mm didm., durissinnin, dense tomentosum. Spinae 2-4 (plerumygue 3), 2:5-6 mm
longae, inaequales, dispositione regulari, 1 yel 2 spinis saepe cum tuberculis substitutis, late
divergentes, rectae, glabrae, aciculares. Limbus rectus, brevissimus, chartaceus, lanato ciliatus.
Basis + ovata, leviter obliqua, leviter cavata. Stylus glaber, rami stizmatici 2, rubri. Semen
horizentale; tadicula superior,
Honeryrus; 8. T. Blake 11700; BRT 028611: Queensland. West of Tharguomindah,
eoolibah flat in stony range, red soil, 25.VI.1936: “somewhat spreading. bushy, glaucous
perennisl of abont 2 ft-— — [Tsotype: AD 96134036.]
Branches tomentose. Leaves narrow-linear, 7-20 mm long, ca. § mm wide,
obtuse, villous when young becoming almost glabrons, irregularly bent. Fruit-
ing perianth globular, 24-3 mm dia., much hardened, densely tomentose. Spines
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 81
24 (usually 3), 24-6 mm long, unequal, evenly spaced, I or 2 spines often
substituted by tubercles, diverging widely, straight, glabrous, acicular, Limb
erect, very short, chartaceous, woolly ciliate. Base + ovate, slightly oblique,
slightly hollowed, Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed horizontal:
taclicle superior.
The new species differs From most others in the globular freiting perianth and the
evenly spaced spines and tubercles, It resembles B. tetracuspis whieh has + cylindrical
glabrous fruiting perianths and glabrous stems and leaves.
The specific epithet refers to the shape of the fruiting perianth.
28. Bassia bicomis (Lindl.)FvM., Cens. Meare FvM., Ic.Austral Salsol,Pl, 8
(1891 }t.79; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 38(1914)462; Anderson, Proe,
Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)343; Black, FLS.Austral. (1924)190, (1929)
684; ed. 2 (1948)306,fi2.408: Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral, 57(1933)93;
Chippendale, Ic. 82(1959)327— — Sclerolaena bicornis Lind], in Mitch,,
Three Exped.Austral. 2(1838)47; Moq. in DC., Prod, 13/2(1849)123; Benth,
Fl,Austral. 3(1870)195; Domin Bibl. But. 89( 1921 )623; Ulbrich, PAltam, ed. 2,
16e( 1934)534,— Anisacantha bicernis (Lindl,) FvM., Fragm. 7(1869)14—
Chenolea bicornis (Lind].)FyM. ex Tate, Trans,Roy.Soe.S,Austral. 3(1880)
58; FvM, Le. 9( 1587 )213.
New Sourh Waxes. T. L, Mitchell; CGE (holotype, vv.) [photo CANB No, 80):
Between Lachlan and Darling Rivers.— WN. C. Beadlo: SYD: ‘Tibooburra,— C. K- Ingram:
Ingr.: Weilmoringle,
Norrrenn Tenxrroxy. G. Chippendale 234: CANB; Tobermory.— id. 7202; AD, NT:
Ranken.— Dz. J. Nelson 48; AD: 13 miles E. Alice Springy— = RB. Swinhourne 325; NT:
Alice Springs. '
(QurEnscanp. $. T. Blake 12289: AD: Glengvle— id. 5509; AD: Warrabin.— — jd,
8853: AD; Camvooweal.— Ff. Roe 189: CANB: Gilruth Plains.
Sovurn Acgrwauta, J. B. Cleland: AD 95820046: Mungeranie— E. H. sine 2908;
AD: Pedirka— -D, E, Symon 1146: NE: 40 miles S.E, Kingoonva— oS. A, White: AD
96309261; Marree,— FP. CG. Wilson 2309: AD: Wintinna,
28h, Bussia hicornis var, horrida (Domin) White, Roy.See.Quecnsl. 55( 1944 )75 —
Sclerolacna bicornis vay. horrida Domin, Bibl,Bot, 22(1921)623,
New SourH Wares, 13. Ament: NSW: Nyngan—_ J. L. Boorman: NSW: Brewarrina.—
K, Cam: NSW; Coonamble— Chippendale and Constable; NSW: Walgctt.— E. F,
Constable: NSW: Bonrke:— ©, E, Couch; NSW: Burren Jonc.— P. GC. Conch; NSW:
Tibooburra HA. Hunter: NSW: Gulargambone.— A. Morris 1283; NSW: Yowi Lake,
near Broken Hill- Shire Clerk: NSW: Narromine-— = GC. K. Tryprains Ingr.: Bourke
Cobar Road.
Noptirern Trerarrony, CG. Chippendale 244: NT: Tabermory,— Chippentlale. and
Johrison 3849; CANB: 21 miles N. Rockhampton Downs.— €. J. Mulhearns ADW 4855;
Alcoota Stn. D. FE. Symon 40: ADW: Harts Range.
QOurexstann. S, T. Blake 5333: NSW: Charleville. id. 6642; NSW; Arilalili.
id, 6665: NSW: Isisford— id. 6600: NSW; Longreach— id, 9981: AD: Milray Stn.—
id, 10546: AD: Noondoo,— id. 11218; AD: Oppham-Coongoola—- | id, 11353: AD: Ifra-
combe.—_ id. 11468: AD; Frensham Stin.— i. 11566: AD: Hughenden— id. 11808!
AD: Nockatunga,— C. T. White 11701: NSW: Wyandra.
Sount Austratca, G, H. Clarke: ADW 3198: Abminga.— E. H, Ising: ADW 11548:
Oolnadatta,
Nore. 1 bauve not see Domin’s type specimen, but suppose that the specimens listed
abuve upgree best with his description of the variety. They all have, hawever, 7 pnhrseeant
euves,
§2 E. H, ISING
29. Bassia obliquicuspis Anderson, Proe,Lina.Soc,N.S,Wales 48(1923)337,t.34 fix,
D-G; Black, VLS,Austral, (1924)192; ed. 2 (1948)305,fig.403— Selero-
laena obliquicuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich, PAfam. ed.2, 16e(1934)3533.—
Sclerolaena diacentha yar. longispina ? Benth. Fl.Austral, 5(1870)195 p.p.
Nrw Sownt Wares, N, C, Beadle; SYD; Packsaddle— W,. MacGillivray; ADW L705:
Broken Hill. A. Morris 210: NSW 34333 (lectotype): Broken Hill, 3.V.1920.— id. 293:
NSW: jbid— J. A. Thompson 25: NE: E. Menindee— = J. Vickery: NSW 1976; G0 in,
W, Wentworth.
Souwrn Austratta, J. M, Black: AD 96249076-8: Leigh Creek.— id.: AD 96240070
Turevola.— id.: AD 96249073 Pt. Augusta West— $8. T. Blake 16862: CANB: Pichi
Richi Pass— N, T. Burbidge: CANB 12223; Yudnapinmna— J. B. Cleland; AD 95820085:
Wilwena— id: AD 96181071: Musgrave Bangye— Hj, Eichler 12590: AD: Chambers
Gorge, Flinders Range.— id— 12701: AD: Gammon Ranges. _ id. 16186: AD: Pt.
Augusta— N, Forde 360; CANB; Enw,— A. S, George 5206; PERVH: 32 miles E, of
Mt. Davies.— FP, M. ffilton: ADW 18200: Qoldea— BR. H. Ising: ADW LO603: ML
Willoughby.— — id; AD 96243383; Evelyn Downs— Tattorfs; MBEI.; Near Spencer Galh—
B. J. Murray 98: AD: Arcoona— K. Schodde 1116-7; AD: Koonamore— Di E. Symon:
ADW 22080: Near Pt. Augusta— D. J, E. Whibley 252; AD; Whyalla-Cowell-- 5S. A.
White; AD 96024089: Pt. Augusta West— 2. -G. Wilson 2299: AD; Mt. Eba.
VierrortA, A. CG. Beanglehole 980, 5254: A.C.B.; Kulkyne Nat, Pork— id. 5345: A.C.B.:
Sunny Cliffs.- W, Hartley: CANB 3391: Redeliffs.
Westens Ausra. A. $. George 799: PERTH: Lake Austin— id. 3802: PERTH!
Fides Ck, Warburton Mission— TH, Salasoo 575: NSW: Deakte
30. Bassia brevifolia Ising, spnoy— Fig. 26,
Herba + erecta, feru wlabra; rami cb rantali densissiint, Folla chavata, 2-4 ped Tons,
obtusu, pubescentia; margines ud basim tennes. Flores axillares solitarii, Perianthivn in
Froetu. ¢ylindrataum vel conicum, saepe ad basim hui, ca, 2 mm longum, + pubescens,
numerosum, Spinge 2. 5-10 mm longac, graciles, aciculares, rectae, in plunis vertivalibus
civersis, divergentes; una-spinu ad basin tuberculo parva ornate, Linibus minionmn, recurves,
cillatus, Basis + oyata, suepe versus tubum orthoyonia vel oblique. Stylus waber vel fore
aber, rami stigmatic? 2, rubri. Semen verticale, radicula superior.
Maroryeus; P, G, Wilson 644; AD 95931014: South Audlralia, Eyre Pentasnla, West
of Peteesby ‘Tanks, 24 kin north of Miratipa, 16.X.1958.— — [Isotype: P. Aellen (Basel)-]
Plant = crect, almost glabrous; branches and branehlets very dense, Leaves
+ clavate, 2-4 mm long, obtuse, pubescent; margins thin at base. Flowers sali-
tary maxil, Fruiting perianth cylindrical to conical, often wide at base, ca, 2
rin Jong, + pubescent, numerous. Spines 2, 5-10 men long, slender, acicular,
straight, not in same vertical plane. divergent, small tubercle at base of one.
Limb very small, recurved, ciliate. Buse = uvate, often at right angle or oblique
ta tuhe, Style glabrous or almost so; stigmatic branches 2, red, Seed vertical;
radical superior.
Sourm Augtract. E. CO. Black; AD Y6300225- Kimha, K.B— J. B, Clelandl: AD
45820138: Kimba, E.P. id: AD 9355201396— Biwht Well, neur White Well, E.P— ir.
AD, MEL: Eucla-Fowlers Bay, E.P, _K. D. Rohrlach 186: AD: Pinkawillinie, EP— i,
305; AD; Buckleboo, EP— J. H, Willis: MEL: Colona, E.P— P. CG. Wilson 1515: AD:
near Kalamhi, E.P.
Western Avstaatsa. §. Brooke: MEL: Mt. Rugger-Victoria Spring.— M.. Cronin;
PERTH, Blackwood River-Lake Lefroy. J. Oliver; MEL: FBuclai— D. J, E, Whibley
637; AD: near old Evcla— J, H, Willis: MEL: 72 miles KE. Balludonia,
Nove. This species has previously been included in B. obliquicuspts Anders. which hus
whitish woolly tomentum on branches and perianths: leaves + semiteret- 7-12 mm long; bese
of fruit + gibbons and furrowed,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 43
31. Bassia glabra (FyM.)F'vM., Cens, 1(1882)30; FvM., Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 7
(1891 ),t.66,fivs,2-5,7-10; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)532;
Kentropsis glabra FvM., Pragm. 1(1859)139— Anisacantha glabra (FvM.)
FyM. ex Benth, Fl.Austral, 5(1870)200.-— Selerolaena glabra (FvM.)
Domin, Bibl.Bot, 89( 1921 )623-4; Ulbrich, Pilfarn. ed.2, 16e(1934)553,
Norrnens ‘l'siwutory, EF. Mueller: MEL (holotype); Sturts Creek, 1856.— GG. Chipspen-
tale 5594: AD, NSW, NT: Tanami Bore; “herh 6-9", flowers. green, common in Jateritic
rel soil”
32. Bassia bicuspis (FvM.)FvM,, Gens. 1(1882)30; FvM., le Austral.Salsol,Pl, 8
(1891).t.73; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N,S.Wales 48(1923)333; Black, FILS.
Austral. (1924)190; ed.2, (1948)303,8¢.395.- Anisecantha bicuspis FvM,,
Trans. Vict. Inst. (1855)133; ivM., Took,J. Bot. KewMise. 8( LBDE ) 205 FvyM..
Fragm, 7(1869}1&; Benth, FlAustrel. 5(1870)200.- Chenolea_ bicuspis
(FvM.)FVM. ex Tate, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 3(1880)58— — Sclerolaena
hicuspis (FyM)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624, Ulbrich, Pfam, ed.2, 16c¢
( 1934 533.
Sour AustkAuiA. FP. Mueller: MEL (holotype): Cudnaku (Kapyaka) towards Lake
Torrens from Quorn: 185/— f. L. Crocker: ADW 23011: Yudnapinnn— KB. Tater AD
Y6309260: Parachilna.
33. Bassia limbata Black. Frans,Roy,Soe,5.Austral. 46(1922)567; Anderson, Proc.
Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)342; Black, FIS.Austral. (1924)190; e¢d.2,
(1948 )306,fig.409.— — Seleroluena limbata (Black) UYbrich, Pfam. ed.3, 16¢
(1934 )534,
New Soutsr Wanrs, N. Allison: AD 95909019» Fowlers Gap, 70 miles N. Broken Iill.—
N.C. Beadle: SYD: Wileannian— 0. M, Dinning: NE: Fowlers Gap. CG. RK. Tagram:
NE: Bonrkex— Johnson und Constable: NSW 39946; Fowlers Gap.— A. Morris; AD
WISIO85: Unberumberka— id, 301: NSW, AD, ADW: Campbells Creck.— id. 976:
ABW, NSW» Mundi Mundi Plnin.— B. R. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap-— — Pidgeon anil
Vickery; NSW 20471; Silverion— f. T. Waterhouse: SYD: Pokotarna.
Norruern Terrnirony. BR. Swinbourre 430; AD; Alice Springs.
QueENsLAND, §, T. Hlake 10228: AT) 96134018: Joricha.
Sour Austnacta. H, W. Andrew: AD 96230352 (lectotype): Parachilna— — id. AD
Y57U8140: Murnpeowie— N, T. Burbidge: CANB 12809: Blinman.— J. B. Cleland; AD
$6230391: Curttmona.—_ id.: AD 958190702 Alawauna and Purachilny — fi.: AD 95820123.
Beltana— ©, M. Eardley: AD 96130082: Koonamore. KR. Hill 66a; AD: Mt. Norwest
Stn— id. 1056: AD: Koonamore— FF. M. Hilton 1244: ADW: Hawker— E, H. Ising:
Al) 96131084; Orreron.— MM. Koch; NSW 61427, PERTH: Mt. Lyndhurst— TT. B, Palt-
ridge: AD 96]30081; Koonamore.— BK. Tate: AD 96140136; Wallaroo,— D. J. F, Whibley
468: AD: Parachinma— §. A. White: AD: Leivh Creek.
Wesrern Avusraacia. A, 'S. George 1239: PERTH: 14 miles E, Bollary A.S.— Pollack:
MEL: Gascoyne River [B, pellackiana PyM. nomen nuda),
44, Bassia decurrens Black, Tranus,Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 46(1922)567; Black, FLS.
Austral. (1924)193, (1929)684; ed.2., (1948)304fig.401; Anderson, Proc,
Linn.Sve.N.S.Wales 48(1923)337, White, Trans. Roy Soc.Qneensl fi0( 1944)
75.— Austrobassia decurrens (Black) Ulbrich, Pfam. ed.2, L6v( 1934 )532.
New S5outa Wates. N. C. Beadle: SYD; Like Yantara— _ H, Betches NSW 57434;
Woasrewo River.—__id.: NSW 57433: Puroo River.— E, F. Constable: NSW 4682: Byrocdale
Stu— id: NSW 10491; Mt. Stuart— D, M. Dinning: NE: Fowlers Gap— lL. A. S$.
Johnson 686: NSW: Menindee— Juhngon and Constable; NSW 48434; Muorna Sti, — Jd:
NSW 39778 NT: Wileannia— MM. Karizofl: MSW 57416: Menindee, K. H, L. Key:
be E. H. ISING
CANB 21731: Milparinka,— = W. MacGillivray: ADW; Broken UillL— A_ Maris 283; NSW,
AD: Broken Hill— T. G. B. Osborn: AD 96331113 (Herb, J.M.B.) NSW: Broken MiTh-
5. K. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap,— J. A. Thompson 150; NE= Sayers Laku.
NawrHerRN Terrrrory. R. Swinbourne 9; Tngr.; Alice Springs.— ixl,: AD, NT 9031; ahit,
Ovexnsnanp, $8. T. Blake 1181], 11835, 11838: CANB: Nockatunga— id. GS5C;
ay baseline ceca k sar id. 12240; CANN: Birdsyille— id. 12438; GCANB: Tanhur-
janterhury,
SoutH Austnacia. C, D. Andrew: AD 96309298 (Herb. J.M.B.): Lake Bonney.— ©, W-
Bonythou: ADW 5008; Lake Kyre,— WN. T. Burbidge: CANB 19225: Yudnapinna.— J, i
Cleland: AD 95820091; Strzelecki Creek— id: AD 95820092; Carawena— id.: AD
95820093; Lake Callaboona.— _ id: AD 95820141: Tarcocla— H. M. Doughis: ADW 3603,
23015: Yudnapima— FF. M. Hilton 750; ADW 11564: ihid— PB, Hughes; AD 96229455:
Lake Eyre— C. KR. Ingram 9746; Ingr.: Cockburn— J. H. Maiden: NSW: Pt. Augusta.—
B. J. Murray 101: AD; Arcoona— ‘T. Ii. Paltridge; AD, CANS 3367; Kuonamore.— Tr. D,
Warren; AD 96132086, 96309297: Finniss. Springs— 5. A. White: AD 96331098 (leeta-
type); Vt Augusta West, 2014.1920.— id. AD 96931117; Wantapella Swap near
Everard Range. Woodroofe and Trimble: ADW 349; Yudnapinna.
35. Bassia cveristiana [sing, spnoy— Fig. 13.
Sulftutex, gracilis; runt hirsuti. Folia linearia, 3-12 1am ona, obtusa. hirsuta, Flores
axillares, soliturii, Perianthium in fructue compresse cylindratum, ca, 2 mn longum et Jatumn,
uterque Facei cum aliquot costis longitudinulibus, costa horizontali absenti. Spinge 2, eu.
3-5 mm longae (interdum inaequales), aciculares, divergenies, in parte inferiore hirsitae,
interdum cum tertia spina beevi vel tberculo in eostain crassain decurrenti. Limbus erectus,
ea. 1 rom longus, chartacens, hirsiitus, Basis nee obliqna, + circularis, leviter cavata: septa
riditte 5, 5 cavis parvis alternatu. Stylus glaber vel fere glaber; rami stigmatici 2, rubri.
Senien verticale; radicula superior.
Horotyres: §, T. Blake 6502; AD 96207139: Queensland. Woodstock, W. of Winton
Gidgee country on more or less stony lateritie soil, 29.VT.1934. “Rather spreading, at length
ascending, more or less glaucous,"— ° (Isotypes: BRI, NSW 61410.)
Undershrub, slender; branches hirsute. Leaves linear, 5-12 mm long, olstuse.
hirsute. Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth compressed cylindrical, ca-
2 mm long and wide, both faces with several longitudinal ribs, horizontal rib
absent. Spines 2, ca, 34 nn Jong (sometimes unequal) acicular, divergent,
hirsute in lower part, sometimes a third short spine or a tubercle decurrent in it
Hick rib, Limb erect, ca. 1 mm long, chartaceous, hirsute. Base not oblique, +
circular, slightly hollowed; radiating septa 5, alternating with 5 small cavities
Style glabrous or almost so; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed vertical; radicle
superiar,
Nore. 3B. everistiana is oearest to B. patenticuspis Anders, which has the fruiting
perianth oblong, withont rhs, indiaentum sparsely pubescent or tomentose, base ovate.
oblique, nat hollowed, withuat stipes.
Named in hononr af Mr. S. LO Kverist, Government Botanist, Botanie Viweurn ined
Herbarhun, Brisbane.
36. Bassia patenticuspis Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sov.N,$,Wales 48(1923)338,t.34 fie.
A-G: Ising, Trans.Roy.Suc.S.Austral, 46(1922)587, 596; Black, FIS,Austral,
(1924) 193; Ising, Trans,Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 5$(1934) 216; Black, FLS.Austral.
ed.2, (1948 )305,¢.402; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. | 82(1959)
527,— Selerolaena diacantha var. longespine? Benth, Fl,Austral. 5(1870)195
pp— 5%. patenticuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich, Pifam. ed.2, 16c( 1934 )534,
New Sourm Warns. M, Collings: NSW 34334 (lectotype): Barrier Hanges— LF,
Constable; NSW 4534, Bourke — A. Morris 1076: ADW-: Broken Hill— B, BR. Paterson:
NE: (spines short and thick) Fowlers Gap— ‘[, M. Waite 1804: NSW: Ia miles E.
Burongi.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 83
NonwtHsin Yenairory, Chippendale and Jolmson 3964: NT: 14 wiles 5.8, Tinke—
M. Lazurides 6071: CAND: Bond Springs. Sm.— och, BITS: AD, CAND: Tempe Downs Sin.—
K, Swinbourne 7: Luge: Alice Sprinusy,
Soutn Ausreaura. |, M. Black; AND 6024074: Baronta.— — id.: NSW 61402; PE
Augusta. oN. T. Burbidge: CANB 12921: Yudnapinna— HH. M. Douglass ADW 23021:
ibid.— Hj. Hichler 12519, AD; Koouamore— N, Forde 390; CANB: Enmnuw— BR, Hill 1053:
AD: Koonmuore~ LE. H. Ising: AD 96909221: Nullarbor Plain— id: ADW I[NG04:
Evelyn Downs.— id, 1548; ADW: Hughes— E, MeCremon; VERVH: Heid.— EF. Mueller;
MEL: Wheal Barton near Truro — KR. A, Perry 5581: AD, CANB: 15 miles N. Maralinga—
Specht anil Carrodus 9: AD: Norning— Sullivan; MEL: Gawler Ranges— D. E. Symon
9172; AD, ADW: Totukinson Range— id. 669: ADW; Near Wilpena. See also nole after
Western Australia,
VierorrA, H, k, Browne 32; CANB: G1 miles W. Mildura — J, Po Eckorl: MEL: Lake
Vietoria, Wimmera,
Wesrern Austrauia, WE. Blackall; PERTH) Yandil— oN. 1. Burbidge 80: PERTH;
Clenorn.— A. 8S, Ceorge 5660; PERTH: 22 miles N, of Sandstone.— ic. 4022: PRRTIL-
35 miles SE. of Windulda— id, 4681: PERTH: L, ‘Uhrossell— id. 4799: PERTH: NW,
end of Cavaniuh Ra— RR. Telms: AD 96138044: Fraser Range.— OC. Kniep: PERTH.
Sandstone, = G. S&L, Reid 27: PERTH; Near Forrest,— ‘Ankitell; PERLE: ‘Lhraus Rly,
Survey.— Hj, Eichler 16174: AD: HRawhinna; 6.1X,1959; this specimen has some porianths
with 2 spines 5-7 mm long, unequal, acicular oy subulate; others with spines 124 youn
hue, uneqoal, clavate, very obtuse; semetinics 1 spiue is ca. 5 aim long and the 2nd one
ca. J tam tong, clavate, obtuse; plant almost glabrous. This cold be a ew species if ihe
spines were consistently clayate, Only one collecting has been mady
Nove. South Australia turnishey a variation in the spines of this species anel nol imarh-
airs different from the above Rawlinna specimen, tt is interestiny to note that minre than
jal) of the speciniens. so far collected come from the Nullarbor Plain. Ome spine js Longer
and the 2nd one is thicker and obtuse, and the speciinens showing this sariation are js
follows; E, C, Black: AD £6309218: Pnrnamoota— J. M. Black: ALI SRO2LO7E: Pt. Augusta,—
J. B. Cloland: AD 95820082; Ooldea Soak,— ids AD GGS20128; Ouchredatta-Alice Springs.—
M, Davis 213; AD; Watson, Hj, Kichler 16184: AD: Gook— FB. TH. Tsing: AD §ROTA144,
4; Auehes— eb: AD 96130136: Koomnalan— BD, J, E. Whibley 652; AD: Cook— 2. GC.
Wilson 1673; AD; Cook— 40, L705: AD: Watson.
37, Bassia lanicuspis (FvM.)I'vM,, Gens. 1(L882)30; 2(1880)51; FyM,, Frag, 12
1882)13; FvM,, TceAustral,Salsol,Pl. 8(1891),t.80; Black, Trans.Roy.Soe.S.
ustral, 41(1917)636; Black, FLS.Austral, (1924)193; ed.2, (1948)504 fig,
400, Anderson, Proc, Linn.Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923)335; Ising, Trans.Roy.S,
Austral, 57(1933)93; 58(1934)216; Chippendale, Trans.Noy.Soc.$.Austral.
§2(1959)327.— Anisacantha lanicuspis FvM., Fragm. 2(1861)170; 7( 1869)
14— Sclerolaena lanicuspis (FyM.)lyM. ex Benth., Fl.Austeal. 5(1870)195:
Ulbrich, PAtain. ed.2, 16e(1934)534.
New Sovid Warks, Dr, A, Becklers MEL (holotype): Salt Plains along the western
sili of Barriee Range, N.S,Wales, Victorian Expedition 1860.— D. M. Dinning: NE:
Kuselers Cap.- ©. Ke Ingram 9783: Ingr.: Thackaringa— A, Morris G07; ADW: White
its,
Nownons Teaurroay. N. J. Burbidge 4189: CANB; Undooly Gap.— ©, Shippen-
dale 7267: AD, NT: Avon Downs — J. B. Cleland: AD 96019102: Henbury— id: 2
$6UL909T: Macdonald Downs— A. S. George A029: PERTH: 3 miles §. of Finke River
Grossing, Stuart Wighway.— EE. H. Tsing 2818: AD: Horseshoe Bend — Joluispn and Chip-
pendale 3791: CANB, NSW, N‘l; Woodgreaen HS— M. Lazarides 54887: AD, CANB,
NSW, MEL, NT: 30 miles WiN.W. Mt. Riddoch Stn— E. E. Lord: AD 9620753: Granite
Downs — RK, A. Perry 1600; AD, CANB, NSW, N'Y: 30 miles S.S.E. Brunette Downs.— fF.
Swinbourme 438: AD, NT: Burt Plain.
Quernsnann. S. T. Blake 6562: NSW: Darr— S§, L. Everist 6248; AD: 15 niles W.
Adavale-— BR, A, Perry 874; CANK 65 miles W.S.W. Lake Nash.— id. 784: AD. CANB:
Wf miles 5. Mb Isa,
sour Ausruawa. J. 2B. Cleland: AD Q58201L7: Cordilla Downs.— &, L, Cmeker:
AD: Andady— KR. Hill $5: AD: Mt. Norwest Stn— F. M. Hillon 1370; ADW: Beltana—
bf FE. Wt. LSING
kK, H, Kuchel 434; AD; 150 jniles N, Coober Pedy — — Lathian andl Francis 273; AD: Mulka
Bore, 155. lan N-N.E. Marree— = M, Murray: AD 96150090; Cootanooriima— D. E. Syman
1028: NE: Andamooka-Stuzrts Creck.
Wrastern Austraur. W, BE. Bluckully PERTH: Yandil— C. A. Gardner 2370: PERTH:
Kast Meekatharra— MM. Lazurides 6329, 6332: CANB, NSW: Marvaret River Sm.— F G,
Wilson 2458A: AD: Giles,
Nove. The type specimen [Dr. H. Beckler, salt plains along the western side of the
Rarrier Range, N.S.Waleés, L861: MEL (/lelotype)| has 3 spines, 2 of them divergent and a
shorter recurved one on the opposite posterior face. Specimens have been collected with
spines up to @ and it is generally agreed to accept this inercase in the number of spines for
the species because of the agreement with the type in other respevts. An example of this is
Perry 5447, near Hale River Crossing, cx. 100 miles E.8.E. of Alice Springs, N.Terr., 8.1X,1955;
ont ol 20 fruiting perianths examined spines were noted as follows: 5 perianths, 4 spines
wl free and separated; 7 perianths, 4 spines ull free and separated; 7 perianths, 5 spines, 2
of which are collateral: ] perianth, 6 spines, 2 of which are collateral; one of the 2 collaterit!
spines ig usnally shart to very short, uot half as long as the other, none seen were equal in
length. ‘The similar, B. densiflora Vitvg. has consistently 5 spines, 2 of them collateral and
all equal in length, and T retyin it.as a valid species hevause T have seen no specimens of the
“lanicuspis” sroup haying the 2 collateral spines of ecuial Tength, B. dentiflara is endemic
in W. Austral, and does not appear to vary in the spine character. B. Janicuspis also occurs 1n
W, Austval. and has there sinilar sping viriation as tn the eastern States.
38. Bassia ventricosa Black, Trans.Roy.Soc,S.Austral, 46(1922)566; Anderson,
Proe.Linn.Soc,N.S.Wales 46(1923)342; Black, FlS.Austral, (1924)191; ed,2,
(1948 )306,f¢.407; Ising, Trans. Rov.Soc.S.Austral. 57(1933)93.— — Ausfra-
bassia ventricosa (Black) UVbrich, Pilfam. ed.2, 16e( 1934 )532.
New Souta Wates, B, G. Briggs: NE: Fowlers Gap— FE. F, Constable 10496: CANB:
‘Tibooburra.— _C. K, Ingram: Ingr.: Louth. id, 9721: Iugr.: Silyerton— L.A. 5. Johnyon:
NSW 48513: Balranald-Hatfeld,— k, HL. Key; CANB 21379: Qoly Stn.. Luke Poaopallac.
A. Morrix 77: NSW: 209A\D; Broken Hill— B. R. Paterson: NE: Fowlers Gap.— J, H.
Riches 71; CANB: 40 miles E.NVE, Broken Will— J. A, Thompson 124; NE: §.W. Wil
cunnia— id. 62, 150: NIE: Sayers Lake.
Quernsianp, W. MacGillivray: ADW 17035: Blackill Range,— RR. Roe; NE; Gilruth
Plains,
SoutH Austratta, J. M, Blnel, sn AD 96230281 (lectutype): Hergott Springs,
WX, JOL7T— id.; NSW 614496: Pt. Augusta West— oN. 'T’. Burbidge; CANB 13163: Para-
chilna Gorge— ida: GANB 12220: Yudnapinna— J. B. Cleland: AD 96247289: Brachina.—
id; AD 96140085; Woamers, C,. M. Eardley: ADW 96D: Mt. Victor Sta.— Hy, Eichler
13027; AD: Edeowie.— N. Forde 358: CANB: Emu— F, H, Islngs ADW 11566, AD
96230033-1; Oodnadatta.— MM. Koch: PRRTH: Mt. Lyndhurst— TT. B. Paltridge: CANB
3431) Koonamore— RB, A. Perry: CANE L8301> Pt. Augiasty,
39. Bassia artivulata Black, Trans-Roy.Soc.S.Austral, cen team agp Ising,
Trans.Roy.Soe.5,Austeal. 68(1934)215; Black, I'L.S.Austral, ed.2, (1948) 304,
fiz 398.
Further vallections;
New Sount Wares. Johnson aud Constable: NSW S9988; Mt, Poole-Theldurpa.
Pidlgeoy and Vickury: NSW 61440: 90 miles E. of Broken Hill.
SouTu Austaarea. |. B. Cloland: AD 96420023 (holotype), MEL, NSW 61441: Pedicka—
If Ising 2849, 2869, 2909: AD: Pedirku,
40. Bassia oppositicuspis Ising, spmnov— Fig, 23,
Snffniter, divaneatus, fere glaber: tanmoesns: costae practles. Folic teretian, S11 am
Jouga, ca, 1 anm late, acntsa, patula, basi plana, tenui, hitiore; in stiutu juvenili ptlosa. Peri
withion in frietu cylindratun, ca, 2-3 im Jougum, ot. 2 mim datum, vlabrom, apex eoo-
cava: aliquot costae Jongitudinales, aio horiyantali, Spine 3-4 inacquales, aciculares,
slabrae, plerinnyine + horizontales; ana xpinw acl 12 mm longa; 2-3 spinue oppositue, in
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTHALLA S7
busi contiguae, 1-11 mm longie; una sping etecki, brevis yel rndimentaria. Limbus erecteis,
1-1-5 mm Jongus, coriaceus, latus, ciliutus. Basiy + ovata obliqua. leviter cavata, Stylus iu
te superiore Jeyiter laniwtus; rami stivmatici vraciles, 2, pimicet, Semen non vidi, pre
aliter verticale,
Houoryeus: N. 1. Burbidge; CAN B 12218; South Australia... Yudnapinna Stn., VLAN. eG.
(Qut of 100) friting perianths examined 46 had 8 well-developed spines, 36 had 3 syplies sid
1 rudimentary and 18 had 4 well-developed spines.}.— [Tsotype: AD, fragm.]
Undershrub, spreading, almost glabrous; branchlets many; ribs slender.
Leaves terete, 5-11 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, acute, spreading; base Hal, thin,
wider at base; juvenile pilose, Fruiting perianth + cylindrical, ca. 24 mm long,
ca. 2mm wide, glabrous; summit concave; ribs longitudinal, several, hurizuntal
one, Spines 3-4, unequal, acicular, glabrous, usually + horizontal; one ip to
12 mm long; 2-3 opposite, close together at base, 1-11 mm long; one erect,
short or rudimentary, Limb ervet, 1-1 mm long, corigveuus, broad, ciliate,
Base + ovate, oblique, slightly hollowed. Style slightly lanate in upper patt;
stigmatic branches slender, 2, pink. Seed not seen, probably vertical.
New Souta Wats. N. C. Beadle: SYD; Lake Yantara. (The spines iv this spechmen
are usually 3 and more erect than in the type specimen. )
41 Bassia tricuspis (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)885; 5Y
(1934)272; Black, FI,S,Austral, (1924)193; ed.2, (1948)304,fig.399.— Anj-
sacantha tricuspis FvM., Trans.Victlnst. (1655)133; FvM., Look.) .Bot.Kew
Misc. 8(1856)204; FvM., Rep.Babb, Exped, (1859)20— Chenolea trictspris
(FvM.)FVM., Fragm. 10(1876)92.— Selerolaena trieuspis ( PvM.) Ulbrich,
Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)534— Bassin civaricate [non (R.Br. )Fv¥M.] FvM.,
Ie. Austral.Salsol, Pl, 6(1891), t.77.
New Soute Wactes, F. Mueller; MEL (2 holotype): Mureay River Anonyme: NE
(one Spine very short): Trida Wonlshed.- oN. C. Beadle: 5YD: Lake Cargelligo— F,
Betclie: NSW 57398: Parow River — jd; NSW 57397; Warreya River— J, Brongh: SYD:
Sidenia-Efay.— P. D. Curter: NSW 61412: 11 miles N. Pilliga— ids: NSW 57400; Near
Villiga— D, J. Gampbell; NSW 57408; Goonamble— N. C. Forde; NSW 57401: ‘Tiree
Stn— D. L, W. Henderson 369; NSW: Candabooka.— Johnson and Constable: NSW
48535: Mourna Stn— = L. W. McLennan: NSW 5312; Bograbilli— HH. Nicholuey NSW
574100; Gravesend— C. W. Rhodes: NSW 57399: Narrabri.
Qurenstanp, G, H, Allen 288; CANBy, 58 miles W, Gharleville— $, 1. Blake 6451:
NSW: Barcaldine-Lochnagar— id. 6674: AD, NSW» Isisford-Enmet— id. 11733: AD,
Dynevor.— id. 10431: AD; Yelarbon.— id. 10673: AD; Noondoo— Lau; NSW 57406:
Darling Downs, J. Mann: NSW: Chinchilla (with 4 spines). RK. Roe: NE) Gilmith
Pinins,— id}: CANB 3371: Moonie Riv— CC. T. White: NSW 57404; Tower Hill
Sour Ausveaum. E£. C. Black: AD 96309210: Renmark.— ©. M. Eardley: ADW
2373: ibid— lj, Nichler 14908: AD: Mannunm.— E. H. Ising: AD 96131146; Taveday.—
If. Mincham Ll, AD; Jovndhurst.
Vicronta, A, C. Beaugiehole 5261: A.C,\B.; Sandalong Park, near Mildara— Willis
and Beanplelole 5262, 5263: A.C.B.: Kulkyne and Chalka Creek.
42, Bassia andersonii Ising. Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 37(1983)185; Black, FS.
Austral, ed.2, (1948)304,fig.397; Chippendale, Trats,Roy.So0,S.Austral. 82
(1959) 327.
Additional deseriptrye notes: Limb erect, prominent, corinceous; fruiting
pertanths decidudus or easily detached: leaves sometimes warrow linear; spines
sumetimes 4.
Nouwrmiens Termtrony. C. E, F. Allen 575; NSW: Ryans Well— G. Chippenclale 405;
NT: Tobermory.— id, 622: NSW: Angas Downs.— id, 8051; NSW; Burt Plain.—_ id. 6482:
AWD; Near Macdonald Downs.— id. 2957: NSW: Miunnery Creek St— GC. Chippendale
and L, Johnson 3942: NT: 29 miles W. of Andado Stn.- FE. TT, Using: AT 96132115,
8S K. H. ISINC
96132017; Muedonald Downs.— M. Lazarides 5935: CANB. NY, AD: 12. miles W. vt
Huckitta Sth _ id, 5947: CANB: Huckitta Stn— R. A. Perry 1823: CANB, NT: 85
miles E. of Burroloola Stn— id. 1599: CANB: 30 miles SSK of Brunette Downs—- D. E.
Symon 40, ADW: Mt. Riddock Stn.
QurensLanp. 8, T. Blake 6469; NSW: Bonlia.— id, 8994- AD: Normanton.— — idl.
10010: AD: Elderslie— id. 11459; AD: Kalkadom.— id. 11710: AD: Connamulla—
id. 12205: AD: Birdsville— id, 12364: AD; Marion Downs,— id, 12512: AD: Norman-
tan. — R, L. Cracker; AD 96130038; 40 miles N-W. of Bindsville— id.: AD 96130037-
Birdsville— J. G. Davies: CANB 3390: Central South— TR. Roe: NE 000438; Cunna-
awulla— CC. T. White 11706: AD» ibid.
poutw Austra. J. B. Cleland; AD 96132113: Abminga—_ id; AD 96132112, AD
96309269; Pedirka.— id.:_ AD 95420047: Cordilla Downs.— EE. If. Ising, 2887: AD (folo-
type): Pedirka— id-s AD 94132119: Abminga— id,: AD 96192117: Snake Gully, 18
niles 5. of Pedirka,
43, Bassia aellenii Ising, spsiov— Fig. 16,
Suftrutex, proctunbens; rami leviter costati, tomentusi: ramuli erecti. Folia angisty
lanceolata, 8-16 mm longa, ca. 2 mm lata, + neuta, pubescentia, congregata; basis coangus-
tatur, marginibus membranaceis. Flores axillares solitarii, Stamina 5, Perianthium in fructu
urcevlatum, ca. 2 mm Jongum et latum, parce induratum, glabrum; costae nunnullae, longi-
tudinales, debiles. Spinae 3, erectac, ca, 1 mm longae, + aequales, abtnsac, basi lata, vlutre-
Linbus breyissimns, ciliatus: lobi 5, abtusi. Basis + circularis, leviter obliqua, leviter
eavuta. Stylus hirsutus; rami stigmatici 2, in parte inferivre crasse, rubidi. Semen nan vidi,
Horerypeus; Hy, Kichler 14188; AD 95819005: South Australia, Corny Point, Yorke
Peninsula, X,1957— [Isutype: P. Aellen (Basel). |
Undershrub, procumbent; branches slightly ribbed, tomentose; branchlets
erect, Leaves narrow-lanceolate, 8-16 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide, + acute,
pubescent, crowded; base narrowed, margins membranous. Flowers solitary in
axil, Stamens 3. Fruiting perianth urceolate, ca, 2 mm long and wide, net
much hardened, glabrous; ribs several, longitudinal, weak. Spines 3, ereet, ca.
1 mm long, + equal, obtuse, broad-based, glabrous. Limb erect, very shavt.
ciliate; lobes 5, obtuse. Base = cireular, slightly oblique, slightly hollowed,
Style hirsute; stigmatic branches 2, thick in lower part, dark red, Seed not
seen, probably horizontal.
Nearest ta B_ ureeolate Tsing which has leaves timete, 4-6 nom Jong: spines 5) style
glabrous.
This species is uamed in honour of Dr, P, Acllen, Basel (Switzerland), who has special-
ized) in Chenopodiaceae, Atriplex and Chenopodium in particular
44. Bassia drummondii (Benth.)FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.
N.S.Wales 48(1923)336; Gardner, En.Pl.Austral.Occid. (1930)38; Blackull,
W Austral. Wildfl. 1(1954)153— Anisacaniha drummondiji Benth, Fl.
Austral, 5(1870)199.— Seleralaena drummondii ( Benth,)Demin, Bib]Bot.
89( 1921 )624; Ulbrich, Pilfam, ed.Z, 16e(1934)533.
Western Ausieaita, No‘, Burbidge; BRI: Kalyeorlie— W. D. Campbell: PERTH:
Bouwlder— J. Drummond: MEL (Plsetype): W. Austrul— W. Y- Vitegeruld: SW S7dhB:
Kalyoorlic— RR. elms: PERTH: Coolgardie— N. Kniep: PERTIL: Sandstone.
44b, Bassia drummondii var. hispida (Moore) Anderson, Proc.Linn.S0c.N.5.Wales
48(1923)336,— Anisacautha hispida Moore, J.Linn.Soe. 45( 1920) 190,
WESTERN AUstaanA, N, T, Burbidge 2586, 1897: CANE: Kalgoorli¢— De, Cole 1/7:
PERTH: West of Mullewa— M. Cronin: PERTH: Blackwood River-Lake Letroy— WV
Vitzzerald: NSW 57465; Kanewna.- J. IT. Maiden: NSW 57435: Kalgoorlie — J. FR.
Marvany NSW (tsotype), MEL; Mulline— N.S, Marr; PERTH; Morewa— K, GC, ‘Diller:
PERTH: Kurtawang.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 89
45. Bassia filiformis Ising, spmov.i— Fig. 14.
Suffrutex, villosus, + erectus, ramosidosus. Folia oblancevlata 4-LO mm longa, tennia,
= obtusa. Flores axillares, solitarii, Perianthiwn in fructu eylindratum, ca, 1-5 mm Jongumn
et Jatum, vix duriusculam; facies anteria cum 2-3 costis longitudinalibus. Spinae 4 (interdum
3), 1-5-5 inm Jongae, plerumqne inaequales, subtiliter seiculares, dehiles, revtae, divergentes,
dispositione regulari, glabrae (basi exclusa), Linbus erectus minutus. Basis -+ ovata,
obiqua, nee eavata. Stylus glaber vel fore glaber. Semen row vidi,
Honorvecs: TK. Roe; CANB 3357: Queensland, “Warrie”, Nindigully.
Undershrub, villous, + erect; branchcs many, Leayes oblanceolate, 4-10 mm
long, thin, + obtuse. Flowers solitary in axil. Fruiting perianth cylindrical, ca.
1% mm long and wide, not much hardened; anterior face with 2-3 longitudinal
tibs. Spines 4 (sometimes 3), 1-5% mm long, usually unequal, fincly acicular,
weak, straight, divergent, evenly spaced, glabrous except at base. Limb erect,
very small, Base + ovate, oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous or almast so.
Seed not seen.
New Soutd Waxes. kK, R. Green; NSW 61594: Wycombe Stn,, 18 miles N. Coonanible.
This species is nearest ta B. euratioides which lias 3-6 finer, much weaker longer spines;
perianth with very long villous hairs,
The specific epithet refers to the fine, weak spines,
46, Bassia rarnsayae Willis, Viet.Nat, 73(1957)152— Fig, 22.
_ Vierora. E. Ransay: MEL (holotype): Meridian Road near Benetook, 'N.W, Victoria.—
id: NSW 61411: Sandalonz near Mildura.
47. Buassia forrestiana FyM., Fragm. 12(1882)12; FvM,, Ic.Austral.Salsol.Pl. 8
(1891)75; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Sce,N.S.Wales 48(1923)342— — Selerolacnu
forrestiana (FvM.)Dormin, Bibl Bot, 89(1921)623-4; Ulbrich, Pilfam. ed.2,
16c(1934)533,
Western AustrAtra. J. Forrest; MEL (holotype): Gascoyne River, 1882,
48. Bassia minuta Ising, sp.noy.— Fig, 6.
Suffrutex; rami tomentosi; ramuli dense foliati fructiferique, Folio -. lanceolata, 4-7
mm longa, acuta, curvata, densa, patida, + villosa, Perianthinm in fructu obconienmn,
compressum, ca. 1-5 mim longum, ea. 1°5 mau Tatum villosum; apex planus; omnis facci 1-2
costiis longitudinalibus ornati. Spinae 4, inaequales, rubri, snbulatae; pubescentes, 2 oppo-
sitis #-1 mm longis, = horiventalihus, 2 brevioribus ad basimi contiguis. Tinbus erectus,
brevissimus, jugiformis. Basis eirenlaris, obliqua, parva, nee cavata, Stylus glaber; rami
stigmatic? 2, punicei. Semen verticale; raclicula superior.
Hovoryrus: & T. Blake 12373; BHI 024612; Qneensland. Near Boulia, low stony
ridge with seattered Acacia spp. ete., 24.V11.1936. “Subglaucous annual to 6 inches with
tuted stems and uscending branches,"— — [Tsatype; AD 96134037.]
Undershrub; branches tomentose; branchlets with dense Jeaves and fruits.
Leaves + lanceolate. 4-7 mm long, acute, curved, dense, spreading, + villous.
Fruiting perianth obconie, compressed, ca. 14 mm long, ca. 1% mm wide, villous;
summit flat; ribs longitudinal, 1-2 on each face. Spines 4, unequal, red, subulate;
pubescent, 2 opposite %-1 mm long + horizontal; 2 close together at base,
Bi —. H. ISING
shorter. Limb ereet, very short, ridge-like. Base circular, oblique, small, not
hollowed. Style vlubrous; stigmuati¢ branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; radicle
superior,
Qurenscanp, S$. ‘LT. Bhike 15967: AD: “Yelvertoff”, about 40 miles east of Camooweul
on stony ridge in Gucalyptus brevifolia, Trindia community. Alt. 342m. “Hoary tiny annual”,
15. Vi146,
Notre. This species is similar to By lanteuspis, which has linear leaves, all spines acioular
(usually 3), and eylindvical limb, It also resembles B, glabra which is a glabrouge plant with
semiterete leaves, 2 spines, und hollowed buse.
The specific epithet refers to the very small size of the fruiting perianths,
49. Bassia cucullata [sing, sp.mnov— Fig. LL.
Herba glabra; cqulis et rami crassi subtilissime striati, Folia teretia vel anuguste linearia,
6-20 mor longa, ca. 1 mm lata, acuta, glauca, leviter rugosa, irregulariter fexa, ad basim
latioru; in axilla pilosa. Flores wxillares solitarii, Perisnthium in fructu cylindricum, ca.
1:5 mim longum, ca. 2:5 mm latum, in ramo finne adfixum. Spinae 4, inaeqnales, acicularces,
2 longissimis acl 20 mm longis, insolite rectiy sursum diversis, 2 brevioribus 1-4 mum Janis.
recurvis vel creetis, in basi contiguis. Limbus erectus ca, 1-5 mm lengus, cucullatus, cilians,
trans culmen perianthii extendit; + coriaveus, intra Ianatus. Basig + circularis, plerumnque
abliqua, nec cavata, saepe expansa. Stylus lanatas, longus, in basi crassus; rami stigmaticl
2, rubri. Semen obliquum harizontale: radiculit superior; utriculus ovarii lanatys,
Ho.oryrus: &. "!, Blake 11376; AD 96204106; Queensland, ‘Tranby, 142°23’E.,
22°40/S.. on rugged sandstone ridges, 550-700 ft., with Triodia with or without lancewood.
Bushy, rather spreading to 2 feet diam, 1 ft. high; leaves sub-glaucows; fruit sometimes
Yedlish, 8V, 1936,
Plant glabrous; stem and branches thick, slightly striate. Leaves terete to
narrayw linear, 6-20 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, acute, glaucous, finely rugose,
irregularly bent, wider at base; hairs in axil, Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting
perianth cylindrical, ca. 1$ mm long, ca. 24 wide, firmly attached to branch.
Spines 4, unequal, acicular; 2 longest up to 20 mm long, usually straight, diverg-
ing upwards, 2. shorter 1-4 mm long, recurved or erect, close together at basc,
Limb erect, ca, 14 mm Jong, cucullate, ciliate, extending across summit of
perianth, + coriaceous, lanate inside, Base + circular, usually oblique, not
hollowed, often expanded, Style Janate, long, thick at base; stigmatic branches
2, red. Seed obliquely horizontal; radicle superior; ovary cel] lanate.
Qurensiann. S. T. Blake 6497: NSW 57373; Woodstock, west of Winton. Very common
ou stony Gidgee country. Green bush up to 2 ft,, 29.VI.1934.— id, 6498: NSW 57372,
Woadstock, west of Winton; very common on stony Gidgee country. Moré or Joss xpread=
inv, rather pale green, reputed to be eaten by stock, 29,VIL1934— BR. Cameron 31; BRI:
called by -partarilicts “Gidgee prickly Saltbush”. Good feed, It dies out at about 2 or
3 yeurs old and grows up from seed, [tis a round bunch-like Roley Poley and the stems
turn bard, It is very hardy and stands dry weather. 1X,1934.
The specific epithet illustrates the Mrnb which is proniinent and hard. It does nit
appuur ta have any close ally in this gems,
50, Bassia recurvicuspis Fitz,, Journ.W.Austral.Nat.Tist Soc, 1( Mayl904 )32;
Gardner, En-Pl.Anstral,Oceid. (1931)38; Blackall, W.Austrat. Wildfl, 1(1953 )
152.— Bassia litoralis Diels, BotJahrb. 35(Dec.1904) 186 fie.24,A-C.—
Selerolaene recurvicuspis (Fitzg.)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)623— — Selern-
bassia litoralis (Diels) Ulbrich, Pflfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)539 fig. 201 A-C,
Wesrenn Auyruaua. W. V. Fitzgerald: PERTIT (holotype), NSW: Nunnine— A. W,
Wale iy PERTIT; Wooleen Take and Boolardy— N, Tl, Speck L079; AB, CANB;
Milewra
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALJA 91
51. Bassia blakei Ising, spnoy.— Fig. 2.
Herba ramonsissima, glabra; rami evecti, sibtilissiove striati, Folia linearia, 4-14 mm
lunge, 7-2 mm lata, obtusa, irregulariter Alexa; basis latior, margines membranaceis axilluer
ubescentes. Flores axillaces solitarii,. Perianthium in fructu urceolatum, ca, 3 mm
opvum, ca. 1-5 mm latum, glabrum, muris tenuibus; costae ca. 10, longitndinales; Suckes
posterior plana; facies anterior conyexu. Spinue 4, uciculares, elabres; 2 divergentes cn.
3-5 tam longue, + rectae; 1 recurve ca. 3 mm longa; ) + erecta, ca. Lamm longa; 2 spine
breviores ad basim rontionae, Limbug incuryus, brevis, ciliatns. Basis oblicgma, vata,
eyneava, aliguantum dilata. Stylus glaber vel fere glaber, hasi Aexa vel convahitay yami
stigmatic’ 2, punicei, Semen yerticale; radicula superiar.
Honotyrus; S$. T. Blake 123345: AD 96134035: Queensland. Breadalbane, north oof
BRectowrie.— [Isatype: BRI,]
Plant much branched, wlabrous; branches + erect, sliglitly striate. Leaves
linear, 4-14 mm long, &-1 mm wide, obtuse, irregularly bent; base wider: margins
membranous; axils pubescent, Flowers solitary in axils. Fruiting perianth
urceolate, ca, 3-4 mm jong, ca, 1k mm wide, glabrous, walls thin; ribs ca, 10,
longitudinal; posterior face flat; anterior face convex. Spines 4, acicular,
glabrous; 2 divergent ca. 54 mm long, + straight; one recurved ca. 3 mm long:
wpe + erect, ca, | mm long; the 2 shorter ones close together at hase. Limb iu-
curved, shovt, ciliate. Base oblique, ovate, hollowed, somewhat dilated, Style
glabrous or almost so, bent or coiled at base; stigmatic branches 2, pink. Seed
vertical; racdicle superior, 1
Note. B, blake is newest ty B, tubata Anders. which has curved, acute Jeatves, elie
cries] trniting, perianth and straight style,
This new species iy nanied in honour of Dr. $. T. Blake, Queensland Merbartim, Brishonr.
52. Bassia divaricata (K.Br.)FvM., Cens. 1(1982)30; Fragm. 12(1882)13; FvyM., te
Austral Salsol.PL 8(1891),t.77; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Anstval. 42(1918)171;
Black, FLS.Austval, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)304fig.396; Andersun, Pro, Linn.
Soe.N,S.Wales 48(1923)334; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soe.S.Austral, 82
(1959)327,— Anisecantha edivaricuta R.Br., Prod. 1(1810)410; Mog. in DC..
Prod, 13/2( 1849) 122; Benth., Fl.Anstral. 5(1870)200 py— Antsacarntha
erinacea Mog, in DC,, Prod, 13/2(1549)122.- A. erinaced var. longicuspis
I'vM., Fragm. 7( 1869) 14 [“Stokes Range” (specimen not seen)].— Selero-
laena divuricata (R.Br,)Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624; Ulbrich, Pdfam. ed.2.
16¢ (1934 )533.
Nuw Sourn Wares. Brough and Beadle: SYD: Broken Thll-Towlers Gap— DBD. M.
Linning; NE; ibikt— ©, EK, Trgrain 6558» Tage: Bourke — id, 9813: Nyngan-Brewarrina.—
EH. Ising: AD96131145; 50 miles N.E. Broken Till- A. Morris 2050: ADW: Horse
Lake— id. 78; AD, ADW: Broken Wil— Hidyeon and Vickery: SY: ibid— J. A.
Thoropson 128: NE: Wilaannia.
Norris, Texmirony, N. T. Burbidge: GANB 18183: Tanamt.— GG. Chippendale au3.:
CANB, NSW: 13 miles E. Pinke.— id. 8051: NT: Burt Flain— J B. Cleland: AD 98019109:
Glen Helen.— id.: AD 96019108; Hanns Rgee.-Prowses Gap.— id.; AD 96019107: 50 milns
N. Ayers Rock. — — ids: AD 96019110; 15. miles W. Liddles Hill, Angus Dowus. ‘This spect
men dillers from B, divarieata in_haying 4-6 spines, two of theny often joined together at che
base and borne on a horizontal lobe at the summit of the perianth. A very short spine ix
nsually present at the hase of one of the longer ones — &, H. Ising: AD 9@131150;
Rodinga.— id.; AD 96131149; 25 miles N.E. Alice Springs.— id.; AD_96131159, 60: Mac-
donald Dowus— M, Lazanides 5805: AD, CANB: Lucy Creek Stan.— id. 3855; AD, CANN:
Wauchope.- id, 5759: AD, CANB: Deep Well— E_ Reichenbach: AD 9ALS1020:
Rodinga.— — R. Swinhonme 332: AD, N'l> Alfee Springs.-- id, 19: Ingr.: ibid.— id 490:
NT: LO niles W, Yuencduniu,
Qveenstany, §.'T. Blake 12372, 12375: AD: Boulia.— &l. 11375; AD: Tranby-- S. L.
Everist 3209: CANB: Arehmare.— irl, 8947; CANB: Cunnamulla.
42. EB. HM. ISING
Sourm Austracra. RK. Brown; BM (holotype): Inlet XU, South Coast Spencers Guill,
1802— G, H. Clarke: ADW 3200; Anacoora—_ J. B. Cleland: AD 9861-40089: Woomera.—
id; AD 95820067; Mt. Chambers— id: AD 95820060; 25 miles N.W. Oodnadatta— _ ict.
AD 95820058: Parachiina.— id: AD Tinga Tinguna— BR, L, Crocker: ADW 23016:
Yodnapinna.— J. G. Dayiess ADW 3089: ibid,~ Hj, Eichler 12443: AD: Koonanucre.—
id. 12547: AD: Charobers Gorge, Flinders Range-- N. Forde 347: CANB; Emu,— ¥, M,
Hilton 477, 849: ADW: Yudnapinna.— id. 1409: ADW: Lyndhurst-Avondile.— jd. 1463:
ADW: Bellana.— E, H. Ising; AD 96220027, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32; Rvelyn Downs.— jel;
AD. 961331158: Moolacloo Sth— ids AD Y6ISII56: Callane.— ich; AD 9BIOI14S:
Abminga— id.: AD 96131147: Stirling North— ids ADW 11560- Mt. Burey Stu— M.
Koch: PERTH: Mt. Lyndhutst— H, Mintham 12: AD: Lyndhurst— _ B. J. Murray 192:
AD: Areoona— id. 443: AD: Carriewerlou.— — T. B. Paliridge: GANB 97933, AD; Koo-
namore— FP. A. Perry: CANB 18303: Iran Knoh— RB. Schndde 1118; AD: Koonamore—
D. E. Symon; ADW 11466: Ellery Creek— id. 10254. NE: Andamonka-Stoats Wine —
P, G. Wilson ‘79: AD: Pt. Augusta-Whyallu.
Wesrmnn Austnaua. N. T. Burbidge 25: PEHTH: Glenom— W, D. Carphell:
PERTH: Bowder,— J. S, Johnston; PERTH: Leonora. A. §. George 5575: PERTH:
Brockman Ck., Wonguwol Stn— id. 4499: PERTH: 15 miles E. of Layertan— id. A083:
PER'NH: Windulda, Lavertan-Warhurton Re.— FE. Merralls MEL; Parkers Range — N. H,
Speck 890: CANB: Meckatharra.- id. 733: CANB: Nanuine-- id, 671; CANB: Betrin-
arr,
Norr, This species shows some variation in the collections, chiefly in the perianth and
spines. The holotype hag av oblong perianth and 4 spines, the shortest spints straight jul
often diverging upwards. Some specimens examined have a turbinate or obeonie perigath
abeait as Jong as wide; spines may be 3 enly ov 3 with a 4th rudimentiry or very short.
Sometimes the short spine iy horizontally curved across the posteriar face af the penanth.
The limh, however, appears ta be constantly bent inwurds (inunrved ) and definitely not erect.
53. Bassia longicuspis FyM,, Je Austral,Salsol,PlL 8(1591),t.74; FyM,, Vict.Nat.
$(1893)187; Black, Trans.Roy.Soe.S.Austral. 39( 1915 )823, 828; 41(1917)43,
351; Black, Fl.S.Austral, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)303,fi¢.394; Andersem, Proc.
Linn. Soc.N.S.Wules 48(1923)333; Chippendale, Trans,Roy.Soc.S.Austral.
82(1959)327— Anstrobassia longicuspis (FvM.) Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢
(1934) 532,
New Sour Wares. B. Kenney: MEL (ayntype): Dorling River— A. Moris G91:
ADW; Menindic Road— 6. BR. Paterson; NE; Fowlery Gap 7. A. Thonpsew 127: NT:
Bymedale, W, Darling:
Nournern Tenrerory. H, Kempe si. MEL (leetotype), NSW: Charlotte Waters.
Queenstanp, J, Bancroft: AD 96309302: Longrench.—_ 8. "T. Blake 11902; AD; biro-
manga.— id, 6693; AD, NSW: Bilbah Downs,— §, Lo Everist 3561: GCANB: Whyiint-
I, S, Smith 6080; BRL; Whynot Stn., Quilpie
Sourn Austuasia. §, T. Blake 16921: CANB: Hookina. |. B. Cleland: AD 95520066,
96309301: Pedirka.— R. L. Crocker: ADW 4473: Clinders Nange— Hj. Hichler 12993:
AD: Arvona Dam, Flinders Range,— FH. Tsing: AD 96131088-9: Pedirka— R. A. Perry
5536; CANK, NSW, N'T: Near De Rose Hill Stn— J. P. Richards: MEL ( synfype); Beltana—
1. Wotherspoon; Laer, 10105: Flinders Range-Lake Eyre. R, Tate: AD 96130021; Mt,
Pau'ry,
64. Bassia tetracuspis White, Roy Soc.Queensl, 55(1944)76,
Queunstanp, S,.'T. Blake 5674: NSW: Morven— id. 5863; NSW: Palurdo.-- idl,
7501: AD, BRI: ihid— KE. Bowman: MEAL; Westwoul— S. L. Everist 1738; BRI 010644
(holety) Tah AD: ‘The Oaks, 20 miles W. Tara— id. 2508: CANB: 10 tiles BE, Ernerald.—
id, S806: AD, BRI: Cypress Downs— — Hartniann: MEL: ‘loowoomba.— C. E. Hubbard
5041; NSW: Wandosow.— L.A, S. Johnson; NSW 457414) Jondaryan.— — Leiehhardt and
Bunce: MEL: Subtropical Eastern Austral— J. Mani: NSW Atala: Chinchilla—_ F.
Mueller: MEL: Suttors Rive.— [. A. O'Shanasy: MEL; Fiteroy River— ©, T. White
11305: BRI: Hanusford— ides BE: Wyaga,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA wy
55. Bassia hostilis Diels, Bot Jalirb, 35(1904)185— Sclerolaene hostilis (Diels)
Domin, Bibl. Bot. $9(1921)624; Ulbrich, Nat.PAfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
Westran Austnania, ©, A. Gardier 6298: PERTH (neotype): Mt. Tferhert Tablelane,
15.X.1941. [The holotype (and isotypes, if any} cannot be traced, Jt ds known that Diely
Specinens were deposited in Berlin, Germany. Most of them were destroyed in wartime by
a fire, It was, therefore, necessary to select a specimen as neatype]— N. ‘I, Burbidge S76:
PERTH; Warralung H.5. id, 1209; PERT: Betweon Mt. Edgar Sti. and Marble Bar —
id. 1336: PERTH: De Grey River Dist— J. Forrest; MEL: Sherlock and Yule Rivers,
belWeen Rocboume and Pt. Hedland, 1878. A. 8, George 481: PERTH: Mirnelubullangana
Stn.
Note, Andersen [Proc.LinnSoc, NS. Wules 48(1923)353) mentions that he had seen oa
spectuen of B. hastilis, “but,” he says, “Lom nnable to separate it from B, dicaricata (KBr)
Pw.M., the features of both species apparently agreepiny in every. particular.” The fruiting
prttanths gre different; both have 4 spines, yet B. divaricale has sometimes only 3— CO, A.
Gardner [Enum,.Anst.Ovcid, (1930)384 places A. Aostilig ax a synonym of B. diparicata which
indicates that he had not seen at that time an inthentic specitien of 8. Yustilis, He collected
a specimen of this. latter species later and detecmined it correetly.
56, Bassia eremaea Ising, spwov— Tix, 18— 8. spinosa Mwart and Day,,
FIN. Terr, (1917)95,t,12,fie.1-3 (nom. illeg., Intern, Code Bot. Numencl.
(1961 )52, Art. 71); Anderson, Prov.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 48(1923)350: Chip-
pendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.8 Austral. 83( 1860) 199.
Soffrotes, omino cum pilis verticillatis densissime vestitis; caules el rani teretes, crstati.
Folie oblanceolate, 5-22 mim Jonga, obtusa, crassa; asilla pilosa. Lerianthiann in troctu &
eylindratum, ca. 2 mim Joogin, ca, 2 mm tahun; costae cu. 8, longitudinales: apex obliquus:
peraistens, Spinae 5, 3 -+ subuilatue ad basiny conjunelae, spina centrali erecta. ad 8 pam
dined, spinis toteralibus civergentibus, cv 3 inn Jotigis; 2 spinae 1-24 mm langae, reenreatae
vel reetae. Limbus erectus, ea. Lonm longus, lobis 4, obtusis. dense pilusus. Basis expanya,
nee cayata, 2 cireularis, maryo inevassatuy cum 2 tuberculis prominentibus, imbonatis:
eudem amplesit. Stylus propo gleber; rani stigmaticl 2, mubri, Semen verticale; radicula
SUpPCTIGT.
Tloretyeus: E, Reichenbach: AD 96335001; Bunclooma, N.Tern: 27.01.1553. [ists
types; AD 96335002 (Tig. 18).]
Undershrub, very densely clothed with verticillate hairs on whole plant:
stems and branches terete, ribbed. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-22 mm long, obtuse,
thick, hairs in anil. Fruiting perianth, + cylindrical, ca. 2 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide;
ribs va. 8, longitudinal; summit obliqne; very difficult to detach. Spines 5; 3 ol
which = subulate, joined together at base, central one crect, up to @ mm long.
others diverging ca. 3 mm tong; 2 others L24 mm long, recurved or straight,
Limb erect, ca. | mm long, lobes 4, obtuse, densely hairy. Base spreading, nat
hollowed, + circular; margm with rib and 2 prominent dome-like tubereles:
stem clasping. Style almost glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed vertieu}:
radicle superior,
Norrnenn. Trnnrrony. GF. Hill 346; MEL (holotype of B. spinosa Ewart and Dav-;
monstrous material), AD: Lander Creek. J. B, Cleland: AD 6140087; 25 aniles S$. Alier
Springs— id.: AD 96152021- Huasts Bluff, M. Lawarides GL83; CANB, NT: Angas
Downs Stu— D. J, Nelson 102: NSW: Mt. Wedge— B.A. Perry 3252: CANB, NT:
Alice Springs. BR. Swinhourne 16; Tngr.: ‘emple Bur Creek, 12 miles S. Allee Springs, —
id. 208: Ingr.: near Alice Springs. id. S342: NT: Alice Springy— id, 466: NT, Temple
Buy Creek.— id. 4872 AD, NT: Alice Springs.— 1, 331; AD, NT: ibid— ide: N'EYO3O,
AD: ibid— R. BE. Winkworth 262: CANB, NY: 13 miles SW. Alice Springs — id. 843:
CANB, NT: Bast Mt. Wedge.— id, 317: NT: 25 miles W. Haasts BlufF.- AL J. Ware:
NSW: Alice Springs,
Soutn Austrauia. J. &. Cleland: AM 95914013: North end vf Munn Nanges,— ‘fy HN,
Lothian 1645; AD: Simpson Desert,
Wasrenus Avsrrauea, F, L. Hill 404: ADS Hermite, Monte Bello ts, il: CAN
28004: Hermile, Monte Bello Ts., 12.X11953— oN. H. Speck 979: CANB, PERTH: Lt
miles south of Berringatra, Ervemaean Prey.
94 £, HW. ISING
Nore. The original description, in part, of B, spinosa Ewart and Day, is “fmitting
perianths connate into a hard inass of ahout 2’ diam.” T have examined isotype material
(AD) and cut sections of the “hard mass” and found in it several perianths and irregular
tunaelling in which was an empty case or shell of the vacated insect. This is proof zhat
the “hard mass” is a monstrous formation, an insect gall, Chippendale |Trans.Roy Soc,S.Austral,
83(1960)199] confirms this. B. spinosa Ewart and Davies was thus described from a mon-
strosity, The name, though validly published, must he rejected [Intemn. Code Bat. Nomencet.
ed. 1961, Art. 71]. I have, therefore, described this species from normal material (based
om wu new type specimen),
The epithet of the neme B. eremaed is descriptive of the iype of country in whieh the
species accurs,
57, Bassia clelandii Ising, spsiov.— Fig. 10.
Sullrutex; rami Jeviler costati, dense tomentosi. Folia caulis liveari lancevlata, ad 8
mim longa, ca. 1-45 mm lata, tenuia, obtusa, mucronata, dense hirsuta; folia Horuun + ovata,
ca, 2°5 mm longa, ca. 1 myo lata, tennia, dense hirsuta. Flores axillares, solitarii. Stamina 5;
filamenta membranaecea, nee latiora in parte inferiore, Perianthium in fructa + ablongim,
2Jobnm, ad basim unilateraliter gibbosum, ca. 8 mm Jongum, ca. 1-5 mm latum: facies +:
planantur, cum 3-3 costis debilibus longitndinalibus, Spipac 5, 1-1-5 mm longae. simplices,
reworvar, hirsutae, in lobis duobus recurvis productae; bases crassae. contiguac. Limbs
erectus, ca. L mm longus, chartaceus, hirsutus. Basis - ovata, leviter obliqua, levifer cavata.
Stylus tere glaber; rami stigmatici 2, punicei. Semen verticale: radicula superior.
be Hotes ievk J. B, Cleland: AD 96317117: Northern Territory. 44 miles west of Erlduuads,
LVI. Hy
Undershrub; branches finely ribbed, densely tomentose, Leaves: stem,
linear-lanceolate, up to § mm long, ca. 14 mm wide, thin, obtuse, mucronute,
densely hirsute; floral, + ovate, ca, 2% mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, thin, densely
hirsute. Flowers solitary in axil, Stamens 5; Blaments membranous, not wid-
ened in lower part. Fruiting perianth + oblong, 2-lobed, unilaterally gibbous al
base, ca. 3 mro long, ca. 1% mm wide; faces + flattened with 2-3 weak Jongitu-
dinal vibs. Spies 5, 1-14 mm long. simple, recurved, hirsute, produced on 2
recurved lobes; bases thick, clase together. Limb erect, ca. 1 mm long, char-
taccous, hirsute, Base = ovate, slightly oblique, slightly hollawed. Style almost
glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, pink. Seed vertical; radicle superior.
Noxktaenns Texrmory. R. Swinboutne 30: Inger, NT 9046: T iniley S. Mt. Wedge Stn,
QusENsLAND. R, L. Crocker: NSW 55252: Kaliduwarry Stm., ca, 70 miles N.W, Birds
ville,
WesTenn Ausinatra, R, H. Kuchel 276; Al; Lake Christopher, 60 miles N,W_ Giles—
D. K. Symnn 2342: AD, ADW: West end of Hopkins Lake, S. of Sir Frederick Range.
This species is unlike all others in the perianth being divided at the summit into 2 lobes
which bear the spines.
Numed in honour of Prot. Sir Joh B, Cleland, Adelaide.
5. Bassia blackiana Ising, Tyans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 57(1933)91-2,fig.1-3; Black,
Le. 38(1934)176; Black, FLS,Austral, ed.2, (1948)307,fiz.415; Ising, Trans.
RuyalSoc.S.Austral. 78(1953)112,
New Sour Waces. 1, A, S$. Johusun 547/102; NSW 18850: Wilcannia (hrst recorel for
New. South Wales).
Qurensianp. 8, T. Blake 11969: AD, BRI; Mt, Howitt Str, 80 miles W. Eromangu
(fivst record for Queensland),
SouTn Avsrracia, K, H. Ising 8670: AD (holotvpe); ADW, MEL, NSW: Oodnadatta,—
id, 3583; AD, ADW: Condiments, 45 miles §. Oadnadatta— id.: AT) 96230178, 96230192 to
962301590; Evelyn Downs.— id.: AD 96230048, 96230180-1: 20 miles E, Evelyn Downs.—
ide: Al 30 miles §,W. Oodnadatta-- J. B. Cleland: AD 96309284: 32 miles W. Oocnaclattn.
SPECIES OF BASSLA IN AUSTRALIA oH
59, Bassia albolanata Ising, sp.noy— Fig, 9.
Suffratex; rami densissime albu-lanati, subtilissune costati, Folin linearia 7-18 mm
longa, ca. 1 mm lata, tenuia, plana, acuta, villosx, denique prope glabra. Flores 2 axillares.
Stamina 5. Perianthiwn in fructu depresso-hemisphaericum, ca. 2-5 mm diam., ca. 1 mmm
longum, alboylanatum; apex + planus; costac ca. 5, longitudinales, rubiclae, Spinae, 5 raro
4 vel 6, 1-5-4 mm longas, subulatae, horizontales, inaequales, robidac, albo-lanatae, uno
spina plerumque ad apicem dentato et obtuav, Limbus fere absens; lobi 5, Jati. Basis
iniuuta, cirularis, non cavata, Styluy lanatus, crassus; rami stigroatici 2. rubidi. Utrieulus
ad apicem lanatus, Semen horizantule; radicula daterntis,
Hotoryrus: J. B. Cleland: AD 95820121; South Australia. Between Mungeranie and
Cowarie, 17.1X.1956,— — [Isotype: NSW]
Undershrub; branches very densely white lanate, finely ribbed. Leaves
linear 7-18 mm long, ca. i mm wide, thin, flat, acute, villous, becoming almost
glabrous. Flowers 2 in axils. Stamens 5. Fruiting perianth depressed — hemi-
spherical, ca, 24mm dia, ca, 1 mm long, white lanate; summit + flat; rihs ca. 5,
longitudinal, dark red. Spines 5, rarely 4 or 6, 14-4 mm long, subulate, hori-
zontal, unequal, dark red, white lanute; one usually obtuse and toothed at apex.
Limb almost absent; lobes 5 broad. Base very small, circular, not hollowed.
Style lanate. thick: stigmatic branches 2, dark red. Utricle lanate at summit.
Seed horizontal; radical lateral.
Nore. B, alholanata is near to B. chippendalet Tsing which has less dense indumentuit,
solitary llowers, obconic fruiting perianth, acicular spines, and the style with a globulyr Ianute
mass In wpper part.
The specific epithet describes the indumentum of the plant.
60, Bassia astrocarpa FyM., Fragm. 12(1882)12; EvM., Second Cens. (1889)31;
FvM., Ie.Austral.Salsol.Pl, 7(1891).t.65; Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales
48(1923)320; Gardner, En.P).Austral.Occid. (1931)38— B. astracantha
FvM,, Cens, 1(1882)140 (orth,mut.) — [Chenolea astrocarpa FyM., Fragm,
12(1882)12 pro syn.|.— Sclerolaena astrocarpa (FvM.)Domin, Bill, Bot.
89(1921)624: Ulbrich, Plfam.ed.2. 16¢( 1934)533.
Wesrenn AvsrnatrA. N. T. Birhidee 620: PERTI[: Port Hedland (sometimes 2
perianths in the axil)— id. 1379: PERTH: Anna Plains Sti— id. 1308: PERTH: Nalzi
Sto. 80 mile Beach (spines very short and obtuse)— id. 5807: CANB; Cowrie Greck, §
Pt Hedland, Mrs. Crouch: MEL (holotype). PERTH: Nicol Bay, 1876— W. ¥. Fitz-
gerald 115: PERTH: Brocme.—_ id. 96: PERTH; Port Hedland.— id.; PERTH: Goady-
goodly — AS. George 3425: PERTH: Mundabullangana Station— A, Morrison: PERTH:
Oislow.
61. Bassia densiflora Fitzs., Journ.W-.Austral.Nut.HistSoe, 1(May 1904)31, An-
derson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)325; Gardner, En.PlAustral.
Occid. (1920)38; Blackall, W.Austral, Wildfl, 1(1954.)158,
Westeny Avstuana. W-. EF. Blackall 364: PERTH: Leonora— N. T. Burbidge 71:
WERTH; Glenom.-- J. B. Cleland: NSW 20528: Mullewa— W. V. Fitzgerald; NSW
55949 (leetotype): Gwalia, XL1903,— id.,; NSW 53950; Nannine.— ©, A. Gardner 6103;
PERTH; Wandagee, Minilya River— <A. S. George 5511: PERTH: 14 miles E. of Carnegie
H.S.— M. Koch: NSW 57303: Cowcowing— D, DB. MacKinnantz: PERTH: Leanora.—
J, H. Maiden: NSW 57302: Laverton.— ids; NSW 20529: Cue— N. H. Speck G90:
CANB: Mileura HLS.
fi2, Bassia chippendalei Ising, spnov.— Fig. 8.
Canles et rami cinereo-«tomentosi, graciles. Folia + linearia, 5-10 mm Jonga, 162 min
lata, basi et apice changuslatur, dense pubescentia, Flores axillaves solitarii: Periantluny ii
fructu & obeonicum, ca, 2:5 mo Jongum, dense albo-illosum: Spinwe 3 rectae, aciculares
96 F. H, LSING
diveruentes, debiles, m parte inferiore yillusae; 3 spinae 2-3 1m longac, 2 breviores ad
hagim contiguae, Limbus breyis, erectus; lobau obtusae, membranaceae, dense pubescentes,
Basis wblonga, + obliqua, leviter expansa, leviter cavata. Stylus in parte inferiore: wlaber,
parte siperiore dense albo-lanatus in massa sphaerica; rami sliginatici 3, stylo longtores,
tubidi. Semen horizontale; radicula lateralis,
Hey.orypus: G. Chippendale 4210; AD 96314181: Northern Territory. 89 miles SJE.
of Granites, “grey perennial herb 1’, common in desert loamy soil?— — [Lsotype: NT]
Stems and branches grey tomentose, slender. Leaves + linear, 5-10 nim
long, 12 mm wide, narrowed at hase and summit, obtuse, densely pubescent.
Flowers solitary in axil. Fruiting perianth + obconic, ca. 24 mm Jong, densely
white villous. Spines 5, straight, acicular, divergent, weak, villous in lower part,
three 2-3 mm long, 2 shorter and close together at base. Limb short, erect;
lobes obtuse, membranous, densely pubescent. Base oblong, + oblique, slightly
expanded, slightly hollow. Style glabrots in lower part; densely Janate- in 2
white spherical mass in upper part; stigmatic branches 3 longer than style, dark
red. Seed horizontal, radicle lateral.
Nore. B. chipnendglei resembles B. albolanata Ving whieh has 2. Howers in avil, ane
spine obtuse and toothed, perianth ribhed and Nemispherical, style Tanata, all ayer,
Named in honour of the discoverer, Mr. G. M. Chippendale, Botanist, Animal Industry
Reauch, Northern Territory Administration, Alice Springs, N,T,
fi3. Bassia ramulosa White, Roy.Soc,Queensland 53(1944)76— Figs. 19 and 21.
QyiuNstawp. Bussingthwaite and Cole 6» BRI (/ilatype), NSW G0286: Banchory, 42
miles W. Clermont.— GC. H. Allen A292: BRI, CANB: Ml. Morris, 75. miles N.W. Charle-
ville. 5S. 'l. Blake 9982: AD, BRI: Milray Stn, S.. Pentlaned— S, T., Everist 2131: BRI:
BRI, NSW 60287: Blendon, 53 miles N. Blackall— F. Mueller: MEL: Siuttor River.
64. Bassia obconica Ising, sp.nov.— Figs. 20 and 27.
Suffrutex; rami dense tomentosi; costae graciles. Folia linearia; 5-13 aun longa, ca. 1
mm lata, tenuia, obtusa; in basi angustiore; villosa vel pilosy. Perianthium in froetu obeoni-
cum, ca. 2mm longum; ca. 4 costae longitudinales; aliquut custarum ex spinis decurrentinm;
apex = concayns; pilosum. Spinay 5, inacquales, late diver“entes, aciculares, rectae, parte
superiore glabrae; 3 longissimac 6-9 mm longae; 2 brevissimac ud basim contiguae, 1-5-3 mm
ongae, cum costa deeurrenti. Limbus rectus. ca. 0-5 mm lengus, chartaceus, ciliatus. Basis
ohlonga, obliqua, mee cayate. Stylus glaber; rami stigmatic’ 2-3, pumicei, Semen horizontale;
rudiculp superior,
Hotoryeus: C, A, Gardner 6044-5: PERTU: Western Australia, 30-60 miles TEL of
Carnarvon, 20.0%.1941, “diffuse, leaves grey-ureen,, fruits pale yellow; lower part of sand-
hills”. (The label indicating the locality shows the numher 6044; however, the plant spect-
men hits a label with the number 6045 tagecd on.)
Undershrub; branches dense, tomentose; rihs slender. Leaves linear, 5-13
mut long, va, 1 mm wide, thin, obtuse; narrowed at base; villous to pilose. Mruit-
ing perianth obconic, ca, 2 mm long: ribs longitudinal, ea. 8, some decurrent from
spines; surnmnit + concave; pilose. Spincs 5, unequal, widely diverging, acicular,
straight, glabrous in upper part: 3 longest 6-9 mm long; 2 shortest close together
al base, 14-3 mm long, with decurrent rib, Limb erect, ca. # mm long, charta-
coaus, ciliate, Base oblong, oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous; stigmatic
branches 2-3, pink, Seed horizontal; radicle superior.
Westinn Ausrrauia. G, R, Meadly: PERTH: 55 miles K. of Carnarvon. LOVTT.J997
‘The specific epithet is given in allusion to the shape of the fruiting perianth.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA OT
fi5, Bassia quinquecuspis (FvM.)FvM., Gens, ini ii Cens. 2(1889)50; Fy M..
Tc. Austral. Salsol.Pl. 8(1891),t.76; Anderson, Proe.Linn Soc.N.S.Wales 48
(1923)341; Black, FIS.Austral, (1924)194; ed.2, (1948)305,fig.406, Ising,
Trans,Roy.Sov.$.Austral. 59( 1934 )216; Black, le. 59( 1935 )254; Chippendale,
Le. 83(1961)100.— Anisacantha quinquecuspis FvM., Trans, Viel,Lnst,
(1855)134; FvM., Hook.J.Bot\KewMise. 8(1856)204— Chenalea quingue-
cuspis (FyM.)FvM., Vragm. 10(1876)91— Anisaeantha muricata Moy.,
Chenop.Monogr.Enum. (1840)84 [non B, muricata (1L.)Aschers.|; Moq, in
DC., Pred. 13/2(1849)122; Benth, F).Austral, 5(1870)199.- Selerolaena
muricata (Moy.)Domin, Bibl.Bot. 89(1921)623; Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢
(1934) 533.
New Soutn Wares. J. B. Cleland; AD 96138049; Narratyi.— id) AD 96247200:
Menindie— A. Curmingham; MEL: Liverpool Plains,—C, K, Ingram 9853: Ingy.: Foutke.-
id. 6479; Ingr: Mullengudgery,— E11, Ising: AD 96018137: Broken Hill.— Leichharde:
MEL: Colray Creek,— C. Moore: MEL; Liverpool Plains.— A, Morriy 2052: ADW+ Horse
Lake.— F, Mueller: MEL (holotype), Near the junction of the Darling and Murray Rivers,
XU.1853,— KE. K. Winterhalder: NE: Mullengudgery,
Nosinran Trrrivony. Jolinson and Chippendales NT 3940; New Crown Stn.
Qurenszanp, W- Barton: WEL, (var. major PVM. nom.nud,); Armuadillo. - 8, T, Blaka
6598: AD: Limgreach— id. 3576: AN: Ciunnamiulla— id, 6530: NSW: Winton.— id.
12085; AD: Windorah,— id. 8027; AD: Minerva,— id. 77A2; AD: Rockhampton— — id,
10475: AD: Goondiwindi-— Ry L. Crocker: NSW: E. Andado, Simpson. Desert Exped.—
W. MacGillivray: ADW: Blackall— — C. 'l. White 13058: CANB; Laidley.— ids NSW
60249: Walkunbilla— id.: AD 96112087; Muattaburra.
Sourn Ausikanea. J. B, Cleland: AD 96312118: Pandie Pandie.— RL, Crocker; AD;
Diamantina River.— id.: AD 98130142: Andrewilla W. H., 73-km §. Birdsyille— Hi. Eichler
14407; AD: Mannum— id, 13832; AD: Remnark— M, Koch: AD 96130189: Me. Tynd-
hurst— Tapp and Robertson 7351; ADW; Murray Bridge.
Victoria, H, 1, Aston 538: AD: Murphy's Lake, Kerang. — &. Greens MEL: Sunbury.
fbb, Bassia quinguecuspis var. lanata Ising, varnov.
Rami Janati. Volia livearia vel anguste oblancenlata, 6-12 amu longa, ca, | om data,
obtusa, Janata. Peritothinm in fructu linatum. Spinue 5, in parte infoviare sparse villosne,
Honoryeus: R, A. Perry 5353: CANB 75390; Northern ‘Lerritory. 24 miles south of
Barrow Creek Township; [.1X.1955; Hooded depression, possibly sation: “ureyish plant 1 41,
high”"— [Tsntypes; NSW 60264, N.T.]
Branches lanate. Leaves linear to narrow oblanceolate, 6-12. mm long, ca.
1 mm wide, obtuse, lanate, Fruiting perianth lanate. Spines 5, sparsely villous
in lower part.
Noaruern Tersrrony. G. Chippendale 4778: AD: Boomerang W.H., Lander River, 42
miles N.W, Willowera H,S.— Chippendale and Johnson BO8l: NT: 25 miles N, of Kulgera.-
K, Swinhourne 492: NT; 12 miles S. of Stuart Bll Ranyes.— = id. 8032; AD, NT: EZ, of
Alice Springs,— id, 21; Ings,: ibid— id. 142 Ingh.: 70 miles SVE. Yuendunn.
Westunnw Ausimatia, W, E. Blackall $59: PERTH: Yandil.— ©, FB. Reockway: PERTH:
Sturt Meadows Stn.— N, T. Burbidge 81, 232: PERTH: Clenamm— N. Ef. Spewk 1442,
AD, CANB: 36 iniles W. Yelma, Eremaen Prov.— D. E. Symon 23246- AB, ADW: West
end of Hopkins Lake, south of Sir Frederick Range.
65c, Bassia quinguecuspis var. semiglabra Ising, var.noy.
Rami tamentosi. Folia superiora + obovata, 2°5-5 mm longs, ca. 2 mm lata, = obtusa,
super glabra, infra villosa, ad basim attennata, tenia; inferiora + oblanceolats ca. 10 tn
longa, ca. 2 mm lata, obtusa, super wlabra, infra sparse pubescentia, ad basim altenmmata
tenia; omnia folia subtiliter rugosa, colore fuseo phimhi.
Hit E, H. ISING
Ionorypus; H. I. Aston 277; MEL: New South Wales, 20 miles north-west of Jerilderie,
98.1111959. “Shrub 4 ft. high x 3 ft. wide, common on open-forest-saltbush plain.”— — [fso-
type: AD 95927087.]
Branches tomentose. Lexves: upper, = ubovate, 24-5 mm long, ca. 2 mm
wide, + obtuse, glabrous above, villous below, tapering to base, thin; lower, +
oblanceolate, va, 10 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide, obtuse, glabrous above, sparsely
pubescent below, tapering to base, thin; all leaves finely rugose, dark lead culour.
New Sourn Waxes. L. Abraham: NSW 60256: Cobar.-- J. M. Black: AD 96142083:
Coonunble— N. CG. Beadle; SYD: Condobolin.— Beadle and Tupper; SYD: ibid.— J, bh.
Cleland: AD 96138046: Warren. CC. K. Ingram $336: Inge: Forbes— id. 3247: Iner.:
Bathursti— FE. HH. Ising 2164: AD, NSW 60277; Gimningbland,— id. 2086; NSW 60278:
Bogan Gate— H, Lynch: BRI, NSW 60289: Rathurst-- McBarron; SYD: Henty.—
McClymant: NE: Moree.- T, W. Mills: NSW 60280; Forbes. E. Officer: NSW 60281;
Wanganella— J, O'Reilly: NSW 60254: Boegabri— Shire Clerk: NSW 80281: Horse
Shire— FF. Sulman: NSW 60263; Cutharoo— J. W.. Vickery: SYD: Moree — E. HL.
Zeck: NSW 60251: Ashley,
QurensLtanp, §. T. Blake 10430: AD: Yelurbon— id. LO886> AD: Roma— id. 10638:
AD; Noondoo.— — id, 10529; AD: Kildonan,- ‘SS, L.. Everist 763: BRI: Noondoo Stn.—
J: Mann: BRI; Chinchilla-- E, Middletou; BRI: Texas..- Reid; BRI; Mitmenan.- Rh.
Roe: BHI: Nindigullu- ©. T. White: AD, BRI: Dalby.
Vietorm, HH. BR. Williamson; NSW 60269; Mildun.— ide: MET: Bendigo.
65d. Bassia quinguecuspis var, villosa ( Benth.) Black, Trans,Roy,Soo.8.Austral.
39(1915)828: Ewart and Tovey, Proc.Roy.Soc.Vicl, n.s., 32(1920)191; An-
derson, Proc,Linn,Soc.N.$,Wales 48(1923)341; Black, FILS.Austral, (1924)
194; ed.2 (1948)305; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral, $4(1961)100.—
Anisacantha gracilicuspis FvM., Fragm, 2(1861.)170,— —_Anisacantha muri-
euta var. villosa Benth., Fi,Austral. 5(1870)199.- Selerolaena muricata var.
villasa ( Benth.) Ubrich, Pilfam.ed.2, 16¢(1934)533,
Nuw Soutr Wares. Fo Breskwelle NSW 60252: Gurley— J. Brickner; MET,; Darling
and Lachlan Rivers,-- E. Cheel: NSW 60267: Merriwa— E. F. Constable: NSW 5L97.
Hay-Balranald.— A. B. Costin: NSW 60290; Couna— A: Cunningham 341: BM: Molles
Plains,— id.: MEL: Liverpool Plains— HH. Doust: NSW 80276: Garden — 0.1D.E.; SYD:
Flemington-Homebush Bay,— J, W. Hicks: NSW 60282: Youne.— C, K. Ingram: lner,:
ooligal— id. 9796: Ingr,; Warren b&, H. Ising 2159, NSW: Bogan Gate.— L.A. 5.
Jolngoi; NSW 60258: 15 miles W. Hilston— Jolwson wd Constubles NSW 48554;
Rooligal. f. J. MeBarron 4419: NSW: Mulwala— ©, Moores NSW 60253: Namoai
Hiver— — id, 644; CANB:; Trangie. A. Morris 1501); ADW, NSW; Moulamein— ie
Olfleer; NSW 60260, 60968, MEL: “ara (Wanganeclla).— J. T, Waterhouse: SYD: Cal
larenebri-—- H. A. Webb; NSW 60288; Batharst— W. M. Willoughby 51, 93; CANB:
Deniliqnin,
Nontuens Tenarrouy, J. B. Cleland: AD 96142091: Maryvale— Kempe 281; MEL
Vinke River,
Qukenstanp, §. T. Blake 5164: BRI: Teowoontba-Draytun.— id, 5391: BRT; Charle-
ville.— id. 79380; AD: Minerva.— E. Bowman: MEL: E. Australia— oS. L. Mverist 271;
BRI; Northampton Downs.— id. 818, 823: BRI; Noondoo Stn., Dirranbandi.- Holland
and Gnauck 16: CANB: Mungindi— C. E, Hubbard 5646: BRI. ‘Toolbutra-Rose Hill—
F, Mucher; MEL (holotype), AD (fragm.): McKenzie Downs — P. A. O’Shanesy; MBL:
Springsire-— N. H. Shaw 318: CANB: Comet-Dingy.— W.E. Wehl: BRI; Surat— C T
White: BRI: Dalhy— id. 13058: BRE: Laidley,
Soura Austratta, G. H, Clarke: ADW. AD: Parafield, Abattairs— J}. B. Cleland.
AD 96033044: Welliitgton-Meningire— N. Loahmeyer: ADW: Pinnaroa, RK. Stthorlele
798: AD: Morgan.— D. E. Symon 388: ADW:= Ahattoirs,
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 89
Vietora. H. 1. Aston 594: 4D, MEL: Kow Swamp, Gunbower.— A. C. Benuglehole
$79: A.C.B.: Kuilkyne— RR. A. Black: MEL: Echnen— J. G. Luehmann: WEL: Swan
Hi.— J. Minchin: MEL: Kerang TE. ‘Tl, Muir: A.C.B, 5257: Diniboola— R, M,
Reader: AD, MEL: Borong, F.. Robbims; A.C.B. 6267; Rochester— EE, J, Semnicns:
MEL; Sedgwick — P. St.John: MEL: Jeparit— J. Vickerys NSW 1978) Euston-Mildura.
id.: NSW 2022: Echuea— 1. B. Williamson: MEL: Bendigo— Willis and Beauglehole:
ACT. 3256: Chalka Creek.
(6, Bassia birchii RSM Je vM., Cens. 1(1880)80; FyM., Je.Austral.Salsal.Pl. S
(1891),t.72; Black, Trans.Roy.Soc,S.Austral, 39(1915)828, 40(1916)60,
Black, FI.S.Austral, (1924)191 p.p. ed.2 (1945)306,fig. 412; Anderson, Proc.
Linn.Soe,N.S.Wales 48(1923)344, Chippendale, Trans, Roy,Soc.$.Austral, 52
(1959 )327,— Anisacantha birchit FyM., Fragm. 8(1874)163.- Sclerolaena
birchii (FvM.) Domin, Brbl. Bot, 89(1921)623.— — Selerolacna muricata vav.
birchit (FvyM) Ulbrich, Pflfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)533.
_ New Sour Wares. E, F. Constalle: NSW 16428: Dubho-Beni— J. W, Groen 2345;
NE: 14 miles W. Wartalda— _C. K, Ingram 4471: Inger: Nartabri— id, 65235: Inyr:
Boorindal.— A, Morris 1254: ADW: Thorndale. J. W. Sutherland: NSW 61500: Natro-
mine-— R, Tupper; SYD: Condcobolin,
Nortnenn Tenrivony. GC. Chippendale 680: ADW: Ayers Rock— id. ‘814; GANB,
NT: 12 miles FE. Stokes Yard.— id, 6381; AD, NY: Lake Amadeus.— J. B. Cleland: AD
YOUL9150 spines with reflexed barbs: Munulton Downs— M. Lazarides 3992; AD, GANB.
NT; 25 miles SSW. Napperby Stn.
Queensnanp. C. W. Birch: MEL. (holotype), BRL: Bowen Downs, 1874— 8, 'V,
Blake 6599; AD; Longreach— id. 7572: AD: Doulacca— id, S028: AD: Minerva, - id,
8086: AD: Blair Athol— id, 16719: AD: Narine.- id, 10912: AD: Moryen— id, 11570:
AD: Prairie— R. Caralin 639: SYD; Tambe.— W-. R. Coates: AD 96309259: Miles —
G. f. Gillespie: AD, CANB 3356: Dirranbandi— Hulluud and Gnanck 1235: GANB; Gil-
ruth en W. T. Jones: CANB 36860: Gnoadiwindi,- C. T, White; AD 96309258:
Barcaldine.
Sovutn Austnaria, Fo Hunrphris; ADW 5133: Jamestown,
67. Bassia costata Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.$.Wales 49(1923)347,t.36,fig.D-C;
Black, FLS,Austral. (1924)191; ed.2, (1948)307,R¢.414; Chippendale, Trans,
Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 82(1959)327— Austrohassia costata (Anders, ) Ulbrich,
Pifam. ed.2, 16c(1934)532.
Nox#?nern Texerroxy, Burbidge and Gray 4195: CAND: Undoolya Gap.— GC. -Chippen-
dale: 3079; NSW, NT: 15 auiles E, Woodgreen— id. 136L: NSW 61543, NT: Kulewra--
id, 7485: NSW, NE, NT; Alice Springs— ic. 8997: AD, NT: 18 miles N. Alice Springs.—
id, 8224; NT: 18 miles W. Delmore Downs— id. 3694; AD, NT: Ammaroo— J. B. Cleland:
NSW: Burt Well— id-: AD 96019115: tbhid— ide: AD 8G019114; Mt. Hay.— ices AD
AO19112: Mt. Dareen.— id: AD 96019111; Macdonald Downs.— G.. F. Hill: NSW (lecte-
type), MEL: 60 miles N,E. Camp 2 (Lander River)— D, J. Nelson 44: AD» Alice Springs.—
BR. A. Perry 5219: CANB, NT: Alice Springs— id, 5354; CANB, NT: 24 miles & Barraw
Creeki— oN, Sim; AD 961358034; Napperby— RK. Swinbourne 26: Ingr.: Mt, Doreer.—
te, 140: Inpr.: Near Ammuroo Stn—_ id. 8, 75: Ingr.: Alice Springs— id, 347; AD, NT:
ibil.— TD. E. Symon 69: ADW: 36 Miles TE. Hermannsburg.
Sourn AustRauA. A, §. George 5215> PERTH: 16 miles E. of Mt, Davies, S.A
White: AD 96309208: Glen Ferdinand, Musprave Bange.
Westrun Austracra. C. A. Gurdner 11620: PERTH, N.T.: Hamilton Downs— A. S.
George 4947: PERTH: Flder Creek, Warhurten Mission— A. Morrisuu: PERTH. Nann-
tarra— N. H. Speck 636: PERTH: 30 miles $.E. Belele,
1u0 F, H, ISING
68, Bassia convexula Andersun, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.8.Wales 48(1923)346+.36.fic.
A-C; |e, 59(1934)272; Black, FlS.Austral. (1924)191, (1929)684; ed.3,
(1948 )306.fig.413; Ising, Trans. Roy.Soc.8.Austral. 82(1959)327— — Austro-
bussia convexula (Anders. )Ulbrich, Pfam, ed.2, 16¢(1934)532— Bassia
echinopsita [non (FvM,)Py¥M,, Gens, 1(1852)30]FyM., Ic-Austral.Salsol.PI.
T(1891) 0.69 pp— — B. birehit [non (FvM.)FvM., Cens, 1(1882)30]F¥M,,
et Tate, Trans.Rov.Soc.5.Austral. 16(1896)346,
New Sourn Wares, E. Betche: NSW (lectofype): Warreza River, TXASS5.-- — tel:
NSW; Warrego-Paroo Rivers, VUOLI9N.— id: NSW: Girilambone.— CG. K. Ingram: NE-
Coovltbah— =A, Morris 548: NSW 20414; Broken Hill, id. 332; NSW 2653/20; ihid.—
R, Swinbourne G627; Inger; Byrrock,— id. 9890; inur.: Mt. Oxley.
Nortuenn Terarrory. G. Chippendale 1361; CANB; Kulwera.a— id. 3088: NT: Elkedra
W.H.—_ id. 1107; AD, NT; 40 aniles TE. Marts Rew, P.S— id. 2888; NT: Mt. Olwa— ad,
221: NT: Toberniory— id. 7415: AD, NT: ara Creek— id, 2536: AD, NT: Warner
Sp, - id, 3461; AD, NT: Harts Range J. B, Cleland: AD 96019035; Deep Well.—— idl.-
AD 96019153; Yuendumo— id: G. R. Gramer: ADW 10045» Hermannsburg— BR. L.
Grocker: AD 96130034: 75 km N.W. Birdsville.— FB. H, Ising 2704. AD: Horseshoe Bend —
id,; AND 96132093: Macdonald Downs— Johnson and Chippendale 3939: CANB, NT: 36
miles KE, New Crown— M, Lazarides 5793; AB, CANB, NTs Aileron.-- R.A. Perry 3496:
CANB, NT: Mt, Cavanagh Sin— VR. Swinbourne 494: NV: Mt. Doreen— D. FE. Symun.
ADW 11658; 30 imiles E, Ayers Rock.— [t. E. Winkworth 650: CANB, NT: 70 iniles E.
Ringwood Stu.
(creNsnann, G. FH. Allen 336; Nk. Riversdale, St, Ceorge— id. 412; CANB: Cuwna-
mulla,— S, ‘I. Blake GOS9; AD; Pentland— id. 12090: AD: Windorah— id. WOOL: AT
Moryen.— M8, Clemens: AD 96243265: Joricho.- §. T.. Everist 3120; CANB; Dinwwall—
id. 2754. CANB: Boatman Sth.— id, 5766; AD, BRI; Thyhungra. - Holland and Gnanek
201; CANB; Bolton-Cuntiarmulla, R. Roe 135, 349: CANB: Gilruth Plains — ©, To White
11710; GANB: Nehine Creek.
Sour Austrauta. E, C. Black: AD 96207105. Granite Downs.-- WN, T. Burhidge;
GANB 12628: W. Hawker— J. B, Cleland: AD 95420209; Evarard Hange— id.: AD
YEI3209G: Lomkinson Hange,— EF. H. Ising: AD 96226023-4-5, AD 11542; Evelyn Downs,—
N, Th Kuchel 344: AD: Piltadi R.H., Mann Range — VOR. N. Lothian 2012; AD: North
Flinders Range— TT. B. Paltridge: CANB 3365: Koonamore.— Miss Strer: AD 96309279:
Oodnaditta— D. E. Symon 3611: AD, ADW: Piltadi Greck, Munn Ranve— P, G. Wilson
2529; AD: Pilladi R.A. Mann Ranze.
Wustenn Ausrmaria. GC. Chippendale 4546: AD, N'Y: Gileyx— J, B Cleland: AB
NGISATOSG: W. Rawlinson Range— A. 5. George 5309: PERTH: 28 aniles N. of Warbnrton
Mission,— id, 3994: PERTH: 24 miles BE. of Windilda.— id. 4668: PER'I'H; Beegul, Laver-
ton-Warburton Rd-— R, Helms; AD 96138022, PERTH; Great Victorin Desert,
fo, Bussia tubata Anderson, Proc,Linn,Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)339,,35, figs. A-C,
New Sout Waxes, BE. Breakwell: NSW (lectotype), AB: Coonamble.— He Mebane
NSW. Coonauble.
QOunensrann, §$. TT. Blake 10474; AD: Goodiwindi,
70. Buassia intrieata Anderson, Proc.Laun.Soc.N.$,Wales 48(1923)340,t.35,fir.D-I;
Black, FLS.Austral. (1924)193, (1929)684; ed.2 (1948)305, fig. 405; Ising.
Trans, Roy,Soc.S.Austral. 57(1933)93; 58(1934)216; Chippendale, Trans, Roy.
Sec,S,Austeal, 82(1959)327.— Austrobussia intricata ( Anders.) Ulbrich.
PHfam, ed.2, 16e( 1934 )532,
New Sour Wangs. M). Collins: NSW (lectutype); Corona, Barrier Hanges— N.C,
Beadle: SYD: 50 miles N. Wentworth,— P.N, and N.C. Beadle: SYD: Wanaxring-Bourke.—
ic: SYD: 40 miles W. Wileannia— E. Betche: NSW 61439: Warrevo River— J. B. Clelancl:
AT) 96247293; Moorna,— CC. H, Collier; NSW 61438; Milparinka— TD. 1. W. Henderson:
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 101
NSW _ 20440; Quandong.— ©, K, Ingram 6560: Ingr.; Bourke — EF, H, Ising: AD 96131153;
30 miles N.E. Broken Hill— L. A. S. Johnson: NSW 48511: Balranald-Tlatfield.— Johnson
and Gonstable: NSW 39988: Mt, Poole-Theldarpa.— id,; NSW 39064, N'C: Winnathee Sti.—
inh NSW 614372 Mt. Poule Stn, A. Morris 2291; ADW: Pine Creck.— T. G, B, Osborn:
SYD, CANB: Broken Hill.— R, Roe 573; NE: Brewarrina— J, A, ‘Lhompsan 28: NE:
NW, Boolital— E. K. Winterlilder: NE: Wilparinkau— T, M. Whailte 1248: NSW: Bao-
ligut.
‘ NoRTHERN ‘l'Fexirons, G, Chippendale 2825: NT, NSW 61447: 21 miles N, Andudo.—
id. 2728: AD, CANB, NT: N. Maryvale.— id. 9148: AD, NT: 29 aniles N. Alice Springs.—
id. 4948; AD, NT: Hale Kiver— Chippendale and Johnson 5941: NSW, NT: 29 miles W.
Andado.— BR. L. Crovker; AD 96120043: 110 km NINAW. Birdsville— id. AD 96129002:
123 km N.W\ Birdswille— K. H. Ising: AD 96131148, 4, 51, 42 Macdonald Sta,.— M.
Luarides 6107: GANB, NSW, NT: Tenbury Stw— 2, Swinbourne 24: Ingrs Yamba Stu—
id. 443: AD, NT; MeGrath Creek,
OveensLanp, §, I, Blake 11746; AID: Dynever Laken — id, 11836; AD: Nockatiunga—
id. 11973; AD: Mt. Hawilt,
Souin Austra, Tl, GC. Andrewartha 8310; ADW; Purple BDowns,— J. Be Cleland:
AD 95820051; Etadunna— id; AD 95820052: Woomera, - irks AD 98820056: Caraweena-
Lake Crossing. —id.: Ald 95520053; 20 miles W. Qodnadatta— id.: AD 95820054) Mune
geranie— ids: AD 96309347; Oodnacatta— id: AD 96300344. Mit, Nerwest— ides AD
94247202: Brauchina, KR. L. Crocker: AD 96129096, 075 kin S.S.W. Birdsville— td.; AD
fAG1Z9045: 65 km S$. Blidsvie— jd.; AD 96129047; Lake Letty.— MW, M. Douglas: ADW
23017: Yuduaninna— G.. Gross; AD 8GOI8N7S; Whittata. IM. Hilton 1467: ADW:
Beltana— F. A, Istugs ADW 11159: Evelyn Downs— id. 2671-2; AD: Macumlx.. 1
2663; AD: Wanginnna.— id. 2874, 2883, 9695; AD, AD 96131150: Pedirka— — tel:
AD 96309346: Cordtllo Downs, id; AD 96314180: Mr. Harry Sln— MM. Koch 119 pp.
NSW: Mt. Lyndhurst.— id. 367: NSW: ibid— EB. EF. Lord: AD 96207163: Oodinadatta,—
A, Morris 635; ADW, NSW: Pinnacles-Cockburn-Mutooma.— id.; AD 96309345, NS\W
61446; Bovleoomatta— B. J. Morray 103: AD: Arcoma— L. Repse; AD 96131119. 20, 23;
Mionie Dewns,— Ti, Spencer: NSW 61442: Lake Myre fF. G. O. Tepper 236: ADs Lake
Eyvre.— KK. Tate: AD 96120042: Warburton River and Mt. Norwest.
Nore. For RB. fatricate var. hirsute Black see chapter “Tosulliciently Known ‘Taxi, Wo, 83.
TI. Bassta jobnsonii Ising, spanov.— Fig, 1,
Sufrutes, dense tntricdtus, wlaber vel fere glaber, Rami a costwtii Folia teretia, com-
ptessu, 3-10 mim longa. ea. 1 mm lata, obtusa; basis leviler angastatur. axa pilosa, Peri-
anthiam in trivetu cylindsatum, ca. 2mm longum, apice convexo, ad basin: afin: glabeun.
Spinue 35, 3 longissimis 3-7 mm longue, late separate, 2 ad businy contiguae 24 ia, Jona:
ariculores, rectoy vel eurvalae, + horizontules, Linikus tacurvns, brevissiinas, efintas. Basis
oblonga, Jevilur obliqua, nec cavata. Stwhis glabers cami stigmatiod 2, tubri Semen lori-
ccintale; radienta superior.
Tlaovvrus; G, Clippyndiule and lL. AWS. Johnsou NT Sud0; NSW @0255: 36-2 mviles
ki, of New Crown ILS., 12.X.1987; “Dwarf shrib te 1 fe Comman in sed sandy flat.”
Hsotypes; AD, CANB, MEL]
Undershiub, densely intricate, glabrous or almost so, Branches + ribbed.
Leaves terate, compressed, 3-10 mim long, ea. | rm wide, ohtuse; base slightly
narrowed; huirs: in axil, Fruiting perianth cylindrical, ca, 2 mm long, summit
cunvex, basally attached; glabrous. Spines 5, 3 longest 3-7 mm long, widely
separated, 2 closé Logetber at base 2-4 mm lang: aciendar, straight or curved,
+ horizontal. Limb incurved, very short, ciliate. Base +> oblong, slightly
oblique, not hollowed. Style glabrous; stigmatic branches 2, red. Seed hori-
zuntal; radicle superior.
Nonrnens, Timurroay. G. Chippendale 4676: NT: 4 miles Nv of Connors Well, 22.V 1.
1958, Herbaecous, L ft, rare, in deep red sand— id. 4651; GANB, NSW 40239, NT; 26
tiles EF) Armatreng River— J. Bo Clolands AD 96309275; Maryyale— id. AD YGOLY1T9:
Mitkdleton Ponds. - id.: AD 96120004: Mt, Wedge Stn— R. Ty. Crocker AD 96130145.
NSW 60241; RB. Andado Stu— A, 8. George 5115: PERTH: 22 miles W. of Vietory Downs
Hs— E. HU. Ising. AD 96312117: Buodoona— KH. Ho Kichcl: AD 96242151: 300 miles
LOZ E. H. ISING
W. Kulvera— M. Lavaricdes 6082; AD, BRI, CANB, NT, NSW 60240; 35 miles BE. Napperby
stn, -E, Reichenbach: AD 96030102: Bundoomma.— RK. Swinhourne: Ingn; 5, Mt Wedye
Stn— id.: NT 8401: 5, Mt. Wedge Shi.
Onrensianp. S. T. Blake 12051: AD: tlammond Downs.
Seune AusTaauia. F.C Black: AD 96207106: 20 miley N. Everard Kange.— N. Forde
ain. CANB: 12 miles S.Emu— #. J) Ising 2885, 2892-3: AD: Pedirki.
Wesrern Ausinaia. A. $, George 4934; PERTH: Near Giles Ck, E, of Giles Met. Strn—
D. E. Svinon 2361; AD, ADW: 10 miles S. of west encl of Hopkins Lake.
Named in honour af Mr, La Ay 8S. Johnson, National Herbarium of N.S, Wales, Sydaey,
72. Bassia calearata Ising, spnov— Fig. 25.
Suflrutex; muni costati, pilosi, Folia + teretin, 6-14 yun Ionga, ad 1 mm ata, obtuss,
liirgnty, Lenutiter tugesa; basis latior, tenuis; axilla cium pilis ornuta. Flores axillares solitarti,
Perinythinm in fructu oblongnm, ca, 2-3 aim longuin, ca. 2 min lau, pilosin costae ct. 5,
longitucinales, suleis alternatae: apex leviter concavus. Spinae 6, plernque 1-2 mm longae
verticules vel horizontales, rectae vel recurvae. pungentes, glabrae; plermqne 2 spinay a
basi contiguae, divergents. Limbus erectus, ea. 1 mim Jongus, chartaceus, ciliatux. Basis
= rircularis, obliqua, leviter cavata; plerumque cum calearibus duobus ornatis. Styhis glaber,
Timi stigmatic? 2, punicei. Semen verticale; radicula superior.
Fidporyrcs: E. H. Tsing: AD 96226146; South Australia, Oorlwadatta, 20-VILL1955.
Undershrub; branches ribbed, pilose, Leaves + terete, 6-14 mm long, ca. 1
mim wide or less, obtuse, hirsute, finely ruguse; base widened, thin; hairs in axil,
Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting periunth oblong, ca, 24 mm long, ca. 2 mn
wide. pilose: ribs ca, 3, longitudinal, alternating with grooves; summit slightly
cincive. Spines 6, usually 1-2 mm long, vertical to horizontal, straight to re-
curved, pungent, plabrous usually 2 clase together at base, divergent. Limb
erect, ca, 1 mm long, chartaccous, ciliate. Base * circular, oblique, slightly
hollowed: spurs usually present, 2. Style wlahrous; stigmatic branches 2, pink.
Seed vertical; radieul superior.
Anisacantha echinopsila [non FyM.]FwM., Fragm. 7(1869)14 (nom, ileg-)
ts t0 Balandoul River and Darling River specimens [excluding Bogan River speci-
men (net scen) and Suttor River specimen which is Bassia anisacanthoides
(FyvM_)Anders.]; Benth,, Fl.Austral, §(1870)201 us to deser. [excluding Desert of
Suttur specimen|— Chenolea echinopsila [non (FvM.)FvM.] FvM.. Fragm.
LO( 1876)92 as to descr. [specimens cited not seen]; FvM,, leonAnstral.Salsol-PI
7(1891).t.69 Fig. 6 4th and Sth drawings, Fig. 7 right hand drawing, Anderson,
Proc. Lint Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1925)336; Black. FiS.Austral. (1929)684; ed.2
(1948 )305, Fig, 404 right hand drawing.
New Sourn Waves. B, Ament: NSW: Nynuan— L. Abraliam: NSW; Louth— N, C.
Healle: SYD: Brewarrinn.— E. Betehe: NSW, MEL; Warrego River.— id, 114: MEL,
NSW: Near Bourke. J. L. Boorman; NSW: Burren June,— N, T, Burbidge: CANB:
Bourke-Brewarrina.— oN. A. Burges: SYD: Tibouburra.— Carron: NSW: Namoi River,—
A. and TD. Carson: MEL: Namoi River-— FF. FP. Constable: NSW: Bourke.— M. J, Collins:
SYM: Paroo River,— W. Collins; NSW: Moneulta,— 'T, Cotter: MEL: Camiaroo, Hungerford,
Paran,— GG. 8. Couch: NSW: Tibooburra.-- J. Dallachy: MET: Darling River Desert —
OD: SYD: Flemington-Homebush Bay— A.V. Giblin; SY; Gerongra Sta — _Clentiel)|
Vet. Res, Sins NSW; Moree.— D. L, W. Tlenderson 361: NSW: Lower Trans. Darlingi—
id.- NSW: Willotia Sur— Heory; MEL, NSW: Warrego Riven—_ C, K, Ingram 6559:
Ine: Burke ida Ingr.; Louth.— id. 9898: logr.s Mt. Oxley— — Johrison and Constable.
NSW 38812; Winnathes Stn— L. A. S. Johnson: NSW? Lake Memindee.- H.W, Looker-
MEI: Balandoo! River— J, H, Maiden; NSW: Tourke.— Matcdenu and Boorman; NSW:
Nyngan— A, W. Mulkm: NSW: Quantambone, Brewarrina,- A. Morris 1058: ADW, NSW:
Wileaimnia— Miss Salmen: NSW; Cutharoa— J. 8 Webh: NSW: Colwoa River— A.
Woelel; MEL: Upper Darling River.
NoaTarean TeKRLOHY, Johnson and Chippeudule 3928; CANB, NY: 13 miles EO Finke,—
M, Lozarides 5946: AD, NT: Huckitta Sin— AL Swinboene 2: Tige.: 32 miles N, Alice
Springs.— id, 442: AD, NT: McGrath Creek.
SPECIES OF BASSTA IN AUSTRALIA 103
Querwsnanp, S, ‘I. Blake 5932: NSW: Charleville— id. 6504; AD, NSW: Wond-
slock.— id. 5915: NSW: Dalby.—_ id. 6563; AD, NSW: Dar— id. 4531: NSW: Winton.—
id. 6695: NSW: Bilbah Downs.— idl. G5U6-7: NSW: Longreach, id. 6471: NSW: Boulia.—
id, 5565; AD, NSW; Cunnamulla— id. A664; NSW: Isisford.— id. 10547: AD: Noondoo.—
fi. Bowman: MEL: Crocodile Creck; thiy specimen is labelled by Fo Mueller “Anisacantha
echinopsila FvM, var.” Tt has sometimes the young shoots villous and this is possibly the
“var.” ment by him. The original diagnosis by Mueller (Trans.Phil.Tnst, Viel, 2(1858)78)
describes the plant as “glabrous”, There are hairy forms of this species as noted by Anderson
[Proo,Linn.Sac.N.$.Wales 48(1923)330)— id.; WEL: McKenzie River, 1871-— GC. L,
Davies; CANB 3575; Noondoo.— itl: CANB 3377; GS. QOueensland.— S$. L. Everist 6257;
BRI 6267, AD: ‘Thylungya— HH. Hecker 6659: AD: Longreach.— W. D, Francis: NSW:
Blackwater,—_ Holland and Cnauck 1073; CANA: Near Mungiodii— Hubbard and Winders
6240: BAT: Curragh Sta,— S$. Jobnson: MBL: Gilbert-Cape River— K, Kennedy: NSW:
Langreach— Gy Luehmann: MEL: N.E. Queenskind.— 8, S. Moore: MEL: Bulog River.—
F. Mueller: NSW: Tockhamplon— O'’Shanesy: MEL, NSW: Rockhampton— RB. Hoe,
C.H.A. 721: CANB, NE: Gilruth Plains— id, C:ANB 3376, 3378: Warrie, Moonie Rivern—
id: CANB 3579: Warric, Nindigully— id. 320-1: CANB: Gilruath Plains.— Spencers MEL:
Yuppunya.— D. Stibhard: BRI: Barealdine— W. Willuugliby; CANB 3405: Balogna.
Sourn Avsrrana, £, Hi Ising: ALD 98220454, ADW: Oodnadatta— — id, 2886; ADs
Porirka, id, 2667; AD: Neules River, Oodnadatlu— L. Reeser AD 96140126. 96301019:
Minnie Dowzis.
73, Bassia murrayae Ising, SRN Fig. 24— B, echinopsila [non (ivM.)
FvM,] Black, FLS.Austral. ed,2(1948 )305,fi¢.404 left-hand drawing,
Rinni pilosi. Toha semiteretia, 5-10 mm longa, + acuta, pilosa, curvala: pars infovley
Hana, latior, maryinibus membrinaceis; in axilla piluxa. Perianthium am (role & arceo-
ea et. 3 mm tong, ca. 2 mm latam, glabrum; costae ca, 10, lomeitudinules; apex con
eavus, Spinge 6, 1-2 mm Jongac, lanceolatac, — acutas, erectac, temies, 2-4 I panibus
versus hasem conjunetie. Linhus aeetus, brevissimus, ciliatis, Basix plevumygue cireuluris,
obliqua, loviter cayata, Stylus glaher: rami slivmutici 2. Semen non vidi, proahabiliter
horizontale,
HoLoryris: B. J. Murray: AD YA301020: South Australia. Areoona, ween ef Take
Torrens, IX,1927 (Herb. J. M. Black),
Branches pilose, Leaves semiterete, 3-10 wm long, + acute, pilose, curved;
liver part flat, widened, margins membranous; pilose in axil, Fruiting perianth
= urecolate, ca, 3 mm Jong, ca. 2 mm broad, glabrous; ribs ea. 10, lonitudinal:
summit concave. Spines 6, 1-2 mm long, lanceolate, + acute, erect, thin, 12
pars united towards hase. Limb erect. very short, ciliate, Base usually circular,
Oblique, slightly hulluwved. Style aluhrous; stigmittic branches 2. Seed not secn,
probably horizontal.
The species ix quae to B. calvarate ty whielr both Black wid Anderson referred thas
phint, &. caleerute, however, has an oblong finiting perianth coustrieted in the middle all
ribs prominent, spinex aviculur, some spreading, 2 close together at base: base wilh
spreading spurs.
This Spewies 6) muned in honaur of the late Mixs 3. J. Murray, who eolleeted the HYeuies
ura district af whick she mvestigatecdt the fora and vewetation thoroighly,
74, Bassia anisacanthoides (FvM.)Anderson, Proc.Linn-Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)
330; White. Roy.Soe.Queens), 60(1944)74— Lehinopsilon anisacanthoides
FyM., Trans.Phil Inst, Vict. 2(1858)76.— Anisacantha brevicuspis FvM,.
Fragorm. 4(1864)150, FvM., Fragm, 7(1869)14— Anisacantha echinopsila
FyM.. Frag. 7(1869)14. nom. illeg. hased on Behinopsilon anisucanthoides
excluding specimens Halandool, Bogan and Darling Rivers; Benth. FI.
Austral. 3(1870)201 excl, descr. but ancl. Desert of Suttor; Bailey, Quverst,
Fi. 4( 19011260 oxel. déser., and Crocodile Creek and Rockhampton; FvM..
Te, Austral. Salsol.Pl, 7(1891).t-89, probably Fig. 2 and left-hand drawing of
Fig, 6; Builey, Compr.Cat.Qucensl.Pl. (1913)409.— Threlkeldia brevicuspis
Ina E. H. ISING
| FvM,)FvM. ex Benth, FlAustral. 5(1870)198; Bailey, Queens). FI. 4(1901)
124); Bailey, Compr-Cat.QueensLPl. (1913)409— Chenolea echinapsila
(FyM.)FvM., Fragm. 10(1876)92 excl. descr. (specimen not seen).— Bassia
echinopsila (PVM_.)FvM_, Cens. (1882)30 p.p; FvM,, Fragm, 12( Dec, 1882)
33 (specimen not seen), FvM., Key Vict.Pl. 2(1855)16— Bassia brevicuspis
(FvM,)FwM., Cens. (1882)30; FyM., Second Cens. (1889)52; FyM., Ic,
Anstral,Salsol,Pl. 7(1991),t.67 (excluding 4th fig. No. 7); Maid. and Betche.
Cens.N.S.WalesPl, (1916)69.— Selerolaena anisacanthoides (FvM )Domin,
Bibl. Bot. 89(1921)624; Ulbrich in Engler and Prantl, Nat.Pilfam. ed.2, 16c
(1934)533— Coilocarpus breniguspis (FvM.)Domin, Bibl.Bot, $9(1921)
625 [vide FvM.,, Fragm. 8(1873)38).
New Sours Wares. N. G. Beadle: SYD: Broken Hilh— KK, W, Gondou; NSW 5386-7;
Condobolin— CG. W. E, Moore 351; CANB,: Trangie— A. Morris 717: AD, ADW, BRE,
NSW 531438— J]. T. Waterhouse: SYD; Collarenibri.
QuRENSLAND, W. Barton; NSW 53393: Armadilla— Bassingthwaite and Cole 11: BRI
024753: Darr— C.W, Birch: MEL: Thomson River—_ 5, 'T, Blake 6694: AD, BRI; Enunet,
Bilbah Downs— id. 11469; AD: frensham— id. LO718$: AD: Dirrunhandi— id. 11972:
AD; Mt. Howitt— ipl. 5507: AD, BRL: Cummanulla— id, 11674; AD: Richmond— id.
104746: AD: Goondiwindi, id, 7575; AD: Dalacea— id. 6640: BRI, NSW 53389; Long-
reach-Anillulah— id. 6933: NSW 53390; Mimerva.— id, 6260: AD, BRI, NSW 53391-
Huvhenden— id. 6564: AD, BRI, NSW 53302: Darr. id. 6487: BRI: East of Boulia.
Bowman; MEL: Peak Downs— (EL?) Bowinan 267: MEL (holotype) of Antsacantha brevi-
cuspis (FyM.): Cape River— M. 8S, Clemens: BRI: Jericho. K. Domin: PR: Flinders
River, Hughenden ind between Longreach and Winton.— $, L. Everist 757: BRI: Nooncdan
Stu, Dirranbandi— id. 13804: BRI: Athel— id, 2022: BRI; Malvern Hills,~ id. 1933:
BRI: Blackall— il, 6254: BRI, AD: Thyhmgra— N.C. Ford 3524: NSW 53386: Tiree
Str.— Hobbard and Winders 7235; BRI: Bundoran.— W-. MacGillivray: ADW (Ferb, A,
Morris}: Blackall FF, Muellerys MEL (hototyne) Suttor River.- KR. Rae: CANE 30417:
Warrie, Nindigully.— ids CANB 3248: Bulayna, Moouie Biven— F, Spencer; MEL; ‘Thar-
womdnda — ©. 'T, White: BRT: Quilpie — ide: BRI, NSW 53398: Tower EL— id.: BRL.
NSW 3334: Dalby— id: BRI: Wallumbilla,
Note. I have examined Dovtin’s specimens which he quoted when he described the
venus Coilocarpus. “hey avrec in all detily with B. drdsacantholdes, the type spectinen of
which 1 glso investigated, Coilocurpus is hased on Anisacantha brevicuspis T¥M., a taxonomic
syoumyrn of B, anisacanthoides (Fy¥M) Anderson, ‘Che two superposerl cavities al the Sruit
ave apparently the main “diagnostic” features of Dontin’s werns. on characteristie of all the
epecies of Bassia with the deeply hollewed base of the fruiting peranth,
The lower cavity of the fruiting perivoth is the larger wien the ovary is fertile; il then
has a dare basal opening to he seen when detached from the stem. Tf the lruiting perianth
ts intertile the lower cavity in much sonller or absent and it has ne basal opening. The upper
cavity cootaing the seed,
75. Bassia urceolata lsing, spnov.— Fig. 12.
Ruani yvraciles, glahbri. Folla lineana, 4-6 non longa, ca, 1 mim data, abbtisa, tenia,
glabra, aed businy angustiora. Perianthiuns in fruct: urewolatim. ca. 2 nm longum latumque,
Jeviter indarata, glabrum; 5 alae obtusae prominentes Jongitucinales ab spims decurrentes;
plerumque una costa debilis alis alternatis, Spinae 6, 0-°5-1-5 mm longac, ohtusac, crassae,
rectae, glabrac, duobus cuntiguis super appendicem erectam, Limbus erectus, brevis, char-
taceus, ciliatus, Basiy + circularis, ohliqua, profunde cavata, leviter dilata. Stylus shiber:
rari stigmatic? 2, rubri. Semen hoerizontale: radicula superior,
Hototyrus: BR, E. Winkworth 382: NT: Northern Territory. 10 vniles cast of Mt:
Wedye H,S., [-V1I.1954; “small shnib, 6 inches tall; Hesby leaves; associated with Atviples
on drainige flats along mountain range *
Brandes slender, glabrous. eaves linear, 4-6 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide,
obtuse, thin, glabrous, narrowed at base. Fruiting perianth urecolate, ca. 2 1mm
Jong and wide, slightly hardened, glabrous; 5 obtuse prominent IJongitudinal
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 105
wings decurrent from the spines, usually one weak rib alternating with wings.
Spines 6, 4-14 mm long, obtuse, thick, erect, glabrous, 2 close together on an erect
appendage. Limb erect, short, chartaceous, ciliate. Base = circular, oblique,
deeply hollowed, slightly dilated. Style glabrous; stigmatie branches 2. red.
Seed horizontal; radicle superior,
NoxtHern Tesnitory. R. Swinbourne; NT 9047; 9 iniles cast of Mt. Wedge ILS.,
18.X.1961; “approximately & inches high straggling succulent herb, an very saline soil with
Arthvoenemuin sp. -» Chippendale and Johmsan: NT 3984, AD: 25-8 miles north of Kualgera:
J4AA.19ST: sneculent wreen herb 6 to 9 inches; fruit green; rare: in red clayey soll,
76. Bassia microcarpa Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N8.Wales 48(1923)348,
Wrstenn Avstnanm. A, McGregor: NSW 20515 (holotype}: Poison Creck via Leonora.
77. Bassia clavata Ising, spnov— Fig. 17,
Rami tamentosi, Folia clavata, 1-52-35 mm longa, obtusa, hispida, sulstiliter rugosa;
basis coangustior, tenuis, Flores axillares Solitarii. Perianthium in fructu + turbinatuin, ca.
2mm longum, ca, 2-5 mm latum, pubescens; apey planus; costa ab spinis duobus brevis.
simibus decurrens, tenuis. Spinne 6, aciculares, glubrae, divergentes: 4 longisshnae, 3-3 im
tongae; 2 hrevissimae 1-1-5 mn longae, ad basin eontitaae, Limbns minimis, erectis,
Basis + cireularis, ca. 1 ram diam, leviter cayata. Stylus pilosus: rarai stigmatic? 2, rubri:
Semen horizantale; fadienla lateralis,
Ho.oryevs: For Ranger Day: PERTH: W.A., Southern Cross. Angust, 1902.
Branches tomentose, Leaves clavate, 142% mm long, obtuse, hispid, finely
cugose: base narrowed, thin, Flowers solitary in axil, Fruiting perianth + tur-
hinate, ca. 2 mm long. ca. 2% mm wide, pubesvent: summit flat: rib, decurrent
from 2 shortest spines, slender. Spines 6, acicular, glabrous, divergent; 4 longest
3-5 mm long; 2 shortest 1-18 mm long, close togetlier ut hase. Limb very small,
erect, Base + circular, ca. 1 mm dia., slightly hollawed. Style pilose; stigmatic
branches 3, red. Seed horizontal; radicle + lateral.
5. clavate is similar ta B. parviflora Anderson which has horizontal, shorter pines,
linvar-clavate longer (to 12 mm) leaves, sleride: branchlets, and glabrous style: und ta B.
convertla Anderson which has villous, linewr-clavute (5-10 ram Jon) leaves, - globular to
turbinate perianth, convex at summit, 3, rarely 6, spines, and glabrous style.
The specific epithet refers to the shape of the leaves.
7%. Bassia parviflora Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)347,1,36,fx,
H-L; Black, FlS.Austral, (1924)191; ed.2 (1948 )306,fig.410; Austrobassia
parviflora ( Anders.) Ulbrich, PAfam, ed.2, 16¢( 1934 )532,
New Sourer Wares. J. Minchin: NSW: Darling and Murray Rivers junelion.— F,
Mueller: NSW: Darling River, Victorian Expedition.— ‘Tucker; NSW: Lachlan River.
Queensiann. §. T, Blake 10794: BRI; Miltonise Stn, St. Ceoree.— G. H, Allen 936:
GANB: St, George.
Sourn AusTRALIA. J. M. Black: AD 96216278; Minnipa.— id.: AD 96216282, Mal-
booma.— Hj. Kighler 187493: AD: Monash.— NN. Forde 441: GANB; 16 miles S. Emin—
D. W. Gande; ADW 4917: Malbooma-— EK. H. Ising 1275: AD, ADW: Ooldea— 1D. By
Symon 1069; NE: Coober Pedy— P. G. Wilson 537: AD: Gawler Rane:
Vicroma. A.C. Beaugichole 961. 3249; A,C.B.: Knlkyne Nat. Park,— H. B: Williamson:
AD 96216284: Onyen.— id.: AD 96216280: Murrayville.
Western Austrauia. Young: MEL (leetotype), NSW; Victoria Sprmgs— A. 3,
George 4102: PERTH: 22 miles $.6. of Windulda.— id. 5540: PERTID: 2 riley E. af Gar-
negie H.S., spines wide anc flat downwards— BR. Nelms: AD 96738050: Victoria Desert,—
Anonym: NSW: Doodlakine,
106 i. TL ISING
79%. Bassia cornishiana I'yM., Austral. Chem.Drugg, (1885), repr.(orig.n.v.); Fy M.,
Bot. Centralbl. 26(1886)225; Black, Trans, Roy.Soc.S.Austral, 39(1915)828 in
obs.; Anderson, Proc.Linn,Soc.N.S,Wales 48(1923)343; Black, FlS.Austral,
ed.2 (1948)306,fig.411; Chippendale, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 82(1959)
337.— [Chenolew cornishiana FvyM., Bot.Centralbl.. 26(1886)228 pro. sy,
FyM., Trans.Roy.Suc.S,Austral. 9( 1887 )213 nom.nud.].— Bassia birchit [non
(FvM.)FyM., Cens, 1(1652)30] Black. FLS Austral. (1924)191 p.p.
NortHern Terartory, G. Chippendale 680: NSW, NT» Ayers Rock.— id. 2091: NSW,
NT: Hamilton Downs,— id. 1106: AD, CANB, NT; 40 miles E. Harts Range,- id. 2496;
NT: Ooratipra H.S— id. 305; AD, CANB, NT: Argadarguda H.S.— id. 2969: NT: 38
tiles $.W.. Tobermory.— id. 5595; AD, NT: Tanami.— id. 5682: AD, NT: 53 miles N.E.
‘Vanami— id. 7019; AD, NT; 21 miles N.B, Banka Banka,— id. 3695; AD, NT: 25 miles
E. Woodgreen.-- ], B. Cleland: AD 96019155; Mt, Doreen id: AD 96019172, NSW
61485; Finke— ids: AD 96019153: Thomsons R.H.— id,: AD 96019152: Mt. Eclipse —
id,; AD 96019157: 50 miles NF. Avers Kock,— id,; AD 96019171: Yuendumu— id; AD
96019147: Mt. Liebig,- G. R. Cramer: ADW 10046; Hermannsburg.— Horn Expedition.
NSW: Ilpilla— M. Lazarides 5789: AD, CANB, NT: Aileron.— ‘T. R. N. Lothian 284;
AD: Narwietoona— C.J. Mulhearn 885: NT: Banka Stn.— D. J. Nelson 63: AD: 21 miles
W. Tobermory, RB. A. Perty 543: CANH, NT; Tennant Creek,— KH. Swinbourne 6; Ingr.:
Burt Plain— 0D, BE. Symon 72: ADW: Heubury-Curtin Sp.— id.; AD W11580: Mt. Olga.—
R. FE. Winkworth 310: CANB, NT: Derwond H,S,
Qvrews.anp. ‘S. T. Blake 5476: NSW: Earlstonn.— id. 17930: CANB: Barclay Dawny.—
id, 12036: AD: Keeroungooloo— id. 12089; AD: Windorah.— id. 12563: AD: Wyaabu—
id, 11884; AD: Mt. Margaret Stu— id, 12400: AD: Dajarra— W,_H. Cornish: MEL
(holotype), AD 96309236; Near Field River and boundary of Queensl, and S,Austral— §. L,
Everist 8880: CANB: E. Windorah— M. Lazarides 4384: CANB, NSW, NT: Mt, Isa.—
R. A, Perry 4041; CANB, NT; Dajarra.
Westrnn AustiAura. i M. Rermett 222: PERTH: Carnegie Sta,- id. 43; PERTH:
Wongawal.— 1. B. Cleland: Al) 96131055; S, Rawlinson Ranye— <A. S. George 977;
PERTH; 92 miles N. Mundiwindi— id, 3530; PERTH: Millstream Station — id. A794:
PERTH; Cavimach Rance; A. Stewart: PERTH: Rey Fill.
INSUYFICIENTLY KNOWN “TAXA
80. Bassia sp. aff. B. brachyptera (FyM.)Anders—E, M. Packe; NSW
35253; Sandalong Golf Links, ca. 14 miles east of Mildura, Victoria, 29.1X.1949.—
The only specimen I have so far scen is a branch ca. 9 om long with several
short branchlets and a few flawers and perianths. ‘This specimen has. branches
and leaves sparsely pubescent; Ieaves 5-8 min long; spines straight, one more
obtuse arid longer than the others; base shallow, areole thin. Although the dif-
ferences between this specimen and B, brachyptera are fairly well marked it
sverns better to wait for more material before describing it as a new species,
$l. Bassia sp. afl. B. elubra (FvM.)FvM.—F. Mueller collected material at
Sturts Creck, N. Terr, (near W. Austral, border) in 1856. Part of the material
was named Bassia glabra and part Kentropsis glabrap longicuspis by Mueller,
but the latter was not pwhlished, However, t.66 figs. | and 6, le. Austral,Salsul.PI.
7(1891), illustrates this “variety, but.as no other material is available it is advis-
able to delay publication as a new species for the time heing.
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 107
$2. Anisacantha kentropsidea FvM., Trans.Vict.Inst. 1(1855)133.—This
name was tentatively placed as a synonym of B. diacantha (Nees)FvM, in Isiny,
Trans.Roy.Soc.$.Austral. §4(1961)91. As no type specimen could he located, the
application of this name remains doubtful.
$3. Bassia intrecala var. hirsula Black. FLS.Austral, (1924)194. “Branches
and Ieaves tomentose. Everard Range.” [ have searched for this specimen, but
have riot found it in any Australian Herbarium, It is not recorded in the second
edition of Black’s Flora,
84. Bassia micrantha (Benth.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30,—Enchylaena ?
micrantha Benth., Fl.Austral. 5(1870)181,—I have not yet seen the type specimen
which is probably ut Kew (K) and, therefore, am nnable to make any comment.
Cf. Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N,§.Wales 48(1923)348. [sphalm. B, micranthera
( Benth.) FvM. ]
83. Kentropsis lanata Mog., Chenop.Enum, (1840)83; Moq. in DC., Prod.
13/2(1849)138.— This is placed as a synonym under Bassia hicornis (Lindl. )
FvM, [Sclerolaena bicornis Lind].] in Bentham, Fl.Austral. 5(1870)195. I have
not yet seen the type specimen [“In Nova-Ilollandia (Cunningh.). Salsola ?
mollis Cunningh, in herb, ... (v.s. in h.Mus.Paris.ct Hook,)"] and consider its
position, therefore, as doubtful.
86, Sclervolaena coriaeea Mog. in DC., Prod. 13/2(1849)123.—The only
specimen cited by Moquin is “In Novae Hollandiae ins,sterilibus (h.Mus,Paris! ).”
In his description he says .. . “calvce fructifero mutica...” Having no spines,
this specimen apparently is not a Bdssia, but as yet I have not scen the specimen,
Bentham, Fl.Austral. 5(1870)194, referring fo this specimen says that it was
unknown to him and doubted if it was a true congener as it had no spines, Ander-
son, Proc.Linn,Soe.U.S,Wales 48(1923)354, also mentions Bentham’s reference,
SPECIES ‘ro BE EXCLUDED
87. Bassia carnosa (Mog.)FvM., Cens. (1882)30,
= Kochia carnosa (Moq.)Anderson, Proc,Linn.Sov.N.S.Wales 48(1923)353.
88. Bassia enchylaenoides. (FvM.)FvM., Cens, 1(1882)30,
= Duriala villosa (FvyM.)Ulbrich, Pflfam. ed.2, 16¢(1934)537.
89. Bassia inchoate Black, ‘Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral 38 (1914) 463,038 fig, 1-4,
= Threlkeldia inchoata (Black)Black, FI.S.Austral. (1924)203.
80. Bassia lanuginosa White, QueenslAgric.Journ., ns. 15( 1921 )216t.24,
= Kochia carnosa (Moq,)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 48(1923)353.
91. Bassia longifolia Fiteg., Journ. W.Austral.Nat.Hist,Soc. 1(1904)32,
= Kochia fimbriolata FyM., Fragm, 9(1875)75.
108 E. H. ISING
92. Bassia salsuginosa (FvM,)I'vM., Cens. 1(1882)30,
= Threlkeldia salsugimosa (FvM.)Benth., Fl. Austral. 5(1870)197.
93, Bassia tricornis ( Benth.) FvM., Cens. 1(1882)30,
= Malacocera tricornis (Benth,)Anderson, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.Wales 5L
(1926 )382,t.25.
4, Bassia walkeri White, Proc.Roy,Soc,Queensl. 55(1944)77,t.1V,
= Cyrilwhitea walkeri (White)Ising, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Austral. 88(1964)
pp. 61-2.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
My thanks are heteby expressed tu the curators of varions State Herbarix and to the
awners of several private Herbaria, as recorded in the heginning of this paper, for the loau
of material; to Mr. L. Dutkiewiez for preparing drawings; to Mr. P. G. Wilson for the Latin
translations; and to Dr. Hj. Michler-for facilities provided for the werk at the State Herbarium
of South Australia and for his valuable help and enconragement.
Invex to NAMES
(Bold designates new taxa, new combinations or new names; italies inelicate
synonyms: numbers refer to species)
Anisacantha R.Br. (1810) Bassia All. (1766)
hicornis (Lindl.)FvM. 28 § Anisacantha Volkeus Sect. 7
bicuspis FvM, 32 § Asterocarpus (FvyMJIsing Sect. 3
birchit FvM. 66 ee Seet. 1
brevicuspis FyM. 74 y Dissocarpus Volkens Sect. 3
diacantha Nees 20 § Echinapsilon Volkens Sect. 1
divaricatyu R\Br.. 52 § Eriochiton Anders. Sect. 2
drummondii Benth. 44 Maireanw Volkens Sect, 5
echinopsila FyM.(72) 74 § Platyacantha FyM, Sect. 6
erinacea Mog. 53 , Spinosissimae Ising Sect, 4
var, longicuspis FvM. 52 ; Uneinatue Ulbrich Sect. 1
kentropsidea WyM. (? 20) 82 aellenii Ising 43, fig. 16
glabra (FyM, )i’vM. ex Benth. 31 albolanata Ising 59, fig. 9
eracilicuspis FyM. 65d indersonii Ising 42
lanicuspis FvM. 37 anisacanthoides (FyM)Anders, Td
muricata Mog. G65 articulata Black 39
var. cilfosa Benth. 65d astracantha FvM, 60
quinguecuspis FyM, 65 astrocarpa FvM. 60
treuspm FvyM, 41 bieorniy (Lind],)FvM. 25
var, horrida (Domin)White 25b
Austrobassia Ulbrich (1934) bicuspis (FVM) FvM, 32
a ak i biflora (R.Br.)FyM. 7
§ Stelligerae Ulbrich Sect. 6 ; ‘ ; t &
brachyptera (FyM)Ulbrich 11 var. cephalocarpa ree) ples Th
Y saaiee ders ia ; var, villosa Ising 7
ances, {and [Ue 8 bc iat )FeMt 9, (08), (79)
decurrens (Black)Ulbrich 84 bicebians ea i 5
iitridata (Anders.)Ulbrich 70) iat SING) Bie NES
brachyptera (FyM)Anders, 11
lonzicuspis (FVM)Ulbrich 53
luehmannit (FyM,.) Ulbrich = 8 aff. brachyptera 80
brevicuspis (FvM.,)FVM, 74
parallclicuspts (Anders,) Ulbrich 18 dake seie ae - as
parviflora ( Anders.) Ulbrich 78 previa as 30, fig. 26
selerolaenoides (FyM.)UlIbrich 4 DUTDIG ELE fing te é
stellizera (FvM.)Ulbrich 10 calcarata Ising (2, hg. 25
tatei (FvM,) Ulbrich 17 caput-casuarit Willis 15
cenlricosa (Black) Ulbrich 38 carnasa (Mag. )F’'vM_ 87
SPECIES OF BASSIA IN AUSTRALIA 109
chippendalei Ising 62, fig, 8
clavata Ising 77, fiz. 17
clelandii Ising 57, fig, 19
vonstricta Ising 25
convesula Anders. 68
cornishiana FyM 79
costata Anders. 67
crenata Ising 21, fiz. 3
cristata Ising 22 fig, 4
cucullata Ising 49, fig, 1L
dullachyana (Beuth FVM. 4
deeirens Bluck
densiflora Fitzz. 61
diaecantha (Necs)I'vM. 20
divaricata (R.Br.)FyM. (41), 52
drummendii (Benth.)FvyM. 44 _
var. hispida (Moore) Anders. 44h
echinopsila (FyM.)FyM. (68), (73), 74
eichleri Ising 24
enchylaenutdes (FvVM.)FvM. 88
eremaea Ising 56, fi. 18
ériacanth:, (FYyM)Anders, 14
onrotioides (f'vMJjEVM, 3
everistiana Ising 35, fig. 13
filiformis Tsing 45, fig. 14
forrestiana FvM. 47
gardneri Ising 15
reurgel [sing 6. fig. 38
glabra (FvM)F VM, 31
afl glabra 81
globosa Ising 27, fir. 5
holtiana Ssing 23
hostilis Diels 58
hyssopifolia (Pall.})Kuntse 1
inchouta Black 89
intricata Anders, 70
var. hirsuta Black 83
johnsonii Ising 71, fig. §
lanieuspis (FVM.)FVM. 37
lanuginosa White 90
limhata Black 33
litoralis Diels 50
longicuspis FVM, 53
longifolia Fitze. 91
Inelhmannii FyM. &
micrantha (Benth.)FvM. 84
nucrocarpa Anders. 76
minuta Ising 48, fie, 6
muelleri (Benth,)Fy.M. 2
muricata (L.JAschers. see Sect, [
murrayae Ising 73, fig. 24
oheonica Ising fi, figs, 20, 27
obliquicuspis Anders 29
oppositicuspis Ising 40, fig. 23
paradoxa (R-Brj)FYM. 5
var. latifolia Black 5b
parallelicuspis Anders. 16
parvillora Anders. 78
itenticuspis Anders. 36
Tpollaekiane FyM. nonmemid. 33]
quingnecispis (P'vM.)hvM, 65
var. lanata Ising 65b
var. semiglabra Ising 65c
var. villosa (Benth.Black 65d
ramsayae Willis 46, fig, 22
ramiulosn White 63, figs. 19, 2
recurvicuspis Fitzg, 30
salsuginosa (bvyM.)FyM. 92
sclerolacnoides (FvM.)FyM. 4
spinosa Ewart and Dav. 56
stelligera (FvM.)FvM. 1G
symoniana Ising 9, fig. 7
tatei FvM, 17
letracuspis: White 54
tricornis (Benth;)FyM. 93
tricuspis (FyM,)Anders. 41
tridens FvM. 12
tubata Anders. 69
uniHora (R.Br,jFvM. 19
var. incougruens Black 25
urecolata Ising 75, fig, 12
yentricosa Black 38
walkert White 94
wilsonii Ising 26, fiz, 15
Chenolea Thusb, (1781)
[ustrocarpe FvyM. nom.uud. 60]
bieornis (Lindl, )FvM, ex Tate 28
bicuspis (FvM.) FvM, ex ‘Fate 32
biflora. (R.Br, )#'vM.
[vornishiana FvM. nommnud, 79]
(allachyang Benth. 4
diacautha. (Nees )FvM. 20
cchinopsila (FyM)FyM. (72), T4
eurotioides (FvM.)FyM. ex Benth. 3
mueller? Benth 2
puradoxa (R.Br.)FvM. 5
quinguecuspis (FvM,)FvM. 65
sclerolaenoides (Fy¥M.)E'yM. ex Benth, 4
tricuspis (FyM)FVM. 41
(tridens FvM. nom.mud, 123]
Chenopodium L. (1753)
lanuginasum Moench 1
clllysum Lam, 1
Coilocarpuy FVM. ex Domin (1921)
brevienspis (FvM.)Domin 74
Cyrilwhitea Ising (1964)
walkeri (White) Ising 94
Dissocarpus FyM. (1858)
hiflorus FvM. 7
puradoxus {RJBr,)i'yM. 3
vur. lutifolius (Black) Ulbrich 5h
Duriala (Anders. ) Ulbrich (1934)
villosa, (FVM) Ulbrich 88
Echinopsilon Moy. (1834)
anisacunihutiles FyM. 74
hrechypterus (FyM.)FyM, {1
eurotioides FyM. 3
hyssopifoliwm. (Pall.)Mog. 1
lanatium Mog. 1
selevoluencides FvM. 4
stelligerus (hvM.) BVM, 10
110 E. H. ISING
Enchylacna R.Br. (1810)
micrantha Benth. 84
Kentropsis Moq. (1840)
[cornuta FvM. nom.nud, 20]
diacantha (Nees)Moq. 20
eriacantha FvM, 14
glabra FvM. 31
lanata Moq. 85
Kochia Roth (1801)
brachyptera (FvM.)FvM. ex Benth. 11
carnosa (Moq.)Anders. 87, 90
fimbriolata FvM. 91
hyssopifolia Roth 1
stelligera (FvM.)Benth, 10
Maireana Moq. (1840)
§ Asterocarpus FyM. Sect. 5
stelligera FvM. 10
Malacocera Anders. (1926)
tricornis (Benth.)Anders, 93
Salsola L. (1753)
hyssopifolia Pall, 1
lanaia Vahl 1
Sclerobassia Ulbrich (1934)
litoralis (Diels) Ulbrich 50
Sclerochlamys FvM. (1858)
brachyptera FvM, J1
Sclerolaena R.Br. (1810)
anisacanthoides (FvM.)Domin 74
astrocarpa (FvM.)Domin 60
bicornis Lindl. 28
var. horrida Domin 28b
bicuspis (FvM.)Domin 32
biflora R.Br. 7
var. cephalocarpa FvM. Tb
birchii (FvM.)}Domin 66
coriacea Mog. 86
diacantha (Nees)Benth. 20
var. longispina Benth. 20, 29, 36
divaricata (R.Br.)Domin 52
drummondii (Benth.)Domin 44
eriacantha (FvM.)Ulbrich 14
forrestiana (FvM.)Domin 47
glabra (f'vM.)Domin 31
hostilis (Diels)Domin 55
lanicuspis (FvM.)FvM. ex Benth. 37
limbata (Black)Ulbrich 33
muricata (Moq.)Domin 65
var, villosa (Benth.) Ulbrich 63d
var. birchii (FvM.) Ulbrich 66
obliquicuspis ( Anders.) Ulbrich 29
paradoxa R.Br. 3
patenticuspis (Anders.) Ulbrich 36
recurvicuspis (Fitzg.)Domin 50
tricuspis (FvM.) Ulbrich 41
tridens (FvM,)Domin 12
uniflora R.Br, 19
Suaeda Forsk, ex Scop, (1777)
hyssopifolia Pall. 1
Threlkeldia R.Bd. (1810)
brevicuspis (FvM.)FvM, ex Benth. 74
inchoata (Black)Black 89
salsuginosa (FvM.)Benth. 92
Willemetia Maerkl, (1800)
lenata Maerkl. I
TWO NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FROGS OF THE HYLID
GENUS NYCTIMYSTES
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
The Hylid frog genus Nyctimystes is reported from Australia for the first time. Two new species are
described from montane rainforest in north-eastern Queensland, and it is suggested that the
distribution of Australian Nyctimystes will prove to be confined to similar environments within that
area.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FROGS OF THE
HYLID GENUS NYCTIMYSTES
By Mictrart J. Tyuor®
[Read 11 June 1964]
SUMMARY
The Hylid frog genus Nyctimystes is reported from Australie for the first
time, Two new species are described from anontane rainforest in north-eastern
Queensland, and it is suggested thut the distribution of Australian Nyctimystes
will prove to be confined to similar environments within that are;-
INTRODUCTION
Within the Australian zoogeographical region the frog family Hylidae is
represented by two genera: Hyla and Nyctimystes. Nyctimystes (as re-defined
by Zweifel, 1958) may be distinguished from Hyla by the presence of a pal-
pebral venation and the shape of the constricted pupil (a@ vertical slit in Nyeti-
mystes as opposed to a horizontal slit in Hyla), Myla is widespread throughout
Australia and New Guinea, whercas Nyctimystes is believed to be confined to
New Guinea,
In 1956, Mr. William [losmer collected a small, conspicuously coloured
Hylid frog in north-eastern Queensland which subsequently proyed to be a
Nyctimystes species,
A seeond specimen of Nyctimystes from north-castern Queensland was
recently found by the author amongst a collection of unidentifed Australian
Hylids received on loan trom the Naturhistorisches Museum of Vienna. Com-
parison of this specimen with the one taken hy Hosmer reveals that they are
distinct species, each of which is new to. science.
Nyetimystes hosmert new species
Holotype—American Museum of Natural History No. 65538, a male from
Tully Falls, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia, collected by Mr.
Williain Hosmer on April 22, 1956,
Description of Holotype—The vomerine teeth are in two small, almost
cirenlar series which ure widely separated from oue another and situated he-
neath the posterior borders of the choanac. The tongue is halt as wide as the
mouth, cordiform in shape, its posterior border free and yery slightly indented.
The head is slightly longer than broad (head length 11-$ mm; head breadth
11:4 mm). The snout is rounded when viewed from above, and rounded in
profile with an obscure canthus rostralis and oblique loreal region, ‘UVhe nostrils
are inconspicuous and separated from one another by a distance which is slightly
less than the distance between naris and eye: cye to naris 3-4 mm: internarial
span 3°2.min. The eye is prominent with a horizontal diameter of 4-7 mm;
the pupil is almost completely dilated and nicked medially on its superior and
interior horders, The tympantum is small, 1-4 mm diameter, and indistinct and
separated from the eye by u distance equal to its own diameter.
The distance between the snout and the vent is 33-5 mm,
* Department of Human Physiology und Pharmacology, University of Adelaide.
Trans. Roy. Soc, S, Aust, (1964), Vol. 88.
2 M. J. TYLER
The ngers are long and slender with small terminal discs, and are approxi-
inately one-half webbed. The fourth finger is slightly longer than the second,
but does not quite reach the disc of the third; the dise on the third finger covers
approximately two-thirds of the tympanum. There is a rudiment of a pollex
which projects slightly
The toes are almost fully webbed, the webbing on the fourth tue reaching
the base of the penultimate phalanx and continuing to the disc as a fringe. The
toe dises are smaller than the finger discs; the disc on the fourth tue covers
slightly more than one-half of the tympanum. There is a narrow inner but no
outer metatarsal tubercle. The legs arc rather long; the tibia length is 18-8
mm and the ratio of tibia length to snout to vent length is 0-561, When the
hindleg is adpressed the heel reaches well beyond the tip of the snout; when the
limbs are laid along the sides the knee and elbow overlap considerably; when
the hindlegs are bent at right angles to the axis of the body the heels overlap
slightly,
: The skin covering the dorsal surfaces of the head and body is smooth except
in those smal] areas marked with cream where it is granular. The lateral surfaces
are slightly granular, and the throat, chest, abdomen and lower femur coarsely
granular. There is a weakly defined supratympanic fold, but no trace of a
skinfold across the chest,
The dorsa] surfaces of the head, body and limbs are dark brown, On the
head and hody are several ronghly circular, asymmetrically arranged, large cream
ri = _*
I Ee a ng wy oe 45 ot
oS SS Sea eee et
Vig. 1. Palpebral Venations, Top: Nyctimystes vestigea; bottom: N- hosmeri.
NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FhOGS 113
spots, Hach of these spots lus a black ventre. On the tibiae are traces ot
irregular banding or marbling of pale brown. The lower surfaces of the limbs
are at dull yellowish-brown; the posterior surfaces of the thighs are dark brown
and there are traces of pearl in the groin.
The palpebral venation consists of pearl-coloured veins distributed in the
form of a reticulum, with a tendency for most of the longer veins ta be orlentated
in the vertical plane,
Collector's Notes—The specimen was found on a leaf of a tree during the
daytime. Its colour in life was described as light green above with conspicunuc
white, black-centred, spots; below yellowish-white; anal region darker, Taker
at an altitude of 2,670 [eet ahove sea-level,
Comparison with other Spectes—The unusual colouration and the long
slender digits with their very small dises will distinguish N. hosmeri from the
sixteen other species known at the present time. Two species (N. humeralis
(Boulenger) and N. forleula Tyler) share with hosmeri a similar dorsal colour,
Init these species lack the distinctive markings exhibited by hosmeri. Nyctimystes
Remeralis is an extemely large species in which the males may attain a length
of up to 100 mm, and are characterised by the presence of a’ sharp projecting
spike on the interior face of the humerus, The palpebral venaliun of foricula
consists of extremely broad, oblique, black veins permitting light ta enter via
narrow slits, In hosmeri the veins ave extremely broad and torm aa irregular,
pearl-coloured network,
Nyctimystes vestigia tew specics
Holotype—Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, No, 17187, 4 female from
Mount Bartle Frere, Cape York Peninsulie, Queensland, Australia, collected Feb-
ruary, 1897, Collector nnknown.
Description. of Holetype—The yorncrine tecth are on two large, triangulur
elevations fused in the midline and lying beneath the small, oval choanae. The
tongue is one-third as wide as the mouth and cordiform in shape, its posterior
border free and very slightly indented, ‘the head is large, flattened and
broader than Jong (head breadth 18-3 mm; head length 17:9 mm), The snout
is large, rminded when viewed from above, and strongly raunded in profile,
The canthus rostralis is straight and inconspicuous; the loreal region is concave
and oblique, the upper lip flaring out strongly below it. The nostrils arc
promiment and separated from one another by a distance which is slightly less
than the distance between eye and navis; eye tu naris distance 5-0 mm: inter-
natial span 4-6 mm, Tho eye is large and prominent, its horizontal diumeter
5-8 mm; the pupil is dilated and nicked snedially on its superior und inferior
borders. The tyinpanum is small with a diameter of 1-8 mm, and indistinct,
only 4 portion of the tympanic annulus bemg visible; the lympanum is separated
from the eye by a distance whieh is nearly equal to the diameter of the
tympanum.
The distance between the snout and the vent is 53-2 am.
The fingers are broadly fringed and two-thirds webbed, the webbing on
the outer finger reaching slightly above the subarticular tubercle at the base:
of the penultimate phalanx; fourth finger longer than second, nearly reaching
disc of third, which covers about two-thirds of the tympanic urea. ‘The first
finger is almost completely opposed to the fourth. The finger discs do not
project laterally beyond the fringes,
The toes are fully webbed and the dise of the fourth toe covers slightly
more than two-thirds of the tympanic urea, There is a distinct, narrow, oval
immer but no outer metatarsal tubercle, The legs are rather long with a tibia
IL4 M. J. TYLER
length of 28-7 mim, and a tibia length to snout to vent length ratio of 0539.
When the hindleg is adpressed the heel reaches beyond the tip of the snout,
when the limbs are laid along the sides the knee and elbow overlap slightly,
wiiga, the hindlegs are bent at right angles to one another the heels overlap
slightly. :
The skin covering the dorsal surfaces of the head and body is minutely
clandular. The lateral surfaces of the body are slightly granular, and the thruat.
chest, abdomen and lower feraur coarsely granular. There is a wide patagium
extending from the back of the upper arm to the side of the body, a supri-
tympanic fold hiding the upper portion of the tympanum and w disrupted dermal
ridge along the outer edge of the forearm.
The dorsal surfaces of the head, bedy and limbs are light brown with
indistinet creamish-brown markings as follows: a poorly defined patch beneath
the canthns rustealis, and irregular mottling on the coccygeal region, thigh,
tibia, foot, forearm and hand. The posterior surfaces of the thighs. are very
dark brown. The lower surfaces of the body and limbs are cream; the palmar
and plantar surfaces are pale brown, and the anterior surface of the thigh a pale
slate colour.
The palpebral venation consists of a few fine, slightly disrupted, Jaryely
vertical veins.
Comparison with Other Species—The presence of extensively webbed fingers,
apposable first finger and the form of the palpebral venation distinguish N, vestiges
from N. hosmeri and all other Nyctimystes species known at the present Lime.
The finger webbing of N. perimetri Zweifel is almost as extensive as that of
vestigea but, in addition to the differences in the position of the first finger and
the form of the palpebral venation (a pattern of oblique to almast vertical lines
with a few horizontal connections in perimetri), pertmetri exhibits a triangular
dermal appendage on the heel and a distinct tympanum, and there is little
likelihood of confusing the twa specits.
DISCUSSION
‘The eighteen Papuan Nyctimnystes species known at the present ime are
confined to areas of subtropical rainforest, There are only two records of speci-
mens being found at altitudes of less than 1,000 feet above sea-level, and in
fact the vast majority have nat been taken helow 3,500 feet. As the N. hosmeri
holotype was collected at an altitude Gf over 2,500 feet at Tully Falls and it is
possible that the vestigea holotype could have been taken at a similar elevatiun
un Mt. Bartle Frere. it seems reasonable to predict that the distribution of
Nyctimystes in Australia will prove to be restricted to montane rainforest. Such
a Uistribution pattern would provide a parallel to that of the Australian specics
ct the predominantly Papuan Microhylid genera Cophixalus and Sphenophryne
reported by Zweifel (1962).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to record my thanks to Dr. J. Eiselt of the Naturhistorisches Muscum,
Vienna, and Mr, William Hosmer and Dr. Richard G. Zweifel of the American
Museum of Natural History, New York. fur permitting me to examine the
specimens reported in this paper.
REFERENCES
Zweerec, A. G, 1958: Results of the Archbold Expeditions, No, 78, Frogs af (ee Papnan
Hylid Genus Nyctimystes. Amer. Mus. Novit, No. 1896, pp. 1-51.
Zweiest, BR. G., 1963: A Systematic Review of the Micruhylid Frogs of Australia. Amer. Mus.
Novit. No. 2113, pp. J-d0.
M. J. TYLer PLATE |
Top Nyctimystes vestigea Holotype; bottom N. hosmeri Holotype.
N.B. The white patches on the knees of N. hosmeri Holotype are strings and not markings,
Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS FROM
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m altar, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistent!, sursum levi et griseo.
Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida, sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm
longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acuminato, basi in petiolum sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa,
1-1-8 cm lata. Inflorescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum
5-7 (-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum, late vel obtuso
conicurn, 8-10 mm longum (pedicel10 2-4 mm longo incluso), 3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu
robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus. Capsulae breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in
speciminibus cupuliformibus) vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub-
pyriformibus), 7 mm longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3;
discus convexus, ca. 2 mm latus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, loculis manifeste separatis, sub-
versatilis filamenta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande terminali parva, loculis poris
magnis dehiscentibus.
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS
FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
By C. D. Boomsma*®
[Read 13 August 1964]
Eucalyptus mannensis nov. sp.
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m alta, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistenti,
sursum levi et griseo. Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida,
sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acu-
minato, basi in petiolun sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa, 1-1-8 cm lata. Inflo-
rescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum
5-7(-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum,
late vel obtuso conicum, 8-10 mm longum (pedicello 2-4 mm longo incluso),
3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus.
Capsulac breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in speciminibus cupuliformibus )
vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub-pyriformibus), 7 mm
longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3;
discus convexus, ca, 2 m tus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, locnlis manifeste
separatis, sub-versatilis fi nta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande
terminal parva, loculis poris magnis dehiscentibus.
Holotypus—Northern Territory, 20-3 miles north of Angas Downs Head Sta-
tion, 15.x.1957, G. Chippendale and L. Johnson 3986 (AD 95951147). Isotypes
in N.Y., N.S.W., Canb., Bri, Melb., N.E.K., Perth.
It is a mallee in habit, 3-4(7m) high with rough bark at the base, smooth
and grey in colour above. Cotyledons deeply bifid, seedling leaves at three
months of age number § pairs, the first pair being sessile, the others shortly
but distinctly pediccllate, narrow-lanceolate 3 em x -8 cm. Mature foliage pale
yellowish green when dried, to sub-glossy dark green when fresh; thick enough
to be rigid when dried, well spaced along branchlets, alternate, tapering at the
apex to a long acuminate point and at the base gradually into the petiole which
is sometimes twisted.
Venation obscure in dried material; central vein furrowed on upper surface,
intrumarginal nearly coinciding with leaf margin, lateral veins pinnate for 35-50
pairs. Petiole 9-12 mm Jong, mature lamina oblong to oblong-lanceolate, rarely
narrow-lanceolate 7-11 cm long, 1-1-8 cm wide.
Inflorescence; umbels axillary of 5-7 (-10) spaced buds; peduncle short,
robust, 4-7 (-8) mm long generally shorter than the capsule.
Buds smooth, cylindrico-pyriform, operculum equal to torus, broadly or
obtusely conical, rarely hemispherical, 8-10 mm x 3-4 mm including the pedicel
which is 2-4 mm long. Anthers oblong-reniform, typical of the Platyantherac
(Blakely), cclls distinctly separated, sub-versatile, filament inserted at the base
of the indistinct connective, terminal gland small, visible from the front, de-
hiscence by large circular pores.
Capsules from shortly but distinctly pedicellate in cupular shaped specimens
to gradually tapering in sub-sessile sub-pyriform specimens, 5-7 x 5-7 mm. Valves
obviously exsert, shortly subulate but fragile and often only the bases remain
attached, usually threc, dise raised to almost domed, about 2mm wide, equal
to half the radius of the capsule.
Distribution—Widespread in the far north-west of South Australia, north-
° Department of Woods and Forests, Adelaide.
Trans, Roy, Soc. §. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
116 C, D. BOOMSMA
wards into Northern Territory, and prubably westwards into the adjoining moun-
tain ranges in Western Australia.
South Australia, Mann Ranges, 1955, J. Johnson, AD 96 340 086, dup. Woods
and Forests Dept,, Herb, Of the 29 specimens examined those showing extremes
of characters include a long peduncle of § mm (18 miles north of Curtin Springs,
N.T., N. Forde 182), a hemispherical operculum (22 miles north of Angas Downs,
N.T., Winkworth 53) and narrow-lanceolate foliage (4 miles south of Palmer
River, N.T., N.T. 12064).
This species is typically found on reddish sand dunes associated with well-
recognised drought resistant species, such as Triodia basedowii, T. pungens, and
Cassia nemophila. In the easier conditions of the ranges it is found associated
with Eucalypts, E. oleosa, E, gamophylla or E. oxymitra; and occasionally L.
terminalis (J. Johnson, personal communication).
Its position would seem to be in the series Subulatae (Blakely) because of
its longish, fragile subulate valves; but the broad, flat to raised disc to the capsule
separates it from the broad conical operculum forms of E. oleosa which appears
to be nearest to EB. mannensis.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
My thanks are due to the Director of the Botanic Garden for the successful
raising of a seedling, and to the Keeper of the State Herbarium for technical
assistance with the text, not the least being the Latin translation carried out by
Mr. P, Wilson,
1
i
| I
| |
' i
H
\
N.T
| \
! \
| i]
1
\
Pati ALICE SPRINGS
Ll, ef Q.
L AMADEUS oS, ts ANGAS DOWNS
WA. MANN RA. Katte — i” Ae L
eT ee=4
f I
® CODNADATTA|
t
a
! er —
t ~— a
|
!
|
‘ N.S.W.
Ky
E. mannensis
Area of occurrence margined thus: sxuser
Fir. 1. Map of Australia showing the reported occurrence as at April, 1964.
a
C, D, BoomsMa PLATE |]
A typical occurrence of Eucalyptus mannensis nov. sp. on sand dunes just north of Mt.
Lindsay in the far N.W. of South Australia. Herb specimen ADW 25129.
. Photos by courtesy of D. Symon,
Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust, (1964), Vol. 88. Waite Agricultural Research Institute
A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW MALLEE SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS FROM
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
BY MICHAEL J. TYLER
Summary
Arbor, multi-stirpibus, 3-4(-7)m altar, ad basim cortice rugosa et persistent!, sursum levi et griseo.
Folia adulta alterna, petiolata, pallido subflavida virida, sub-nitida, coriacea; petiolus 9-12 mm
longus; lamina oblonga, apice longe acuminato, basi in petiolum sensim contracta, 7-11 cm longa,
1-1-8 cm lata. Inflorescentia; umbellae axillares; pedunculus brevis, robustus, 4-8 mm longus, cum
5-7 (-10) gemmis. Gemmae leves, cylindrico-pyriformae; operculum toro equum, late vel obtuso
conicurn, 8-10 mm longum (pedicel10 2-4 mm longo incluso), 3-4 mm latum. Pedunculus in fructu
robustus, compressus, brevis, 4-8 mm longus. Capsulae breviter sed distincte pedicellatae (in
speciminibus cupuliformibus) vel sensim attenuatae (in speciminibus subsessilibus sub-
pyriformibus), 7 mm longae et latae. Valvae manifeste exsertae, breviter subulatae, plerumque 3;
discus convexus, ca. 2 mm latus. Anthera oblongo-reniforma, loculis manifeste separatis, sub-
versatilis filamenta ad basim connectivi indistincti inserta, glande terminali parva, loculis poris
magnis dehiscentibus.
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF THE WESTERN GREAT
ARTESIAN BASIN
By H, Worrnen®
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
The Late Palaeozoic and Ue Mesozoic history of the western portion of the
Great Artesian Basin was characterisecl by periods of short-lived intereratonic
sedimentation which were scparated hy extensive intervals uf erosion, ‘he
periods of sedimentation were the Lower Permian and the Upper Jurassic-Lower
Cretaceous.
The Lower Petmian sequence, comprising in ascending order, glacigene,
marine and freshwater deposits, obtained their preatest thickness in deep, narth-
west to north-noerth-west trending troughs Sf derieehthy pre-Permian origin.
The upper Jurassic deposits consist substantially of terrestrial beds but become
freshwater in otigin towards the deener (eastern) portion of the basin, The
presence of Middle Jurassic freshwater strata is predicted beneath the urea of
Lake Eyre, ‘he western boundary of Middle Jurassic deposition is formed
by a north-north-west to north-west trending hinge zone, situated along the
western shore of Lake Eyre and termed the Lake Eyre lineament,
The interval between the Permian and the Middle to Upper Jurassic was
a petiod of erosion which, in conjunction with (?) pre-Middle Jurassic uplifts
in the area west of Lake Eyre, led to severe truncation of the Lower Permian
sediments and older rocks. As tnincation approached near-peneplain conditions,
Jateral tetpert gradually decreased and a strongly kaolinised, deep weathering
proms developed. Lateral transport was apparently eastward and led to the
eposition of the kaolinitic-Middle Jurassic sundstunes (Walloon and older equi-
valents) in the depressed arcas east of the Lake Fyre lineament.
The process ef peneplanation was terminated by the Lower Creticeous
Lianstression,
INTRODUCTION
Recent investigations of the Western Great Artesian Basin by the South
Australian Geological Survey have revealed some interesting aspects of the
pre-Cretaceous history of this portion of the basin. In addition, data became
available from recent exploration by the French Petroleum Company of Ans-
traliz and some of this information has been incorporated.
The purpose of this paper is to summarize available information and to
lry to answer a few of the many questions regarding the geological cyents con-
trolling the present distribution of the Lower Permian and Jurassic sediments,
THE AREA
The area dealt with in this paper comprises the western portion of the Great
Artesian Basin, approximately between 134° and 138° east longitude.
Monotonous plains and low table lands form the characteristic features of
most of the area, The monotony of the topography is only interrupted by the
Peake and Denison Ranges and the Stuart Range,
The Peake and Denison Ranges consist of a NNW trending chain of rngged
Upper Proterozoic hills which rise to a maximum elevation of 1,350 feet above
*Senior Petroleum Geologist, Geulogical Survey of South Australia, published with the
permission of the Director of Mines,
Trans, Roy, Soc, 8. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
118 H. WOPFNER
sea-level, As a morphological feature, these ranges are not older than Upper
Tertiary, as indicated by steeply dipping Mid-Tertiary duricrust, dragged along.
the taults which led to the present elevation of the raliges.
The Stuart Range consists of low, slightly west dipping cuestas formed by
Cretaceous and Tertiury strata,
Purely on the development of the Mesozoie sequence, the westerm Creat
Artesian Basin can be subdivided into a stable, western “shelf"-area and a newa-
tive, eastern basin-area. The stable area is characterised by thin Mesnavic
deposition whilst several thousand feet of Mesozoic sediments were laid down
in the negative basin area, The boundary between these two areas is formed
by a NW to NNW trending zone of faultmmg and monoclining situated approxi-
mutely along tie western shure of Lake Eyre. For convenience this zone js
referred to as the Lake Eyre Lineament. Faulting affecting Cretaceous strata
tan be observed on outerops at the lower reaches of the Neales River, abant
two to six miles east of the Lake Eyre shore. The latest movements are neat
older thai Upper Tertiary, similar to the movernents which tock place on the
easter margin of the Peake and Denison Ranges. However, syn-Mesozuic
movements must have taken place so as to aflect the deepening of the eastern
huisin avea., This is inclicated by some seismic evidence, as shown in Fig. 3.
The importance wf the Lake Eyre Lineament as a line of demarcation for
perMesuzoiv racks is problemutical,
STRATIGRAPHY
Pre-Perxuan
The oldest known rocks in the area are granites. hornblende-graniles,
adamellites and gneisses. They ave purt of the Australian shield and are Archean
wt Lower Proterozoic in age, They are widely exposed along the south-west
margin of the Great Artesian Basin and form the basement inlier of Mt. Wooils
(sve Figs. land 4). These rocks were also encountered in Lake Phillipson bore,
helow 3,140 feet.
Hast of Mt, Woods, the ancient shicld-rocks: are overlain by unmetampr-
phosed sediments of Upper Proterozoic age. They are comparatively thin aud
Godisturbed in the vicinity of the shield but increase in thiekness. towards the
vast, More than 30,000 feet of unmetamurphosed but moderately folded Upper
Proterozoic sediments of the Adelaide Svstem (Willouran toa Stortian Series},
wre exposed at the inlier which forms the Peake and Denison Ranges (Reyner,
1955), The Upper Proterozoic succession exposed at the Peake and Denisin
Ranges consists largely of clastic sediments with minor carbonate developments,
Basic voleanics (Douglas Creek Voleanies) are associated with the oldest of
Hmese sediments (Willouran Series).
Lower Proterozoic schists, ynéisses; migatites and basic meta-sediments ovcur
on the north-eastern side of the Peake and Denison Ranges. The same sediments
apparently also underly the area between the ranges and the western shore af
Fiz. 1. Geological map of Western Great Artesian Basin showing Periniim oulecop and approxi-
mate nulline of Permian subenyp. Borcs containing proved Permian secdimenty are mmmbered:
}-L1. 1, Coorie Appa: 2. Margaret Creeks 3. Marpoo: 4. Anna Creek; 5. Boorthanna; 6, Lake
Phillipson: 7. Stuurt Range No. 1; 8. Stuart Rane No, 2; 9. FPCA Witcherrin No, 1; 10,
FPGA Parni No. 10. 1, 11. Maleolms. Figures in brackets behind the riumber of the bore show
repper aod Jewer boundaries of Permian beds below ground level. Last figure underlines
indicates depth of Permiau-pre-Permigyn contpet. Last figure not anderiined Indicates total
depth at which bore bottomed in Permian.
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN C.A.B. 119
MAP OF WESTERN GREAT ARTESIAN BASIN
SHOWING
MAJOR GEOLOGICAL UNITS
——— . = 48
SCALE IN MILES
50 joa
Ae)
Ad
PANDIE BURRAQ
2.5 Net
LEGEND
f
a Pertnlon OUFCTOQ Lower Paleozoic
Will (Cambrian Aa
viene oximare Devonian)
ouifine af
A Petrie sug eCae HINT Uoper Praterazare
K ,4aprox, outline or
Fy eastern Permian Wa] 4rcheen € Lower
fb basin (Dultiagaré- \BSSe Prorer azole
‘cy Grogesios regraty) le
y” * Domest UpWwerp (o0-i104FT,) Sores
Mile 4 Adslong Bird svitle confaiing proved
Lit sack Permian
Det Bk €#-s07 Af Woprner S.A. Dent of Afines
L20 HH. WOPFNER
Luke Eyre, where (hey occasionally protrude through the younger sediments ic
forin small, isolated inliers like Lagoon Hill, Mt. Charles, and Springhill.
The nature of the pre-Permian rocks beneath Lake Eyre is unknown but it
is generally thought that Upper Proteruzoie ta Lower Pulaenzoic sediments
underly this portion of the hasin.
PERMIAN
Permian sedimentation was initiated by ubiquitous deposition of glacigene
material, ranging from basal tills to fluvio-glacial and glacio-marine sediments
higher up the sequence, These glacial sediments are of Lowermost Permian to
perhaps Uppermost Carboniferous age and they rest unconformably on any af
the older racks described previously, The yvlacigene deposits eousist of pebble
to boulder beds with generally textureless cluyey or sandy matrix (Plate 1,
Vig. 1). Outerops of these beds along the Peake and Denison Ranges exhibit
a great abundance of soled, striated and saimetimes Huted pebbles (see Plate 1.
Fig, 2), They are dominantly locally derived from the underlying Upper
Proterozoic sediments and commonly facetted and striated cobbles or boulders
consisting of well-consolidated Sturtiin Tillite (Adelaide System) can be oh-
served, Some outcrops show indistinct, sometimes distorted bedding of the
sandy matrix, indicating deposition under fluvio-glacial environment.
The Lower Permian glacial sediments are widely distributed slong the
western Hank of the Peake and Denison Ranges. The same beds were also en-
countered at the base of the Permian sequence in the Lake Phillipson, Coorsie
Appa, Margaret Creek and Anna Creck bores (Ludhrook, 1981). They are further
known from Yellow Cliff near Finke, from where, in fact, the first Ceutral
Australian occurrence of Permian glacials was described (Tate, 1898). Tillites
of assumed Permian age and containing plentiful striated, soled and fluted
pebbles and boulders also occur in the Ficld River area (N.T.) on the northern
margin of the Great Artesian Basin. They rest unconformably on Upper Pro-
terozaie sediments and should nat he confused with the Upper Proterozoic “Field
River Glaecials” or overlying clastics of Mesozuic age.
There can be little doubt as to the true glacial nature of these basal Permian
beds, They show all the criteria one can expect to observe on a tillite except
glacial pavements. Furthermore, their age is identical with occurrences in
southern South Australia where ut several lovalities Lower Permian boulder
tills fest on well-preseryed glacial pavements (e.@. Inman Valley) (Campana
sud Wilson, 1955; Horwitz, 1960).
The basal glacigene horizon is followed by a few hundred feet of Tver
Sakmarian marine calearenites and shale. This horizan has not been recognised
in wutcrap, but was proyed in several bores, eg. Lake Phillipson, Boorthanna
arkL Coorie Appa (Ludbrook, 1961).
The marme horizon is overlain by a thick fresh-water sequence of Upper
Sakmarian to Lower Artinskian age (Balme, 1957; Ludbraok, 1981), Tt consists
af bituminous shale, carbonaceous siltstone and sandstone and is concluded by
widespread depasition of coal. This unit is known from many bores alony the
westernmost Arlesian Basin and its existence has been proyed as far north as
Malcolm's Bore, ahout 100 miles NE of Finke (Balme, 1959). The only knows
outerop is at Mt. Toondina where | B. Frevtag (1963) discovered glossopteris
and other Permian plant remuins in a distorted and steeply dipping siltstone,
shale and coul-sequence (Plate 1, Fig. 3).
121
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN G.A.B.
“aUO}spuRg BuUBeNgoB_[y Burapapui oY] TOIT Payeredas jou aw
SSUO SPURS [PUOSSaISSULI SNOBORJOIT) LAMOT ‘AuUOWSspULg vUySNGas;yy a4} jo UoHiscdap ay} OF JOuUd syuaUTpAs UETUUAY Jo UONYOUNI pue
yBnog ay} jo asunfd wyszou Aurmoys ‘eurpuooy, YX a7 eddy antoup wory ysnoxy euurypso0g Ysnoiy} woysI9s [eowofosd [eurpny Buoy, +g ‘ALT
Sous yo juaiupsensg pf > veuscogg ‘Hy BSE-b9 Wat red.
Sjuewipas auabize/c)
SPog FUE VELEUYES waMaz ueay HONOYL VWNNVHLYOOR
. MaMeT ;
vewewyes sade 0 uerysuipiy some) NOILD3S SSOYD IVDINO10aS
auoyspueg euiyongab)y
gssemnp teddy &”6€ Uc ae -
ol S37iN
4A1VoOS
SUSU PIS BUIJEUS SHOBIIEJIG TD WoMOT
GN39]34171 woyrajas quusras AG pajerpul ps0 m*%
pyyos Ajual wo
buihy (8,f Wash apiepapy —_—~
<
m
x
4
a
>
r
a
a
>
|
nm
i544 NI
MANN
122 Hf, WOPFNER
The freshwater sequence appears to overlap the marine horizon (Rochuw,
1963). Considerable thinning of the freshwater sequence takes place actoss
stru¢tural highs, which demonstrates the existence of a pre- and/or syn-Permian
topography.
No Upper Permian strata have been recorded from the area and it is
assed that the deposition of the Artinskian freshwater and coal beds con-
chided the Permian sedimentation,
Present duy distribution of the Lower Permian is the result of the interplay
of several factors, viz. pre- and syn-Permian topagraphy and structure, pust-
Permian uplift and tilting of the southern portion of the area and pre-Upper
Jurussic truncation,
Two areas of major Permian distribution occur on the western side of the
Peake and Denison Ranges: the Boorthanna trough situated between the Pro-
terazoie ranges and the Archean of Mt. Woods, and the Lake Phillipson trough,
WSW of Mt. Woods (Fig. 1),
The Boorthanna trough is fault bounded on its eastern side but onlaps onto
the Archean of Mt. Woods on its western limit and onta Praterozvic ta the
south. Its axis tends NNW and shows a marked plunge to the north (Fig, 2},
vaused by post-Permian uplift of its southern portion, Aeromagnetics and recent
seismic reflection suryeys carried oul by the S.A, Department of Mines show a
miximim depth to the pre-Permian unconformity of about 4,500 feet in the
vicinity of Mt. Tvondina (pers. com, B, A, Milton and K, R. Seedsman).
Little is known about the Lake Phillipson trough and its configuration is
still somewhat problematic, The Lower Permian encountered in the Stuart
Range bores Nos, 1 and 2 probably belong te the same trough. A shallow inter-
veusection between the Lake Phillipson trough and the Boorthama trough in
the yieinity of Mt. Willoughby is indicated by sparce seismic evidence (see
Fig. 1).
No Permian sediments are known from the area between the Peake and
Denison Ranges and Lake Eyre. Except for a few shallow water bores which
penetrate only the Mesozoic sequence to the lop of the Algebuckina Sandstone,
there is litthe subsurface information available from this area,
A seismic reHection survey, comprising two-mile correlation shooling and
intermittent continnons profiling was carried out by the S.A. Department of
Mines behveen Mt. Dutton and the northern shore of Lake Eyre (see Fig. 3).
Between Mt, Dutton and shot point D.K. 28, the survey shows # thin Mesozoic
sequence (Algebuckina Sandstone and younger) resting directly on a shallow
high velocity lever. representing Proterozoic or Archean basement.
East of shot point D.K. 28, however. consideruble and rapid deepening of
the “hasement” reflector is observed, As shown in Fig. 3, the deepening of the
basement is effected by a series uf faults and flexures affecting both Mesuzeic
and pre-Mesozoie rocks. These faults are part of Ihe Lake Eyre Lineament ancl
a NW to NNW trend af these faults is indicated. In conjunction with the deep-
ening of the basement. however. additional séismic reHectors appear below the
horizon of the Algebuckina Sandstone (“C") and the “Basement” (“Z"). These
intermediate rcHectors, designated P; and P., are considered to represent Lower
Permian sediments.
In Fig. 1, the western limit of Permian reflectors is connected to the area
af Permian outcrop near Finke and this fine is considered the western limit of
Lower Permian suberop within the Lake Eyre Basin. This line has recently
heen substuntiated by two more seismic [raverses and by the French Petroleum
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTOHY OF WESTERN G.A.B. 123
Company's vil exploration wells, Witcherrie No. 1 and Purni No. b. which both
encountered Lower Permian sediments underneath the Mesozsic sequence.
The eastern and southern bourdaries vf Lower Permian distribution, as
shown on Figs. ] and 4, may be regarded as conjectural. However, seistuic
data obtained by the S.A. Department of Mines along the Birdsville track show
that Permian sediments are absent over this upwarped region, Furthermore, it
will be noted on Fig, 4 that no Permian was encountered in the Delli-Santes
Well Pandieburra No. 1,
Correlation between the Lower Permian of the western Great Artesian Basin
and the Permian encountered hy recent petroleum exploration work in the Innu-
ininicka-Gidgealpa area is still uncertain and beyond the scope of this paper, The
discussion of this problem cannot be attempted until reliable datings of this
eastern Permian sequence are available. From the sparse information ou lane
it appears that this sequence may extend well into the Upper Permian,
Jurassic-Cretackous
Within the western Great Artesian Basin, the oldest Mesozoic sediments
can he expected in the deeper parts of the basin, Le. east of the Lake Eyre
Lincament, The reader will recall the pronounced deepening of the basement
east of shot point D.K. 28, along the Mt. Dutton-Like Eyre seismic line. Together
with this deepening of the basement and the appearance of Permian reflectors,
one also observes a marked Increase of the interval “P"“C” (Fig. 3). This
thickening of the post-I'ermian section beyond the normally experienced thickness
of the Upper Jurassic seqnence is thought to be duc to the presence of Middle
Jurassic sediments (Walloon equivalents and older), similar to the known Middle
Jurassic succession as revealed by recent drilling us far west as 130°25’ vast
longitude (Delhi-Santos Pandieburra No, 1). Sediments of Middle Jurassic
age were also encountered in F.P.C.A, Purni No, | well. Unfortunately, how-
ever, it is not known whether the Middle Jurassic sediments overlap or outlay
the Lower Permian.
West of the Lake Eyre Linegment, Middle Jurassic sediments ace absent
and the oldest Mesozoic rock known from outerop as well as from subsurface
information is the Algebuckina Sandstone. It forms the basal stratigraphic unit
of the Mesozoic sequence in the westernmost portion of fhe Creat Artesian
Rasin.
The Algebucking Suidstane rests unconformably on either Permian, Pro-
lerozoic or Archean rocks (Figs. 2.and 4), which ure invariably and intensely
kaolinised beneath the contact (Plate 2, Figs. 1 and 2). This feature is particu-
larly evident on feldspar-rich metamorphics such as gneiss or schist in whicli
quarts romained the only unaltered constituent,
The busal beds of the Alecbuckina Sandstone consist of white, cogrse and
eross-bedded, kaolinitie sandstones and lenticular pebble conglomerates. The
dominant constituents. of the conglomerates are pebbles of milky quartz of au
average size of two to five inches diameter. Pebbles of quartzite, tourmnuline
quartzite and acid igneous rocks occur as accessories. The pebbles are generally:
well rounded but dreikanters and case hardened, hollowed and pitted pebbles
are commen. The hysal conglomerates also contain residual gold deposits
(Brown, 1894), These characteristics in conjunction with the strong kanlinisa-
tion of the underlying racks indicate that the basal Algebucking Sandstone was
furmed on a deep weathering profile under terrestrial and Huviatile conditions.
he basal terrestrial-fluviatile depusits are followed by clean, coarse to medium-
‘96 Wuod JOYS Jo ysva ayy OF FY pur Ty soy Ayer una Ayqeqord yo
MnVIEsdAY Pu +, 1N}IW—POL ALozoseapY oy] Jo Bulusdaap Burmoys yoorg yrdooyyypey o} uayNG YA Woy uoTas ssora-auny anustag “E “Aly
sautpy go {uauuedag ‘YS Jelifdoyy HH 69E-79 WH ed
‘ UBWISPIAS “by
ple Uo TY AQ Beg 2IUISlas oe oF G1 o
SALA. NI a1Wos
SUI JIY SNONUT{UOISH (7 DO,LE1 00.88. GE .5EL
YRtOAE Ts Buipucoy
i AfidsQfuogupy UElLKsa yf -dlef i ayD: Servew iN
a
Jd PUP A Se ~~" 8 40{99/ Jad UCIMIAS fGlJOL) or : By gs \ \ ,
auojspueg eulyangeb/y f
Jo doy “xovdde JOfs28) jal I/AZOSay/ { Spek Oe va wawnaoo
,
00 82
QN4399 1
TaA¥ aL
———s
Sai oz
H. WOPFNER
SwWiL
SQONCDASITIIN, NI
1S
BACEY LA0CL
wolya
25M @ AO uw shee
nN
HAGWNNN JTOH- LOHS
YD HVdOOWVTIVM OL NOLLNG “LW
NOILOSS SSOYD-AWIL DINSIAS
124
PERMIAN-JURASSIOC HISTORY OF WESTERN C.A.B. 125
grained [acustrine sandstones, containing well-preserved plant fossils of Lymer
Jurassic to Lower Cretaccous age (Wopfner and Heath, 1963),
The Algebuckina Sandstone is considered to be an equivalent of the Upper
Jurassic formations of the Blythesdale Group.
The maximum thickness of the Algebuckina Sandstone measured on out-
eraps along the Peake and Denison Ranges is about 120 feet, Tlowever, the
thickness increases to. the north (186 teet in Suntus Oounadatta No, 1 well)
and to the east, particularly across the Lake Eyre Lineament.
The Algebuckina Sandstone tarms a nearly continuous blanket, shrouding
most alder rocks of the westera Great Artesian Basin, Its cover is interrupted
only where basement inliers break the surface (Fig, 4).
In the northern and eastern portion of the western Great Artesian Basin, a
transition zone leads from the non-marine Algebuckina Sandstone to the Lower
Cretaceous marine shale sequence. In the southern parts, however, a coarse,
transgressional facies is developed which commonly overlaps the non-narine
sequence, (Due to the small vertical seale, this sandstone is not separately
shown on cross-sections Figs. 2 and 4.)
GEOLOGICAL HISTORY
From the evidence presented in the previous part of this paper, the follow-
ing sequence of geological events can be deduced:
1, Deterioration of climatic conditions and lowering of the mean temperature
in the Uppermost Carboniferous Ied to extensive glaciation, covering « stable
and mature land surface of pre-Permian origin. ‘lo what extent and in what
manner this surface was controlled by geolovical structure is uw question which
still needs clarifying. '
2. The scouring action of the glaciers superimposed a distinctive glacial
topography onto this. pre-Permian landscape which led to the development of
well-defined Permian troughs. At the same time, widespread deposition of
moraines and other forms of glacial debris took place.
3. On the retreat of the ice-cover the sea advanced and the Lower Sakmarian
horizon was deposited. Glacial compovents were incorporated by means of
reworking and ice drift, whilst Huvio-glacial sediments were laid dawn in the
wake of the retreating glaciers,
4. Marginal uplift, perhaps induced by crustal rebound following the re-
moval of large parts of the ice cover, disrupted the connection with the open
sea in Upper Sukmarian time, A continuing and excess influx of freshwater
flushed out the remaining basin and subsequent sedimentation veeurred in a
substable, intracratonic freshwater basin or basins. As the troughs filled up
with sediments they became decidedly shallow and swampy, so forming the
enviroument in which the Lower Artinskian carbonaceous sequence was
deposited.
5. The succession of events in the Lower Permian, viz. glaciation — marine
incursion — freshwater deposition and swamp environment. is surprisingly similar
tu the sequence of Quaternary events in northern Europe. One might speculate
therefore whether the Lower Permian succession was not similarly cuntrolled
by isostatic adjustments and fluctuations of sea-level,
§. The interval between the Artinskian and the Upper Jurassic, eovering
some 80 to 90 million vears, was essentially a period of erosion, demidatian anc
“UOBAY AIAT aYLT ay Ykatuapun syuAupas osseanf aypprypy PUF UeTOIAaT potunssy puy syFnaay euUuLYQwOOg pu
vosdryTyd ayeT Aurmoys ‘acoq uosdyplyd ayry pue [ ‘oy vungarpurg -giq Waomjaq upseg uvIsayLy pois WoPsoAy RuOTYy HOODS janqsey pF ‘Big
SauiPY JO puPuieded YS valegdagy Ht £80-P9 Wim fT
fuewaseg auiyje;shsa
IYHIES 3, Ay
WoTOLeOLy saMOT pUe ve2EeY IY SRUPISRUES ERE LAM
SS SS Ss ;
SAA 08 oF oz Qa ol 02 S37IN waysnt> sete lee (sivaedinia ebooy pur euysmngabyy) [i
11
WOZHOd wad salosspules isseuny wadi/)
a1vosS Sf ? r
f SYUeuUNpas suadiIe/9 (Aiaha ogutey pue eos) )
i S{UAWWipas ausdeul Snoazesal7y wana
i f . 7
YENI Spay aunew Ueelyed daMoz
vaMe 7 | Syuaulloss JaseMysay)
aissersy vaddn (pajeiuavazypun) uptleuyes Jedi) Of Welysuliapy JaKe | (ainba wojuiys) Sjurunpas. jeuofe)
PHE GOJEMYSILY SNOBIP/Id GAH]
QgN39397
TWOlLaaA
a1yv3s
H. WOPFNER
| YNNVH1LHOOd NosdiVilkd Sd¥a
1354 =N!
NISV@ NVISALYVY LVSY9D NYALSIM
AHL HONOYHL NOILDSS WDI901039
PERMIAN-JURASSIC HISTORY OF WESTERN G,A,B, 127
peneplanation. As the surface reached the stuge of a near peneplain, deep
weathering profiles devcloped,
7, These processes were only briefly disturbed by minor uplifts and faulting
Which affected the area between the western margins of the Peake and Denison
Runges and the Lake Eyre Lineament. Positive movements also look place in ihe
Margaret Creek area and, following Upper Triassic sedimentation, also in. the
northern Flinders Ranges. These positive movements were responsible for the
narth-tilling of the Tower Permian troughs (Fig. 2), ‘The dating of these move-
ments is obscure. Evidence from the Leigh Creek region in the northern
Flinders Ranges suggests a post-Triassic age (Parkin, 1953), Furthermore, it
iy thought that the positive movements west of the Lake Eyre Linearnent were
compensated by down warping east thereof, thus conceding the deposition of
Middle Jurassic sediments, Todeed, the uplifted western regions wonld have
furnished the sdurce for the highly kaolinitie clastic material of the Middle
Jurassic deposits, [Tf this reasoning is correct, the movements have to be placed
in the upper Lower Jurassic. If would futher mean that the Lake Eyre Linea-
ment approximates the Middle Jurassic shore line,
8. West of the Lake Eyre Lineument, however, terrestrial conditions pre-
vailed and the country mderwent extensive peneplanation, whilst the uplifted
portions were eroded and truncated and substantial portions of the Permian
sections were stripped, particularly io the southern parts of the area (see Fig. 2).
Soon, however, the uplifted portions were reduced to a near peneplain again.
Rudiments of palaeosoily and ferruginisation of the Permian sediments at the
contact with the Algebuckina Sandstone (Heath, 1963) as well as the intensive
kaolinisation of ulder rocks at the same contact bear witness to prolonged ex-
posure to weathering.
9. The overlying basal units of the Algebuckina Sandstone also indicate
the existence of a Jurassic peneplain, The combination of the basal conglomerate
itself, consisting of the most resistant materials only, the presence of dreikanters,
the abundance of case-hardened, hollowed and pitted pebbles and the enrich-
ment of alluvial gold are together characteristics of a terrestrial residual depasit
developed by prolonged weathering under peneplain conditions. The compata-
tively small amonmnt of debris which was laterally removed was transported eust
and deposited in the shallow Middle Jurassic freshwater hasin which existed
east of the Lake Eyre Linewment.
10. Slight subsidence in the Uppermost Jurassic Jed to partial inundation
of this peneplain and the deposition of the plant bearing freshwater sandstone.
I. The Lower Cretaceous marine transgression finally covered the whole
of this ancient peneplain, Pronounced subsidence to the east of the Lake Eyre
Lineament resulted in the development of a thick Cretaceaus marine sequence.
The area west of the lincament, however, remained shallow and comparatively
stable througheut the existence of the Cretaceous sea.
REFERENCES
Baume, BE 1057; Upper Palacozuie Misrofloras in Sediments from the Lake Dhillipsen
Bore, South Australia. Aust. Jonrn. Sel. Vol. 20 (2), pp, 61-63, :
Baume, B. EL, 1959: Palynolagical Report No. 47 (impublished),
Heovene, FY. Ly. 1894; Report on the Peake and Denison Ranges and Adjoining Country
with Special Reference to the Oceutrence of Gold, Annual Rept. Govt. Geol, for
1894, pp. 3-14,
128 ; ‘1H. WOPFNER
Campana, B., and Winson, R. B,, 1955: Tillites und Related Glacial Topography of South
Australia, Eclog. Geol. Hely., Vol. 48.
Fneyrac, J. B., 1963: Geological Reconnaissance at Mt. Toondina, Ooduadatta 4-1nile Sheet.
Geol, Surv. §. Aust. Rept. No, 2520 (unpublished ).
Heat, G. R., 1963; The Geology of the Mt. Dutton Area. Geol, Surv, S. Aust. Rept. No.
2732 (unpublished),
Horwitz, A. C., 1960: Geologie de la region de Mt. Compass (feuille Milang), Australie
Meéridionale. Eclog. Geol. Helv., Vol. 53, pp, 237-244,
Luprrook, N. H., 1961: Permian to Cretaceous Subsurface Stratigraphy Between Lake Phil-
Epeon and the Peake and Denison Ranges, Sth- Australia, Trans, Roy. Soc. §, Aust.,
fol. 85.
Parkin, L, W,, 1953; The Leigh Creek Coalfield, Geol, Sury, $. Aust. Bull. No, 31.
Pann, L. W., 1956: Notes on the Younger Glacial Remnants of Northern South Australia.
Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust., Vol. 79.
Reyner, M, L., 1955: The Geology of the Peake and Denison Region. Geol. Surv. S. Aust.
Rept. Inyest,, No. 6.
Rocuow, K, A,, 1963: Notes on a Reconnaissance Survey of the South-Western Margins of the
Great Artesian Basin with Re-evaluation of Available Bore Information, Geol, Surv.
S$, Aust. Rept. No. 2750 (umpublished ).
Tare, K., 1898: On the Occurrence of Clacial Boulders at Yellaw Clif, Crown Point Station,
Finke Valley, Central Australia, Aust. Ass, Ad. Sci., Vol. 7.
Worrnes, H., and Hratn, G, K., 1963: New observations on the basal Creta-Jurassic Sand-
stone in the Mt. Anna Region, South Australia, Aust. Journ, Sci., Vol. 26 (2).
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
Puare 1
Fig, 1, Lower Permian glacigene sediments containing striated and fnted cobbles in unsorted
kaolinitic sandy matrix. Outcrop on west flank of Peake and Denison Ranges, 4-5 iniles
NNE of Warrina, (Author’s photograph )
Fig. 2, Striated and soled pebbles from west flank of Mt. Dutton and from outcrop shown
in Fig. 5. (Author's photograph )
Vig. 3. Steeply dipping Artinskian fresh-water scdiments at Mt. Toondina. The Pernnian js
capped by flat-lying Pleistocene limestone. (Photugraph G. RB, Heath)
Pare 2
Fig. 1, Uneonformity between steeply dipping (?.) Lower Proterozoic gneiss (PL) and Alge-
buckina Sandstone, west of Algebuckina Hill. Feldspars and micas of the gneiss are com-
pletely kaolinised, only quartz remaining unaltered. The intense kaolinisation is the result
of a pre-Upper Jurassic deep weathering profile. (Author's photograph)
Fiy. 2. Contact between Lower Permian pebbly shale and Algebuckina Sandstone west of
Mt, Dutton. The dark bands below the contact (arraw) sre ferruginised zones in the Per-
nian sediments. The shales below are slightly kaolinised. (Authors photograph)
H. Worrner PLATE
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
H. Woprner PLATE 2
Trans, Roy, Soc. S$. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
LOWER CAMBRIALN STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES'
BY C. R. DALGARNO
Summary
The distribution and relationships of Lower Cambrian units in the Flinders Ranges are illustrated by
a panel diagram and sketch maps.
A new rock name, Hawker Group, is introduced for six formations of Lower Cambrian age which
represent a phase of marine transgression following the deposition of the Pound Quartzite. An
archaeocyathid biostrome development associated with graben faulting above the Oraparinna Diapir
is noted.
The Billy Creek Formation is considered to lie disconformably on the Hawker Group in several
areas and to represent a widespread phase of uppermost Lower Cambrian marine regression. A thin
but persistent tuffaceous unit occurs in the lower half of this formation.
LOWER CAMBRIAN STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES*
By C, R, Daicarnat
{Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
‘The distribution and relationships of Lower Cambrian units in the Flinders
Kimges are illustrated by a panel diagram and skelch maps.
A new reck naine, Hawker Group, is. introduved for sin formations of
Lower Cambrian age which represent a phase of marine transgression follow-
ing the deposition of the Pound Quartvite. Am archaeocyathid biostrame ile-
velapment assueiated with graben faulting above the Oraparinna Dinpir is noted.
The Billy Creek Formation is vonusidered to lic discanformably ou the
Hawker Group im several areas and to represent a widespread phase of upper-
most Lower Cambriin marine regression. A thin hut persistent tuffaceous unit
oceurs in the lower half of this formation,
INTRODUCTION
The early reeards of Cambrian sequences in the Flinders Ranges are those
of Howchin (1922, 1925). in which he described the Bunkers Range and Wilson
sections, and Mawson (1937, 1938, 1939), who recarded two sections at Nepa-
bunna and the Parachilna, Ten Mile Creek and Balcoracana sections, Segnit
(1939) gave a description of the Mt. Svott Runge and exposures near Anda-
mooka to the west of Lake Torrens,
The only detailed biostratigraphic study has heen carried out by Daily
(1956), From the Flinders Ranges he discussed the Wilson-Quorn, Mt. Scott
and Yen Mile Creek sections. His paper vives a comprehensive historical
summary of studies on the Cambrian System in South Australia; it provides
the basis for the subdivision and nomenclature of the sequence, and it demon-
strates the biostratigraplic significance of his twelve faunal ussemblages,
Regional mapping of Cambrian exposures of the northern Flinders Ranges
was largely completed by the Geological Survey by 1953. Subsequently, [orwitz
(1962b) mapped the sheet Arrowie and completed Cadnia using the work of
R. Grasso (unpub. M.Sc. Thesis, Uniy. of Adelaide). Webb and Von der Borch
(1962) have mapped the Cambrian synclines of the Wilson and Quorn areas
in the southern Flinders Ranges.
Sections measured during 1956 hy R. B. Wilson (unpub.) for Santos Petro-
leum were the first Cambrian traverses at Brachina and Bonyeroo on the western
Hank of the central Flinders Ranges. B. Daily (pers. comm.) identified from
fussils collected, the three important limestone units of the Lower and Middle
Cambrian. In 1959, Daily (unpub.) recognised the Wirrealpa Limestone in the
Mermmmema syneline and he subsequently tabulated the rock units and the
fannal assemblages present in that locality.
B. P. Webb (unpub.) compiled a sketch section of the Lower Cambrian
sequence east of Reaphook Hill alter a brief reconnaissance traverse in 196]
of the hitherto unknown Cambrian exposure.
Ke Published with the cousent of the Hon. the Minister of Mines for South Australia. _
} Geologi¢al Survey of South Australia.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. (1964}, Vol. 88.
130 C. R. DALGARNO
DISTRIBUTION OF CAMBRIAN SEDIMENTS
FLINDERS RANGES
WERTALOONA
=
att ll
ba
BLINMAN®@*
Og ‘D i
TORRENS
LEGEND
LAKE FROME GROUP,
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE &
BILLY CREEK FORMATION
SYSTEM
HAWKER GROUP
ZG WILPENA GROUP
UMBERATANA GROUP
Steatiqgraphte secrions
ADELAIDE CAMBRIAN
SYSTEM
Bace oF fanal Disgram
focatitn of sect/ons
fabulaled
48 MILES
Le. 27, 64-408 Sd, Dear of Mires
Fig. 1, Distribution of Cambrian Sediments, Flinders Ranges. 1. Mt, Scott, 2, Angepena.
3. Nepabunna, 4. Arrowie, 5. East of Nilpena B.S. 6, Parachilna. 7. Point Well, 8. Bal-
oorarana Creek. 9. Ten Mile Creek. 10. Two miles south of Ten Mile Creek. 11. Mt.
Frome, 12. Reaphook. 13, Brachina. 14. Bunyeroo. 15. Mernmerna, 16, Chuce Range-
17. Wilson area,
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 131
The Wirrealpa Limestone was recognised west of Wertaloona H.S. by R. P.
Coats; and brachiopods and trilobite fragments collected by J. E. Johnson and
the author from this limestone during 1960, were identified by B, Daily as
referable to his faunal assemblage ten. The sequence extending to the south
was faund to be a fairly complete development of the Lake Frome Group. East
of Mt. Frome, a further area of exposure of the Lower Cambrian sequence and
Wirrealpa Limestone has been mapped (Dalgarno and Johnson, 1963).
The present paper gives the general relations, distribution and approximate
thicknesses of the formations employed diving mapping of the central Flinders
Ranges together with details of the mapping im some of the areas which have
proved critical to the understunding of the relationships of the units. The
thicknesses given are approximate, having been scaled from aerial photographs
ata seale of 60 chains per inch,
STRATIGRAPHY
The Cambrian seyuence in the Flinders Ranges follows with general struc-
tural conformity the Pound Quartzite, the uppermost formation of the Wilpena
Group (Dalgarno and Johnson, in Thomson et al., 1964), The Cambrian beds
sa Saki
*\SILPENA
Zz
‘ fal
ANGEPENA
iN
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE
BILLY CREEK
FORMATION
Furfecsors wee
HAWKER GROUP
Narina Grey wacke
Oraparinna Shale
Bunkers Ssedstone
arora Limestone
2 WY
VERT. SCALE
REAPHOOK
P en . HORIZONTAL SCALE
Wilkawil'ina Limestone MILES o 5 10 S20 ao MILES
Lit ‘ - —
GH Parachilne Formation ———
Del BE BA-AF0 Su4. Deas. of Afines
Fig. 2. Panel diagram of Lower Cambrian sediments, Flinders Ranges. lsomorphic base.
Datum hne of diagram shown on Fig. 1. Broken lines indicate units not exposed.
132 C. R. DALGARNO
oceupy broad synclines with moderate dips. Faulting is relatively common and
oblique structures with displacements of a few hundred feet often show influ-
ence over the facies and thickness of the Cambrian sediments. Major faults
may have displacements of the order of several thousand feet and these often
bear close relationships to diapiric structures (Webb, 1958; Coats, 1964). These
intrusive bodies occur along fairly well defined trends particularly in the central
Flinders Ranges, and there is clear evidence from the [facies and thickness of
the Adelaide and Cambrian Systems that the cores were actively rising and
eroded during deposition.
The most significant feature of the Lower Cambrian Series in the Flinders
Ranges is the basinal structure described by Horwitz (1962a) in the Arrowie
area. <A thickness of 12,000-14.000 ft. of Lower Cambrian sediments has been
measured in this region (Tig. 1: 4). This contrasts with the more normal thick-
ness of approximately 2,000 ft. in the stable shelf zones (Fig. 1: 1, 6,8, 11, 12, 13).
CLASSIFICATION OF THE CAMBRIAN SEQUENCE, FLINDERS RANGES
TABLE 1
LAKE FROME CROUP
Grindstone Range Sandstone
Unnamed sandstone
Balcoracana Fomnation
Moodlatana Formation
WIRREALPA LIMESTONE, AROONA CREEK LIMESTONE
Middle Cambrian Series
— BILLY CREEK FORMATION
HAWKER GROUP (new name)
Narina Greywacke (new name)
Oraparinna Shale
Bunkers Sandstone
Parara Limestone
CAMBRIAN SYSTEM
Ajax Limestone
Wilkawillina Limestone
Lower Cambrian Series
Parachilna Formation
WILPENA GROUP
Pound Quuartzite, ete
Marinoan
Series
ADELAIDE
SYSTEM
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 18
Hawker Grove (new name)
The mapping of Lower Cambrian formations in the central Flinders Kanges
inclicates a natural grouping of the units proposed by Daily (1956) from the
Lake Frome region, The Parara Limestone, Bunkers Sandstone and Oraparinna
Shale and also the Narinu Greywacke (new name) are closely related and in
one locality all but the last unit change laterally to the facies of the Wilka-
willina Limestone (seu Fig. 3, point b).
The Hawker Group is defined comprising the seven formations listed above,
There is « distinct mappable contact at the top af the Pound Quartzite which
forms the boundary between the Wilpena and Hawker Groups; and the unit
uverlying the Hawker Group, the Billy Creek Formation, has a sharply defined
base in all areas. Locally, the Billy Creek Formation may be disconfornmable
au) the underlying units,
The geographic name for the Group is taken from the township of Mawker
(3L°53’S.; 138°25°E.).
A representative section for the Hawker Group js Ten Mile Creck south
of Wirrealpa (Fig. 3, XY). which ts the type area of Daily's units (Daily, 1956).
The Parachilna Formation and Narina Greywacke are not developed. Sections
which are convenient for examination aud which show imparfant unils of the
Hawker Group occur at Bunyeroo Gorge (Fig. 4), along ihe east flank of the
Wilson syncline a few miles novth or south of the old town, in the Mernmerna
syncline near the abandoned rail cottages and east of the Big Hill on the Blinmun-
Witrealpa Road. Alsc. the track north-west fram the bore near Old Wirrealpa
provides an instructive section of the upper units.
Howchin (1925) described the Cumbrian exposures in the vicinity of Wilson
and used the term “Wilson Series” although no definition was given — His
sequence as shown in bis seetions (Howehin, 1925, Fig, 6, p, 19) wus. incorrect.
Thus his nit A is variously the Bunyerou Formation (Thomson ef al, 1964)
of the Wilpena Group and the Oraparinna Shale. Although four formations of
the Tlawker Group are now recognized in this area, the name “Wilson” is not
adopted. For cartographic reasons it is desirable to have distinctive initial
letters lor the Group names; thus Wilpena Group, Hawker Granp, Further-
more, the name Wilson's Bluff Limestone (Singleton, 1954) is in common use
in Terliary stratigraphic nomenclature.
The Hawker Group represents ulmost the entire Lower Cambrian Series in
the Flinders Ranges. Glacssner (1963) has discussed the concept of the base
of the Cambrian and he states that there is commonly an interval where dating
is uncertain and that this should be indicated im map legends. However, in the
Flinders Ranges the base of the Parachilna Formation has been adopted as the
top of the Adelaide System (Thomson et ul. L964), and the Patachilna Farma-
lion is arbitearily assigned to the Cambrian, although the first recognizable
Lower Cambrian fossils appear in the Ajax and Wilkuwillina Limestones. The
hase of the Middle Cambrian is considered to fall somewhere within the Billy
Creck Formation (Daily, op. cit. ).
Pavachilna Formation (Glossary, Thomson et al, 1964).
Type Section—South side of Parachilna Creek 2) yards downstream from
the peint where the road from Parachilna to Blinman first enters the creek, The
unit corresponds to the “passage beds” of Mawson (1988), viz. units 28-38,
Thickness; 230 ft. It comprises white argillaccous sandstone with seuttered
pebbles at the base, overlain by 30 ft. of ferruginous weathering sandstone witli
134 C, R. DALGARNO
vertical burrows. ‘This bed forms. a prominent marker buth in the Ranges and
at Ediacara (Nixon, 1963), The remainder of the Formation comprises sandy
unils and calcareous silts and shales with minor oolitic limestones. The upper
limit is marked by the appearance of dominant carbonates. In the Parachilna
section the top of the Formation corresponds to the base of Mawsan's unit 39,
comprising 918 £t. of massive, flaggy and oolitic limestones. This unit is referred
to the lower (unnamed) member of the Wilkawillina Limestone,
Iu the Mt. Seott Ranee, Segnit (1939) described the ParachiIna Formaticn
oe unit Ela) as a light grey, caleareons shale 150 f€. in thickness, tying discon-
ormably on the Pound Qnartzite, the hollaws at its base being filled with
arenaccous, material.
In the Nepabunna area, Mawson (1937) did not differentiate the beds with
worm burrows from the Pound Quartzite, but a mappable contact is clear here
as also ut Angepena and in the Arrawie syncline to the south. The Formatiun
reaches its maximum thickness of approximately 1,200 ft. in this area, The unit
diminishes to zero south of Wirrealpa. At Mt. Frome there isa thickness af 15 ft.
and further south quartz-pebble conglomerates vecur in the unit east of Reap-
hook Hill, Mere burrows penetrate into the top of the Pawnd Quartzite but none
originate within this formation, suggesting hiatus before deposition of the
Parachilna Formation..
At Brachina and Bunyeroo, the Formation does not exceed 80 ft. although
thicknesses of several hundred feet oceur in the region about Wilson, Worm
borrows und evidence of worm activity remain a consistent feature of the sand-
stones. Thomson (1962) has recognized the characteristic lithology aud
worn burrows of the Parachilna Formation in the Wilkatana Bore where the
Pound Quartzite is not distinguished.
The burrows have previously been designated Scolithus by the author
{ Dalgarno, 1962) althongh some examples of U-shaped burrows were known,
A critical examination on tle suggestion of M. F. Glaessner has revealed thut
the burrows are better referred to Diplocraterion as the single burrows exposed
in vertical section frequently have a paired shaft on the bedding surface, indicat-
ing the U-form of the burrow.
Wilkawillina Limestone (Daily, 1956).
South of its type section, Wilkawillina Gorge (Ten Mile Creck), the forma-
tion lies with inferred disconformity on the lower (unnamed), reddish member
af the Pound Quartzite (Fig. 3, a). The upper, more resistant member, is absent
along the Bunkers Range northward as far as the Binman-Wirrealpa Road,
bul tu the south of Ten Mile Creek in the vicinity of point ¢ (Fig. 3), it exceeds
1,000 tt. in thickness. Mawson (1939, p, 345) stated that there was no sign of
wiconfurmity, but that there was some evidence of an overlap at the base of
the Cambrian limestone in Wilkawillina Gorge. This is supported by the ohser-
ration hy J. E. Johnson (pers. comm.) at point e, Fig. 3, of fannal ussemblige
two of Daily, which occurs at the top of the Wilkawillina Limestone in its type
seetlou, lying directly on the upper member of the Pound Quartzite.
The name Wilkawilling Limestone is uscd in a broad way in this paper for
the Lower Carobrian limestones im the Flinders: Ranges, other thar mu the Mut.
Seett area, which either occur stratigraphically below the Parara Limestone ur
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 136
represent continued deposition of thick-bedded Archaeocyatha limestones, There
is considerable variation in lithology but essentially two members may he recog-
nized. The lower is poorly fossiliferous with arenaceous and shaley bands, the
limestones being relatively thinly bedded, dolomitic and frequently oolitic.
Algal-rich units are notable in the Brachina, Mernmerna and Chase Range areas
near the top of this sequence, The upper member is best developed in the
stable shelf zone of the central Flinders Ranges and comprises relatively pure
and light coloured foassiliferous limestones in very thick beds, In the basinal
areas south of Mernmerna and north of Wirrealpa, mottled blue-grey massive
and thick-bedded limestones may be developed at the top.
LAKE
FROME
UM BERATANA
UM BERATANA
CRONP FOR LEGEND SEE FIG.IT
SCALE
MILES 0 4 MILES
Del FB - 64 402 S.A Dept of Mines
Fig. 3. Craben and Cambrian biastrome development, Ten Mile Creek area. XY is the ‘Ten
Mile Creek section of Daily (1956).
136 Cc. Kh. DALGCARNO
The areas in which archaeocyathids ure best developed are the Wilka-
willina Gorge and immediately to the sonth, the Brachina area and parts of the
Mt, Scott-Ajax region.
A mile to the south of its type section, the Wilkawillina Limestone facies
inter-tongues with the Parara Limestone, Bunkers Sandstone and Oraparinna
Shale (assemblage nine) so that the npper boundary of the formation is markedly
time transgressive, varving between faunal assemblages nine and two within a
few miles. The name Ajax Limestone (Daily, 1956) is applied to the equiva-
lents of the Wilkawillina Limestone (this paper) in the Mt. Scott Runge arca.
Pararud Linestotie
The name Parara Limestone was extended fromm Yorke Peninsula by Daily
(1956), In the Ten Mile Creek sevtion the formation comprises flaggy lime-
stones and dark calcareous shales, In the central Flinders Ranges it is lithologic-
ally distinct from the underlying massive limestune and the contact is normally
quite sharp. In the basinal areas, such as about Hawker and Arrowie, a shale
unit is common at the base. New nomenclature may be necessary later for
notable caleareous und carbonaceous shale units within the formation in the
ares i areas, The most common fossils are fragmented trilobites and archaeo-
cyathids.
The unit is discontinuous in the central Flinders Ranges, being absent from
the Mt. Frome, Reaphook, Brachina and Mt. Scott areas. Daily (op.cit.) records
fannal assemblages three and four, typical of the Parara Limestone, from the
Ajax Limestone at Mt. Scott, bnt the Parara facies is not developed. A similar
situation may apply in the other areas; thus at Reaphook faunal assemblage two
apparently occurs In the middle part of the Wilkawillina Limestone, whereas it
vecurs at the top at Ten Mile Creek.
Near Baleoracana Creck the Parara Limestone is lenticular and does not
exceed 20) ft. in thickness, but aorth of the Wirrealpa Diapir and in the Arrowic
area, it reaches 5,000 ft. North of Bunyeroo Creek, the formation wedges out
against a fault which controlled deposition (Fig. 4, point a).
Bunkers Sandstone (Daily, 1956).
This formation attains its thickest development (600 ft.) in its type section
north of Ten Mile Creek, It wedges out within a few miles to the north and
south and is lenticular between the type orca and Point Well. Ir does not
exceed 150 ft. in thickness in these oceurrences and there are no other develop-
ments of the formation in the Flinders Ranges. It was recorded from Reaphowk
(Dalgarno aud Johnson, 1963) but subsequent work has shown that the sand-
stone overlying the Wilkawillina Limestone in that area represents the lower
part of the Billy Creek Formation.
In certain areas the Bunkers Sandstone interdigitates with the Parara Lime-
stone and Oraparinna Shale, e.g. Fig. 3, ¢.
Oreparinne Shale (Daily, 1956)
The Oraparinna Shale is a green, very thinly bedded silty shale which
normally breaks with a conchoidal fracture. Immediately north of its type
section, the Oraparinna Shale rests on the Parara Limestone (Fig, 3, ¢c) and
STRATIGRAPHY OF TIME FLINDERS RANGES 137
it uppears to Wansgress this wit on lo the Wilkawillina Limestone in the yicinity
wf point d (Fig, 3). In the occurrences about Hawker the formation has an
apparent transitional contact with the underlying Parara Limestone. North of
Bunyervo the Oraparinna Shale overlaps the Parara Limestone on to the Wilka-
willina Limestone (Fig. 4, b) and then thins to zera, It oceurs above shaley
’arara Limestone in a local area east of Nilpena Siding but neither facies is
developed in the Mt. Scott section nor ta the north of Brachina Creek,
The Oraparinna Shale is not developed in the Mt, Frome and Reaphook
ureas and it is missing for a distance of approximately two milcs along the
Bunkers Range in the vicinity of Balcoracany Creek. It is alsa absent immie-
Giately north of Wirrealpa H.S., but it is present further west, both north and
south of the Wirrealpa Diapir, where it is interbedded with more silty units,
In this region it apparently interdigitates with the Narina Greywacke. The Ora-
pirmans Shale carries trilohites together with brachiopods and simall archage-
cynthids,
Narina Greywacke (new name)
Geographic feature: Narina Head Station (30°56’20"S., 138°33’40"E. ).
Type section; Adjacent to the track from Mulga View HL.S. to Irish Well,
Arrowie |:63,360 sheet, viz., 30°48'30"S,, 139°01'20°E. to 30°49'00"S., 139°01'
45°E. The formation corresponds to unit (f) in Horwitz’s (1962h) tabulation
of the Cambrian sequence. It comprises’ interbedded grey silts and grecnish
ereywacke sandstones with minor calcareous units. The formation is truncated
hy a Fault at its upper limit in the type section. In the only other important
exposure near Point Well the top of the unit has been removed by ergsion sv
that nowhere is its relationship to the Billy Creek Formation observed. The
contact with the underlying Oraparinna Shale is transitional. A minimum
thickness of 4,500 ft, is given for the unit on the Arrowie Sheet (Horwitz, op.vit.);
however, Fig. 2 shows only 2,000 ft.
R, P. Coats (pers, comm.) has mapped neav Angepena a tillacenns nuil
sirtilar in lithology to the Narina Greywacku,
Buay Carex Formation
In the central Flinders Ranges there is an important marker bed above the
Oraparinna Shale which is notable as a ridge former. It comprises a unit of
Alaggy and finely laminated, buff-weathering dolomitic limestone approximately
10 ft. in thickness and it is commonly underlain by a thin, brown, tossiliferous
limestone which was chosen by Dalgarno and Johnson (1962; 1963, section 3)
as the base of the Billy Creek Formation.
In the vicinity of Ten Mile Creck the dolomite follows rubbly limestones
at the top of the Oraparinna Shale and it has been mapped te within a quarter
mile of Balcoracana Creek. B. Daily and K, Pocack (pers. vomm.) have recently
ubserved the unit immediately north of Baleoracana Creek and below it is a thin
development of Oraparinna Shale. However, one mile beyond this both units
ure considered to be absent and the marker dolomite is not known beyond this
area. East of Ten Mile Creck this unit occur above massive Archarorryatha
limestones which represent a tongue from a biostromal development (Fig. 3, b),
138 C. R, DALGARNO
\\
4
Q
a)
we
\
EN
MILES 0 3 MILES
Det &.7 64-403 A. Leer of Mines
Fig. 4. Cambrian sequence near Bunyeroo Gorge.
On the western side of the Range the laminated dolomite and fossiliferous
bed are known north of Brachina lying directly on the Wilkawillina Limestone.
They are prominent at Bunyeroo (Fig. 4, ¢) and in the small syncline to the
south. The same marker beds occur above the Oraparinna Shale in the Mern-
merna area and alsu in the keel of the syncline four miles north-east of Wilson.
The Billy Creek Formation is dominantly red-brown micaceous shale with
a lower member comprising alternating red and grey-green silts with minor
sandy bands and thin dolomitic beds. This is separated from the upper portion
of the Formation in the Ten Mile Creek-Balcoracana area by a fairly persistent
dolomite associated with three tuffaceous units, The latter are a characteristic
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FILLINDERS RANGES 139
salmon pink colour and were first collected by B, P, Thomson from Bewthina
and Ten Mile Creeks, Subsequently tuflaceous units have been fuund at Bun-
yeroo, Wirrealpa and along the entire length of the Bunkers Hange te south
af the type section, where they occur in Mawson's anits 41-43 (Mawson, 1939 )-
They occur also at Reaphaok and Mt, Frome, but are not known in the Billy
Creek Formation at Mt. Scott.
The uppermost units of the Billy Creek Formation are red-brown micaccous
sandstones very similar in character to the Moodlatana Forimation, The Billy
Creek Formation as a whole is considered to represent an entircly different
phase of deposition from the Hawker Group and shows close affinities to the
Lake Frome Croup. It is known only in the areas of relatively thin Lower
Cambrian sedimentation, but it is inferred to represent a phase of general
regression with minor marine Huctuations,
It is probable that the Billy Creek Formation is disconformable py the
Ajax Limestone at Mt. Scott where faunal assemblages six to nine are absent
(Daily, 1956). North of Brachina Creek the basal dolomitic unit of the Billy
Creek Formation lies directly on the Wilkawillina Limestone facies so thal a
similar relationship may exist lere, although biostratigraphic information is
Jacking. South af Ten Mile Creek the Formation onlaps on to the Wilka-
willina Limestone (see below) and may actually be in contact with the Pound
Quartzite below alluvial cover, East of Reaphook Ilill a prominent sandy unit
oceurs low in the Billy Creek Formation, but this is uot a basal unit, as sandy
limestones at the top of the Wilkawillina Limestone are overlain with a sharp
contact by red silts in the intervening valley. Facies cliunges do oceur along
strike in the basal beds of the Billy Creek Formation, particularly on the north
side of a small obliqne fault, A disconformity of small importance is inferred
but faunal studies have not been done,
Just to the south of Balcoracana Creek halite casts vccur at the tup of a
6 ft. calcareous sandstone above the basal dolomitic unit of the Billy Creek
Formation, indicating emergence during the early part of its deposition. Halite
casts nnd raindrop impressions have been noted throughout the formation and
trilobites are rare. No other marine furms have been reported.
A suite of trilobites was collected by J. E. Johnson and the author Ayan
approximately 25 ft. below the lowest of three tnffaceous bands in the lower
part of the Billy Creek Formation near Baleutacana Creek. They are at present
heing described by K, Pocock and B. Daily of the University of Adclaide,
Worreanpa Tawrsronn (Daily, 1956)
The Wirrealpa Limestone is known in all areas, with the exception of
Heuplivok, in which the Billy Creek Formation occurs. It thus forms a usetul
datum for discussion of the Cambrian in the Flinders Ranyes. Its thickness
on the western side of the range is approximately 300 ft.. whereas in the Ten
Mile Creek-Wirrealpa region, it is 350-400 ft. thick. The lithology of the noit
varics little, there being a fairly persistent massive dolomitic unit at the base
which contains siderite and flecks of galena, Commonly a few feet above this,
in thin-bedded limestones, is a persistent bed containing broken fragments aud
spines of Redlichia. Brachiopods and Girtanella are abundant higher in the
unil ju inare shaley and rubbly limestones.
140 C, R. DALGARNG
The unit occurs west of Wertaloona HLS. where it has 4 facies similar to
the Areona Creek Limestone (Daily, op,cit.) ou the opposite side of tle Ranges.
The sequence here is faulted at the base against the Adelaide System, but red
beds referable to the Billy Creek Formation do oceur. This is the only evidence
ot the persistence of these two formations in the deeper hasin area.
Lake Frome Grotr (Daily, 1956)
The Moodlatana Formation overlies the Aroona Creck Limestone at Mt.
Seott and the Wirrealpa Limestone at Brachina and Bunyeroo and m the Wir-
realpa area. Jt also outcrops east of Mt. Frome and south-west of Wertaloona.
In all areas the contact is conformable ane apparently represents a return to
deltaic conditions similar to those of the top of the Billy Creek Formation. Two
cherty, petroliterous-smelling dolomitic limestones near the base of the unit are
persistent marker beds on the western side of the Ranges.
Conditions appeur to have been uniform across the present Ranges during
deposition of the Balcuracana Formation which is a repetitively bedded unit of
thin dolomitic limestones and red-green micaceons silts, probably representing
enclosed basin conditions. This unit together with the overlying terrestrial-
deltaic sandstone (unnamed) is known in only three areas, viz.. north ot
Bunyeroo Creek to Commodore on the west side of the Range, in the Grind-
stone Range area and south-west of Wertaloona. The Grindstone Range Sand-
stone, of deltaic character, is known only in the latter two areas.
The entire sequence {rom the base of the Billy Creek Formation through
to the Crindstone Range Sandstone, totalling 12,000 ft, appears to show ne
significant break in deposition, Daily (op.cit,) considers the Lake Frome Cron
to be contained within the Middle Cambrian,
DISCUSSION
Ten Mite Crrek Locatiry
Mapping of the Ten Mile Creek area showed that the structural settine
of Daily’s standard section is a graben developed above the Oraparimna diappir.
The structure is related to diapirie uplift which took place during deposition
of the upper Marinoan and Lower Cambrian. Reterence to Fig. 3 shows the
relative displacement of the Umberatanu Group (Coats in Thomson et al., 1964),
Wilpena Group, Hawker Gronp and the Middle Cambrian Wirrealpa Limestone.
ln detail, the upper member of the Pound Quartzite is absent within the
graben and for more than five miles to the north, although it is very stronuuly
represented to the south of the point b. The Parachilna Formation is absent
from the whole region so that the Wilkawillina Limestone rests disconformably
on the Pound Quartzite.
For the Hawker Group, the thickness in the central part of the graben is
4,100 ft., whereas at point d, the unit is approximately 1,500 ft. and at point e,
only 200 ft. Here the basal limestones uppear te represent faunal assemblage
two of Daily so that the lower part of the Wilkawillina Limestone is absent.
The significant feature of the mapping is the interdigitation of the units of the
Hawker Group at points h. c and d. See Vig, 3 and Plate 1, Figs. 1 and 2.
STRATIGRAPHY OF TIIE FLINDERS RANGES 141
The deyelopment of Wilkawillina Limestone at point b constitutes a bio-
strome controlled by the actively subsiding fault bounding the graben. The
entire structure aud the processes which imterfinger with the basinal facies are
comprised of richly fossiliferons bedded archaeocyathid limestones similar to
the Wilkawillina Limestone in its type section. No detailed stidy has been
mide of the faunas or rovk types, but the prelimimary mapping shows that the
biostrome persisted throughout much of the Lower Cambrian as a localized
urea where growth of carbonate secreting organisms, notably Archaeocyatha,
flourished.
The Billy Creek Formation is 3,300 ft, in thickness in the graben and to
the north (Mawson, 1939, units 39-46): however, the formation is reduced near
paint e to approximately 1,800 ft. Here the upper part of the Formation (viz.
Mawson’s units 44-46) appear to transgress the Wilkawillina Limestone, but it
is not seen in contact with the Pound Quartzite as the red shales do not outcrop
south of point ec, The basal marker bed of the Billy Creek Formation is not
known east of the point b and the three tuffaceous beds and associated dolomite
ave not present beyond the major fault.
Bunyvernoo Reciox
The features of the Hawker Group ihistrated by Fig. 4 are the restriction
of the Parara Limestone facies to the zone south of the fault (point a) and the
tongue of Oraparinna Shale which extends northward to point b. The upper
part of the Wilkawillina Limestone about point b and further north in the vicinity
of Brachina Gorge is extremely rich in archacocyathids. Southward, nearer the
fault, brachiopods become very abundant. In Bnnyeroo Gorge arehaeocyathids
are relatively less comraon and brachiopods and trilobite fragments are the im-
portant fossils at the top of the mnit, The faunal assemblages have not been
determined for the sections north and south of the fault so that two interpre-
tations are possible.
1, Archaeacyatha were abundant north of the fault (point b) prior to the
development of the Parara Limestone and Oraparinna Shale, but then deposi-
tion ceased in this area until the basal member of the Billy Creek Formation
(hig. 3, ©) was deposited..
2, The lateral equivalents of the Parara Limestone and Oraparinna Shale
are represented north of the fault by a slowly accumulated binstromal archaeo
evathid development.
This situation exemplifies the problem of interpreting geological events
without the evidence provided by fossils, which in this area, are abundant but
unstuclied,
GEOLOGICAL, HISTORY
Conditions in the Adelaide Geosyncline during deposition of the upper
part of the Wilpena Group (late Marinoan) appear to have been generally
marine, with thinly-hedded silts and marls deposited. Prior to the Cambrian,
rejuvenated erosion and marine regression resulted in widespread deltaic and
shallow marine conditions over the area of the present Ranyes (Pound Quartzite )
and on the Stuart Shelf to the west of Lake Torrens broad areas were covered
hy clasties of the Tent Hill Formation.
142 C. BR. DALCARNO
A fairly clearly defined sedimentary change related to renewed transgressinn
acourred at the base of the Hawker Group. A littoral er shallow marine sand-
stone with scattered pebbles at the base and abundant vertical burrows was
deposited over a wide area (Parachilna Formation). This development is:
absent from the southern part of the Bunkers Range and the Cambrian limestones
lie disconformably on the lower member of the Pound Quartzite, On the shelf
wea near Andamooka, Segnit (1939) described transgressive relationships at
the base of the carbonates,
Over the greater part of the area discussed the Cambrian carbonate followed
transitinmually the arenaceous units. Dolomitic limestones were developed on the
stable shelf in the main transgressive phase and oolitic and algal beds were
cammon. In the middle part of the Lower Cambrian clean limestones and
archaeocyathid biostromes were widespread but were less well developed in
the hasinal zone to the north-east.
Subsidence adjacent to minor faults resulted in limited thicknesses of thin-
bedded limestones on the stable shelf (Parara Limestone) but limestones of the
same character accumulated to thicknesses as great us 5,000 ft, in the unstable
vanes. Adjacent to the hinge line above the Wirrealpa Diapir (Fig. 2, 7) these
husiual limestones interdigitated with sandy units (Bunkers Sandstone),
In the upper part of the Lower Cambrian green silts and shales (Ora-
pariinw Shale) overlapped the thin developments of Parara Limestone in the
wcritral Flinders Ranges on to the clean shelf limestones. Deposition may have
ceased Ipcally in the western und central provinces, but clean biostromal lime-
stones continued to form slowly in local areas, e.g. south of Ten Mile Creek and
pussildly near Brachina.
Close to the hinge line at the Wirrealpa Diapir silty interbeds developed
in the shales und more rapid deposition occurred immediately to the north. A
clastic unit several thousand fect in thickness (Narina Greywacke) was de-
posited in the main basin area during an interval of non-deposition over much
of the central Vlinders Ranges.
Yollowing deposition of the Hawker Group, the ved argillites of the Billy
Creek Formation appear to represent a mud flat environment with occasional
incursions Of the sea, indicating regression with large supplies of fine terrigenous
elastics. Verv small scale oscillation ripple marks, halite pseudomerphs and
niiudeop impressions are environmental indicators. The last phase of deposition
in this wnitis more arenaccous with cross-hedding, suggesting a deltaic environ-
ment, Thin tullaceaus bands in the lower part of the Formation may be related
ta yuleanism in the province to the east.
Shallow marine transyression over a broad stable shelf resulted in the
Middle Cambrian Wirrealpa and Arvona Creek Limestones, which were clearly
cuntingos over much of the northern and central Flinders Ranges, The basal
unit may have been a chemical precipitate of an enclosed basin but the trilobite
breccias, beachiopod-rich bands and rubbly limestones of the upper part of the
unit ds the ventral areas, suggest open, shallow water environments.
The Middle Cambrian marine beds and the inderlying Billy Creek lorma-
tion have yenerally been removed by erosion trom the areas of thicker deposi:
thon but both units are considered to have been widely distributed.
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE FLINDERS KANGES 145
The environment of deposition of the Lake Frome Group alternated between
deltaic, enclosed basin and terrestria) conditions and these mnst be regarded
as the final phases of deposition in the Adelaide Geosynclinc. The Lake Frome
Group is knuwn in only four areas, but it is clear that the lower units at least
extended without lithological change across the present Flinders Ranges.
The broad folding and final movements of the larger faults of the Flinders
Ranges are presumed to have taken place in the late Cambrian and Ordovician.
There is no evidence of diapirism within the Ranges later than the upper Lower
Cambrian, the only evidence of later movements heing provided by the infolded
Triassic coal basins.
The present topygraphy of the Ranges is regarded as due to broad arching
during the Tertiary and Quaternary which has resulted in the young dissecte
uravels of the Range margins and the shallow dipping duricrusted sands which
dip under the Lake Frame and Torrens Plains. in the latitude of Blinmun.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to Mr. T. A. Barnes, Director of Mines, for permis-
sion to publish Departmental work. Messrs. L. W. Parkin and B, P. Thomson
encouraged the author’s interest in the Cambrian of the Flinders Ranges by
their choice and direction of his mapping project.
Particular acknowledgment and thanks are due to Mr. J, E, Johnson with
whom almost all the work was done. fis field experience and interest in the
Cambrian faunas were of great value.
Mr. R. P. Coats and Drs, B. Daily and B. McGowran have been helpful in
discussion, The author also wishes to thank Mr. Bruce Thomas for his careful
drafting of the figures.
REFERENCES
Coats, R. P., 1964: The Geolog’ and Mineralization of the Blinman Dome Dinpir. Rep.
Invest, Geol. Surv. §, Aust., 26,
Dary, B., 1956: The Cambrian in South Australia. XX Congresa Geol. Internacional, Mexico
1956. El Sisterna Cambrico su Palaeoueoueaphia y el Problema de su Base, 2
yp. 91-147.
Dateanno, C. BR. 1962; Basal Cambrian Scolithus Sandstone in the Flinders Ranges, Geol.
Surv. &. Aust, Quart, Geol, Notes, 3, July, 1962.
Daccdnno, C. R., and Jrawson, J. E., 1962: Cambrian Sequence of the Western Flinders
Ranges, Geol. Sury, 8; Anst, Quart. Geol. Notes, 4, Octoher, 1962,
Darcanno, ©. H., and Jonnson, J, E., 1963; Lower Cambrian of the Eastern Flank of the
Flinders Ranges. Geol. Surv. §. Aust, Quart. Geol. Notes, 7, July, 1963.
Gpaussner, M. 7., 1963: The Buse of the Cambrian. Journ. Ceol. Sec, Aust. 10 (1). pp.
225-241,
Honwrrz, BR. C., 19624: Some Aspects of Metal Distribution iu Sediments of the Upper Pro-
terozoic — Lower Cambrian of South Australian. Uelogae Geologicue Helvetiue, 55
(1), pp. 275-279.
Horwiiz. R. C., 1962h: The Geology of the Arrowie Military Sheet. Rep. Invest, Geol. Surv.
8, Aust, 21,
Howcrnn, W., 19222 A Grological Traverse of the Flinders Rauge from the Parachilns, Gorge
to the Lake Frome Plains, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust, 36, pp. 46-82,
Hower, W., 1925: The Geograpbical Distribution of Fossiliteraus Rocks of Cambrian Age
in South Australia with Ceolowicul Notes and References, Trans. Roy. Soc, §.
Aust, 39, pp, 1-26.
144 C. R, DALGARNO
Mawson, D., 1937: The Most Northerly Occurrence of Fossiliferous Cambrian Strata yet
Recorded in South Australia. Trans. Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 61, pp. 181-186.
Mawson, D., 1938: Cambrian and Sub-Cambrian Formations at Parachilna Gorge. Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 62 (2), pp. 255-262,
Mawson, D., 1939: The Cambrian Sequence in the Wirrealpa Basin. Trans. Roy. Soc, S.
Aust., 63 (2), pp. 331-347.
Nixon, L. G., 1963: The Ediacara Mineral Field. Aust. 1 M.M. Proc., 206, pp. 93-112.
Seenit, R. W., 1939: The Precambrian-Cambrian Succession. Bull. Geol. Sury. S. Aust., 18,
191 pp.
Sincteron, O. P,, 1954: The Tertiary Stratigraphy of Western Australia. A Review. Proc.
Indian Ocean Sci. Congr., Section C, Geology, pp. 59-65.
Tuomson, B. P., 1962: Lead Distribution in Basal Cambrian Sediments, South Australia,
Geol. Surv. S. Aust. Quart. Geol. Notes, 3, July, 1962.
TuHomson, B. P., Mimams, R. C., Coars, R. P., Forses, B. G., Datcarno, C. R., and
Jounson, J. E., 1964: Precambrian Rock Groups in the Adelaide Geosyncline. <A
New Subdivision, Geol, Surv. S. Aust. Quart. Geol. Notes, 9, January, 1964,
Wess, B. P., 1958: Diapiric Structures in the Flinders Ranges, South Australia. Aust. J.
Sci., 22 (9), p. 390.
Wess, B. P., and von per Borcn, C., 1962: Geol, Atlas of S$. Aust., 1:63,360 Series, Sheet
Willochra.
C. R. Datcarno PLATE |
2 0
Fig. 1, A. View north over Ten Mile Creek and the Bunkers Range. Points b, ¢ and d refer to
Fig. 3. Photo H. Wopfner. Pw Wilpena Group, Ch Hawker Group, Cb Billy Creek Forma-
tion, Cw Wirrealpa Limestone, Cf Lake Frome Group.
Vig. 2. B, View south over the zone of interfingering of the formations of the graben with the
Archaeocyatha_biostrome at point bh (Fig. 3 and above), Pw Wilpena Group, Chw Wilka-
willina Lst., Chp Parara Lst., Chb Bunkers Ss., Cho Oraparinna Shale, Ch Billy Creek
Formation.
Trans. Roy. Soc, 8. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
THE LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN CYBISTER SPP. CURT., HOMOEODYTES
SPP. REG. AND HYDERODES SHUCKARDI HOPE. (COLEOPTERA :
DYTISCIDAE.)
BY C. H. S. WATTS
Summary
The larval stages of Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv.), C. godeffroyi Weh., Homoeodytes atratus (Fab.)
and Hyderodes shuckardi. Hope are described. The larvae of Homoeodytes scutellaris (Germ.) are
redescribed in greater detail than in the original description.
Descriptions of all instars except the first of H. atratus are included.
THE LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN CYBISTER spp. Curt., HOMOKODYTES
spp. Reg. AND HYDEROQDES SHUCKARDI Hope.
(COLEOPTERA : DYTISCIDAE.)
By C, H, S. Watts*
(Communicaied by I. M. Thomas)
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
The larval stages of Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv.), C. godeffroyi. Weh.,
Homoeodytes atratus (Fab) and Hyderodes shuckardi Hope are described, ‘The
larvae of Homocodytes scutellaris (Gerni.) ure redeseribed in greater detail than
in the original description,
Descriptions of all instars except the first uf MH. atreéuy are inclnded,
During a recent trip through Eastern and Northern Australia, 1 collected
several Jarge Dytiscid laryae belonging to the Oybisterini. Among them were
two specimens of a Homocodytes Reg. other than H. seutellaris (Germ.) the larva
of which is known (Watts, 1963). As H. atratus ( Fab.) is the only other species
of this genus in Australia and an adult specimen was. taken at the same time as
the larvae, it seems certain that these larvae belong to H. atratus. The collec-
tion also contained larvae of two species of Gybister Curt., one of which, C,
tripunctatus (Oliv.) was identified by breeding out the adult. Larvae of the
other species have been assigned to C. zodeffroyi Wel., the only other Cybister,
other than the following, recorded from Australia. Blackburn, in 1888, de-
scribed a Cybister under the name of CG. granulatus. 1 have seen the co-type
and specimens identified by Blackburn in the $A, Museum and consider that
they represent the more granulated forms of C. tripunctaius, there being an
unbroken gradient from smooth to rough elytra in this species. In addition, the
larvae in question are much larger than those of C. tripunetatus which is the
same size as C. granulatis,
Xambeu (1904) described a larva from Madagascar under the name of
C. tripunctalus. The description of the colour does not match that of Australian
specimens and the fact that the sive of the larva he described was a great deal
larger than the true C, fripunctatus (length 80 mm as against 57 mm) indicates
that he was mistaken in assigning his larva (which he did not rear) to this species.
In September, 1962, T visited a pool in a slowly flowing creek at Williams-
town, S.A., and found it to contain a large number of Dytiscini larvac, Several
at the larger larvae were bred aut and proved, as expected, to belong to
Hyderades shuckardit Hope. A month later I made a trip to the same pool in
an attempt to collect adults. However, no specimens of any stage were found.
As it was hardly likelv that all the larvae present one month earlier had pupated,
mauy being first instars, it seems likely that the whole population had heen
* Bureau of Animal Population, Departinent ef Zoological Field Studies, Oxford.
¢ Dr. IL. Bertrand has pointed out to ine thé existence of a previous description of the
Srd instar of H. shuckardi cf, Bertrand. 1932,
Traus. Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88,
146 C,H, S, WATTS
destroyed in the meantime. Further trips also produced no specimens, nor had
1 taken the species there on numerous previous occasions stretching hack ayer
twin years.
This paper coutains descriptions of the larvae of the aboye four species 2s
well as a redescription of those of H. scutellaris made desirable by the discovery
of thé larvae of closely related species. Hyderodes Hope is endemic to Australia;
H. shuckardi is found in 8.R, Australia, Tastnania (Sharp, 1882) aud $.W. Aus-
tralia (Regimbart, 1908), although the latter reference inight in reality be to
I, erassus Sharp. Two other specios, H. crassus.and H. collaris Sharp, have bee
deserihed from N.W. Australia, but are very rare in collections. C. godeffroyi
occurs in the wetter areas of N, Australia; C, fipunetatus occurs through most of
Australia apart from the more southern areas, having outside Australia a wide
distribution threugh S.E. Asia, India, Africa and occasionally S$. Europe, HA
seutellaris is common in southern Australia including Tasmania; 1, afratus ts
more tropical in distribution, oceurring in the coastal regions of Queensland
and northern Australia, The only other species of the genus IH, hwokeri (Wh. }
oveurs, together with the introduced H. seutellaris, in Neve Zealand.
{In identifying the larvae of Cybister and Humoeodytes it is helptul ta know
the instars of the specimens involved, A good clue to this is the relative lengths
of the third and fourth joints of the labial palpi: in the 3rd instar the fourth
joint is the smaller, in the 2nd instar it is either a little longer or roughly equal
te the third joint, and in the 1st instar the fourth is the greater, Furthermure,
Ist iustar larvae can be separated from alder instars hy the lack of a row of
setae hehind the occular arca and also by the lack of ventral spines on the
posterive adborminal segments present in older instars, although often few a
2nd instar larvae.
In my key to the larvae of Australian Dytiscids (Watts, 1963) Hyderodes is
not included." It will run to Wydaticus Leach from which it can be distinguished
by the Jack of a ligula and the presence of swinnning hairs ou the cerci.
Cybister tripunctatus (Oliv, )
Onl instar Larvae
Chitinous areas testaceous, spotted with black, tips of antennae darker, Terga
with H-shaped darker markings one on cither side of the middle. Dorsal mem-
brimous areas with small blotches of dark grey. Underside pale grey, in some
specimens dotted with dark grey, especially on more posterior segments. Pale
medial stripes down dorsal surface of ubdomen present in some specimcus. This
colour pattern is not well developed in all specimens.
Elead nearly as wide as long with a well-marked neck region, dorsal sutures
straight, meeting just in front of centre. Front of clypeus trilobed: the two
luteral lobes wide with outer edges slightly convex especially near the sides,
Line indicates <1 mm, (1) Head of 2nd instar Homoerodytes scutellaris. (2) Nitto, IT. alrattis,
{3) Ditto, Wyderedes shuckardi. (4) Clypeus, 1st instar Cybister godeffrogi, (5) Ditto, Ist
orm uf 2nd instar, (6) Ditto, 2nd form, (7) Ditto, 3vd instar, (8) Clypeus, Ist instur ©.
tripunetatus. (9) Ditto, 2ud instar, (10) Ditto, 3rd iustar, (11) Clypeus, 2nd instar 4.
atrafus. (12) Tip of last abdominal sevment 2d iuslar, A, sentellarts (ventral), (13) Ditta,
C. ¢apunetatus, (14) Dorsal view last abdominal segment, Hyderodey shuckerdi (swinunine
haits emitted), (15) Tarsal claw of tore tee of Grd instar, UW. shuckardi, (16) Labium,. See
instur, H. shuckerdi. (17) Antenna, Grd instar, H, shuckdrdi. (18) 4, shuekardl, ynasilta.
(19) Mandible, 3rd instar, C, triyunetatus. (20) Ditto, H. scutellaris)
PLATE 1
148 C. H. S. WATTS
inner edges conyex and for the most part touching the sides of the middle lobe
which is in the form of a narrow triangle, truncate at the top, which projects
slightly in front of the lateral lobes. The front edges of these and the top of
the middle labe are fringed with short setae, those of the middle lobe nearly
twice the length of the others, There are a few stouter setae along the front of
the inner edges of the lateral lobes where they do not tuuch the middle lobe.
Mandibles rather stout, outer and inner édges evenly curved, top quarter
dark and devoid of setae. Just below this mandible girdled with dense long
setae which vover a good half of apical quarter. There is a rather thick row of
small setae along the inner cdge of the middle two quarters of the mandible.
Rest of mandible bare.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 47, 23, 35.
Labrum strongly bilobed, front much wider than back and with a small
but prominent ligula,
Prothorax 2-3 times the length of the mesothorax which is a little longer
than the metathorax,
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, Segment 8 narrowing
towards apex, its ventral surface with scattered long setae umd numerous short
spines loosely grouped around the base. Segment 7 parallel-sided and about
half the length of the Sth, its ventral surface with many very short spines and
a few long setue. Circi reduced to small lobes, each with four long setae and
pluced close to the tip of the segment.
Legs with two rows of long swimming hairs un posterior face; claws simple,
very nearly equal in Jength, the inner one a fraction shorter.
Length 51-57 mm, head capsule 5-3-5-6.1nm L., 4-°3-4-6 mm W.
2nd Instar Larvae
Colour as in 3rd instar, but dorsal colour pattern less distinct and in some
non-existent.
Front of head wider than back with well marked neck region: clypeus as in
3rd instar but with wedge-shaped notches between middle and lateral lobes with
acute angles of about 20 degrees. Middle and lateral lobes only touch for a
short distance at the bottom of the notches, or, as in a few specimens are
completely separate in which case the bottoms of the notches curve slightly
outwards, Front of middle lobe only slightly in front of foremost parts of
lateral lobes. The few stout sctae on the inner edges of the lateral lohes are
placed further back than in the 3rd instar,
Mandibles, labrum and ligula as in 3rd instar.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in figures, There is a variation in the
relative lengths of some joints between different specimens but these differences
are not great.
Prothorax 2-6 times as long as the mesothorax which is slightly longer than
the metathorux.
Abdominal segments and Jegs as in 3rd instar.
Length, 31-34 mm, head capsule, 3-3-3-4 mm L., 2-5-2-6 mm W,
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 149
Ist Inslar Larvae
Very pale with little or no colour pattern,
Head much narrower at back than front. Lobes of clypeus project further
forward than in older instars, notches between lobes slightly wider than in 2nd
instar, lateral and middle Inbes do not touch. Setae along the outer edge of
lateral lobes stouter and sparser than in older instars. Front of middle lobe
only a little in front of foremost parts of the lateral lobes,
Top quarter of mandible curved inwards more sharply than rest.
Anteunae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 45, 21, 33.
Labrum and ligula as in older instars.
Prothorax twice the Jength of the mesothorax, which is about the same
length as the metathorax.
Abdominal segment 7 narrow. segment 8 narrow and parallel-sided for most
of its length. Both segments lack the ventral spines of older instars.
Legs relatively longer than in older instars and with swimming hairs not
as well developed, claws equal.
Length, 19-22 mm, head capsule, 2-0-2-3 mm L., 1-5-1:6 mm W.
Larvae collected from a temporary billabong, Home Hill, Q.. April, 1963;
a grassy temporary pool, Malanda, Q., April, 1963; a swamp, Townsville, Q.,
April, 1963; a temporary pool, Darwin, N.T., May, 1963,
Cybister eodeffroyi Weh,
3rd instar Larvae
Chitinous parts testaceous, tup quarter of mandibles black, membranous
areas paler, conspicuous pale stripe down centre of dorsal surface behind head
bordered with dark stripes on pro meso and metanotum and terga, dark lines
on terga double in some cases. Body covered to varying degrees with smull
rings of darker colour, Underside paler. Antero-lateral angles uf head mar-
ginaly black in one specimen.
Head a little longer than wide with well marked neck region, dorsal sutures
straight, meeting just forward of centre.
Mandibles as in C. tripuneiatus but with top quarler curving inwards to a
slightly greater degree than the rest of the mandible. Front of clypeus trilobed,
two lateral lobes with short, slightly convex outer edges and longer, very slightly
concave inner edges. Middle lobe narrowly triangular and separated from lateral
lobes by wide V-shaped notches rounded at the bottoms. Posterior edges of all
three lobes in line. Outer edges of lateral lobes and truncate top of middle lobe
with thick stout setae, those of the middle lobe about twice the Jenyth of the
others. There are a few selae ov the inner edges of the lateral lobes,
Antennae, maxillac and labial palpi as in Figs. 50, 32, 26.
Labrum strongly bilobed, front much wider than back and with a small
but prominent ligula,
Prothorax about twice the length of the mesothorax which is about the
same length as the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax parallel-sided, pos-
terior half widening towards back.
1H) C. 1. §. WATTS
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming frairs, Segment § narrow,
parallel-sided for most of its length but narrowing at tip, its ventral surface with
scattered long setae and short spines which are restricted to the basal portion,
Segment 7 widest at anterior end and about two-thirds the Jength of the 8th,
its ventral surface with seattered stout spines and long setae, Circi squarish,
very small, cach with four long setae and placed close to the tip of the last
seument.
Legs relatively short. with swimming hairs; claws simple and of a very nearly
equal length—the posterior claws of front tarsi a little shorter than anterior ones.
Length, 72-85 mm, head capsule 7-8 mm L.., 6-1-7-0 mm W.
The second of my twe specimens has the lateral lobes of the clypeus more
rounded and the base of the middle lobe wider than the one described above,
giving a shallower and more rounded outline to the notches. The setae on the
anterior edges of the lateral lobes continue down the inner edges gradually
becoming sparser towards the hase of the notch.
2nd Instar Larvae.
Colour as in 3rd instar, but with pattern less distinct.
Head as in 3rd instar, mandibles with the tip more noticeably narrower
than the rest. Clypeus with lateral Jobes triangular, their bases about twice
the width of the base ef the middle lobe, each lobe with a truncate tip which
bears a dense tuft of setae. Setae on middle lobe twice the length of those on
the others. Outer edges of lateral lobes with a relatively sparse row of setae,
their inner edges with a few setae. Notches between lobes rounded at bottom.
Antennae, maxillac and Jabial palpi as in Figs. 49, 31, 2a.
Labrum and ligitla as in 3rd instar,
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the mesothorax
which is a little longer than the metathorax.
Segment 7 of the abdomen a little over half the length of segment 5. Ventral
surfaces of these segments with numerous long setae but few, if any, spines,
Legs as in 3rd instar.
Length, 42 mm L., head capsule, 5-0 mm L., 3+7 mm W. (from one speci-
men only).
Again the clypeus of my two specimens differ, the second form has the
elypcus similar to the second form of the 3rd instar.
Ist Instur Larvae
Head more elongate, Mandibles with top quarter more strongly curved
inwards and much narrower than rest and with inner edge of central portion
Line indicates -l mm. (21) Maxilla, lst instar Cybister tripunctatus. (22) Ditto, 2nd instar
(23) Ditto, 3rd instar. (24) Labial palpus, Ist instar C, godeffroyi, (25) Ditto, 2nd instar.
{26) Ditto, 3rd instar. (27) Maxilla, Ist instar 27. seutellerix. (28) Ditta, 2nd instar. (29)
Ditto, 3rd instar. (30) Maxilla, Ist instar GC. godeffroii. (31) Ditto, 2nd instar, (52) Ditto,
3rd instar. (33) Labial palpus, Ist instar C. tripunctatus, (34) Ditto, 2nd instar, (35)
Dittu, 3rd instar. (36) Labial palpus, 2nd instar HN. atratus. (37) Antenna, Ist instar /T.
scutellaris, (38) Ditto, 2nd instar. (39) Ditto, 3rd instar. (40) Labial palpnts, Ist instar
HW. seutelinris, (41) Ditto, 2nd instar, (42) Ditte, ard instar. (43) Antenna, 2nd instar H,
dtratus, (44) Ditto, maxilla. (45) Antenna, 1st instar C. tripunctatus, (46) Ditto, 2nd instar.
(47) Ditto, 3rd instar, (48) Antenna, Ist instar C. godeffroyi. (49) Ditto, 2nd instar, (50)
Ditto, 3rd instar.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 151
a
SS
Pate 2
152 C.H.S, WATTS
a little sinuate. Clypeus with all lobes trianguJar, lateral lobes wider than central
lobe and with their inner edges much longer than their outer. Fronts of all
lobes truncate and bearing thick tufts of setae, those on the central Johe about
twice the length of the others. Outer edges of lateral lobes with a sparse row
of setae, immer edges with a few small fine setae.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs, 48, 30, 24,
Labrum and ligula as in older instars.
Prothorax shaped us in older instars, twice the Jength of the mesothorax
which is a little longer than the metathorax.
Abdominal segment 8 about twice the length of segment 7, both lacking
ventral spines, Cerci as in older instars.
Legs relatively longer than in older instars and with sparser swimming, hairs.
Length, 29 mm, head capsule 2-5-2-6 mm L., 2-3-2-4 mm W.
Larvae (two 3rd, two 2nd and several Ist imstars) collected from swamps
at Home Hill and Townsville, Q., April, 1963.
Larvae of this species are best separated from those of C, tripunctatus by
their larger size and the different shape of the clypeus after having first deter-
mined the instars by means of characters mentioned in the introduction.
Homovodytes Reg.
The dentate lateral lobes of the clypeus ettectively separate Hormocodytes
from the Anstralian Cyhister, Tlowever, Bertrand (1922) has illustrated a
supposedly Cybister larva frorn Madagascar that has the Jateral lobes slightly
dentate, but not to the same extent as in Momweadytes. The cerci are not as
reduced, although those of H. atratus approach those of Cybister and they are
placed much farther forward than in Cybister. The neck is short and is sunk
into the prothorax, whereas in Cybister it is longer and is not covered by the
prothorax. The mandibles lack the apical girdle of setac found in Cybister. (In
a previous paper (Watts, 1963) before I had seen specimens of Cybister I gave
as a distinguishing character the Iength of the ligula which in fact does not
differ much between the gencra.)
Redescription of H. scutellaris (Hope).
3rd Tnstar Larcac
Body vrev-brown, head and thorax reddish-brown, black stripes on cither
side of body, especially noticeable on the thorax.
Head roundish, as long as wide with a short neck region which is: covered
by prothorax. Dorsal sutures straight and meeting in centre of head. Clypeus
trilobed, lateral lobes strongly dentate. Number of teeth variable, from 13 to
18 and often asymmetrically arranged. Lateral lobes well separate from the
natrow triangular-shaped middle lobe. Tips of teeth and top of middle lobe
with long setae, Mandibles slender and evenly curved with very short setae
along inner edge except for basal and apical quarters.
Antennae, maxillae and lahial palpi as in Figs. 39, 29, 42.
Labium bilobed, front much wider than back, with a small ligula.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 153
Prothorax 2-6 times the length of the mesothorax, which is. tbout the same
length as the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax parallel-sided, posterior
half widening towards back.
Abdominal segments 7 and $8 with swimming hairs, segment 7 with sides
roughly parallel, its ventral surface with numerous small spines and some long
setac. Segment 8 tapering towards apex and a little less than twice length of
segment 7, its ventral surface with scattered long setae and a large number of
short spines together with some long fine setae near its base. (The ventral
spines are very small and are often missing; however, the integument near
their point of attachment is darkly pigmented in a roughly oval shape which
serves to indicate the position of the spines and also the longer setae.) Cerci
very smal], narrowly conical in shape with four setae near their tips and placed
a little nearer anus than tip of segment,
Legs with two rows of swimming hairs on posterior face; claws simple,
approximately equal in length.
Length 45-55 mm, head capsule 5-0-5-7 mm L., 6-0-6-3 mm W,
2nd Instar Larvae
Colour as. in 3rd instar but dorsal pattern much less marked, Head and
clypeus as in 3rd instar except that the clypeus has fewer teeth. Mandibles as
in 3rd instar, but with apical quarter much narrower than the rest.
Antennae, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 38, 28, 41,
Labium and ligula as in 3rd instar.
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, 3:2 times the length of the mesothorax
which is a little longer than the metathurwx.
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 as in 3rd instar except that the ventral spines
are a little longer.
Legs as in Grd instar.
Length, 30-34 mm, head capsule 4-1-4-2 mm J.., 3-6-3-7 mm W.
lst Instar Lartae
Pale, almost without markings,
Head more triangular in shupe than in older instars. Row of prominent
setae behind the ocular area present in older insturs absent, Mandibles and
clypeus as in 2nd instar.
Antennae, maxillac and labial palpi as in Figs, 37, 27, 40.
Prothorax shaped as in older instars, about twice as long as the meso-
thorax which is about the same length as the metathorax.
Abdominal segments 7 and § as in older iustars except that they Jack
ventral spines and have the cerci placed relatively nearer the anus.
Legs, labrum and ligula as in alder instars.
Lenyth, 23-24 mm, head capsule 2°3-2:6 mm L., 2-3-2:4 mm W.
Larvae collected from a weedy creck, Canberra, January, 1961; a weedy
pool, Melbourne, December, 1961 Lake Boga, Vic., January, 1961; and a swamp,
Mannum, $.A,, September, 10).
154 C. H.-S. WATTS
H, atretus ( Fab.)
Sra bistar Larea
Testacevus; terga and dorsal surface of head and thorax covered with darl«r
dats and small blotches. Rest of dorsal surface with an extensive dark lattice-
work giving it a dark brown appearance, Sides of thorax and abdomen Jighter
in colour, Ventral surface pale grey.
Head nearly rectangular being only a little narrower at base, neck short
and sunk into prothorax. Anterior dorsal sutures slightly curved and meetinir
straight medial suture a litte in front of centre of head. Clypeus trilobed,
lateral lobes dentate, each tooth with a tuft of setae at its tip. (The number of
teeth in H, scutellaris is very variable and the same is probably trne of this
species, my one specimen of this instar having four on the right lobe and six
on the left:) Middle lobe narrowly Wiangnlar in shape with lateral lobes touch-
ing it along its basal half. Row of large setae behind ocular area, Mandibles
stout, top quarter more strongly curved inwards than the rest, central portion
ot mner edge straight. The mandibles of the specimen are abraded of most
setae.
Anteunae and maxillary palpi missing. Maxillary stipes long and without
gulea. Labium moderately bilobed with a small cone-shaped ligula. Labial
palpi with last joints missing, relative lengths of others 1 > 2 > 3.
Protliorax 4 little less than three times the length of the mesathorax which is a
little longer than the metathorax. Anterior half of prothorax narrow and vylin-
drical, posterior half widening towards middle.
Abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs. Segment 7 narrower
at back than front and with its ventral surface sparsely covered with small spines
und longer setae (see note under H. scutellaris). Segment § about twice ihe
length of segment 7, tapering towards apex, its ventral surface with scattered
long setae, especially along the sides, and mimerous small spines near the base.
Cerci reduced to small, widely triangular knobs with a few long setae and
placed half-way between anus and end of segment.
Legs with two rows of swimming, hairs on posterior facc; claws simple,
approximately equal in length.
Length, 35 mm, head capsule 3-8 mm L., 2.5 mm W.
3nd Instar Larva
Paler than 3rd instar, with dark latticework absent in my one specimen.
Head as in 3rd instar with neck region within prothorax, clypeus with
inner edges of lateral lobes touching edges of middle lobe for a little less than
half its length. Specimen has seven teeth on left lobe, six on right lobe, with
both lobes having two very small teeth, with a few setac, al their lateral edges.
Mandibles as in 3rd instar with all but their apical quarter with fine setae along
the inner edge.
Antennae, maxillae and Iabial palpi as in Figs. 43, 44, 36.
Labrum and ligula as in 3rd instar,
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the meso-
thorax which is a little longer than metathorax,
Abdominal segment 7 a little more than half the length of segment 8 and
more or less purallel-sided; otherwise these two segments as in 3rd instar.
LARVAE OF AUSTRALIAN DYTISCIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 155
Legs as in 3rd instar.
Length 29 mm, head capsule 2-4 mm L,, 1-7 mm W.
st instar larva as yet unknown.
Two specimens collected from a temporary billabong at Home Will, Q.,
April, 1963.
Larvae of this species can be separated from thase of H. scutellaris by their
more reduced cerei, their narrow elongated head and the fact that the lateral
lobes of the clypens touch the middle lobe. There is a possibility that I have
assigned these two spocimens ta the wrong instars: they may prove lo be the
1st and 2nd instars,
Hyderodes Nope
This genus is most closely related to Dytiscus L. of the Northern [lemisphere,
the two forming a well-marked tribe, the larvae characterised by their entire
clypcus, cerci and abdominal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, and the
lack of a ligula. The larvae of Hyderades differ from those of Dytiscus most notice-
ably in the following characters: Hyderodes has temporal spines (except in the
Ist instar), spines ou the ventral surface of the head, two rows of short spines
along the bottom edge of claws and has no row of long setae on the inner edge
of the cerci. (In many species af Dytisens the number of setae on the inner
edge of the cerci are reduced to only two apical ones in Ist instar larvae. )
H. shuckardi Hope
3rd Instar Laruae
Testaceous, chitinous ureas with numerous small black dots, integument
greyish without spots.
Head as wide as long, anterior dorsul sutures curved and meeting straight
medial suture in front of middle of head. Front of clypeus complete, with a
thick row of short blunt setae along front edge, <A greatly pigmented area on
dorsal surface, twice the size of an ocellus, just inwards from ocular urea. Tem-
poral spines present, stout spines on underside of head. Mandibles slender and
curved but with middle portion of inner edge rather straight. Sparse row of
setae along this straight portion sct a little back from edge on dorsal surface and
a thick row of yery stout setae along inner edge of mandible except for basal
quarter, These setae are often abraded to varying degrees.
Antennac, maxillae and labial palpi as in Figs. 17, 18, 16.
Tabrum squat, expanded slightly laterally.
Prothorax a little over twice the length of the mesuthorax which is slightly
longer than the metathiorax.
Abdorninal segments 7 and 8 with swimming hairs, seginent 8 narrower
than 7 but only a little longer. Fine setae along sides of all segments, short
spines and long fine setae on ventral surface of abdominal sewments 4, 5, 6, 7
and 8, spines more numerous and larger on Jast two. Cerei stout, about length
of second last abdominal segment, fringed with long setae on outer edges and
with three long setae ou dorsal surface close to the base and two long setae on
vera] surfeue c'use ts the tip. Last abdominal segment slightly produced
dorsally behind the eerci.
156 C. 1. 5. WATTS
Legs with swimming hairs, claws unequal, posterior one a little shorter,
both with two rows of spines on ventral surface.
Length 30-36 mm, head capsule 5-0-5-5 mm. L., 4:4-5-0 mm W.
3nd Instar Larvae
As in the 3rd instar except that the prothorax is a little less than twice the
length of the mesothorax and the spines on the ventral surface of the abdomen
are absent but for a few on the last two segments.
Length 22-26 mm, head capsule 3-7-4:0 mm L., 3:1-3-2 mm W,
Ast Instar Larvae
Head quite strongly triangular with neck only slightly marked off and
lacking temporal spives. Clypeus as in older instars, mandibles with setae only
on apical quarter.
Relative Jengths of segments of antennae as follows: 1 > 3 > 2 > 4; of maxil-
lary palpi 2> 3 = 4 > 1, of labial palpi 1 > 2 which has a roughened ventral
surface.
Prothorax shaped as in 3rd instar, about twice the length of the mesothorax
which is about the length of the metathorax.
Claws on legs not or only slightly unequal.
Abdominal segment § about 1-3 times the length of segment 7. Cerci a
little shorter than last abdominal segment. Ventral surfaces of abdominal
segments without spines but with long setae that tend to form transverse bands,
last seyment with only two setae placed near its apex,
Length 14-16 mm, head capsule 2-2-2-5 mm L., 1-7-2-1 mm W.
Larvae collected from a weedy pvol, Williamstown, S.A., September, 1962.
REFERENCES
Brertrann, H., 1928: Les larves des Dytiscicles, Hygrobiides, Haliplides. Eneycl, ent. (A),
10, VI, 366 pp.
Bernrranp, H,, 1932: Sur deux Jarves incdites de Dytisvides (Coleoptera), Soc. Ent. France,
Livre du Centenaire, pp, 229-236.
Biacksuxn, Rev. T., 1888; Trans, Linn. Soc, N.S.W., (2) 3, pp. 812-813,
Recrupant, E., 1908: In Michaelsen, Fn. Siidwest-Aust, I, 8, p. 313.
Swarr, D., 1882: On Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera or Dytiscidae. Sci. ‘Trans. Royal
Dublin Svc., V, 2, series 2,
Watrs, C, H. $., 1963: The Larvae of Australian Dytiscidae (Coleoptera). Trans. Royal
Soc, S. Aust., vol, 87, pp, 23-40,
Xampev, V., 1904: Mocurs et Métamorphoses des Insects. Ann, Soc. Linn, Jvon, LT,
TWO TRICHOSTRONGYLE NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET
BY PATRICA M. MAWSON
Summary
A number of worms were taken from the small intestine of Callithrix jucchus, recently imported
(from the Antwerp Zoo) for the Adelaide Zoological Gardens. They were collected and fixed in the
Institute of Medical and Veterinary Science (Adelaide) and given to me through the courtesy of
Alan W. Banks of that Institute. Mr. Banks noted that in life "the largest worms were red and more
or less straight, the smaller ones coiled". The species have been identified us Molineus elegans
Travassos (the larger) and Longistriata dubia Travassos (the coiled), both new records for the
marmoset. Travassos noted ( 1937, p. 77) that these two species occurred together in the common
type host, Saimiri sciurea.
TWO TRICHOSTRONGYLE NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET
By Parricra M. MAwson®
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
A number of worms were taken from. the small intestine of Callihrix
jacchus, recently imported (from the Antwerp Zoo) for the Adelaide Zoological
Gardens. They were collected and fixed in the Institute of Medical and Veterin-
ary Science (Adelaide) and given to me through the courtesy of Alan W. Banks
of that Institute. Mr, Banks neted that m life “the largest worms were red and
more or less struight, the smaller ones coiled”, The species have been identified
as Molineus elegans Travassos (the larger) and Longistriata dubia Travassos
(the coiled), both new records for the marmoset. ‘Travassos noted (1937, p, 77)
that these two species occurred together in the common type host, Saimiri
selured.
Afolineus elegans Travassos
Vip. 1.
Host and Locality. —Callithrix jacchus, Adclaide Zoological Gardens.
The measurements and appearance of the specimens from the marmoset
agree generally with the description af the types, although the position of the
cervical groove and the excretory pore, and of the cervical papillae, are more
posterior compared to that of the nerve ring and to the length of the ocsophagus,
The arrangement of these resembles more that in M. torulosus (Molin), Ie is,
however, distinguished from M, lorulosus by the barbed inner branches of the
spicules, the longer externo-dorsal ray, the presence of a patch of fine hooks
on the inner surface of the lateral lobes of the bursa, and the shorter ovejectors,
Measurements are given in Table 1.
TABLE 1.
Measurements of Molienus eleqans and Longistriata dubiq {rom # marmoset
Molineus elegans Longistriata dubia.
j ay Qo \ 3 2
Length (mm) 4-0-5°5 9 4-4-6- 2:9-2-8 — 2-9-3+5
Oesophagus (1) | 355-380 370-420 300-340 300-400
Anterior end—nerve ring: (2) 180-210 170-210 180 160-80
—cerv, pag. (y2) 220-240 240.271 250 250-280
—exer. pore (,) 210-260 210-250 250 250-280
Length eephy. inflation (2) 50-60 5-70 59-60 fi0-fi
Spicules (pe) 110-130 —- 180-190 _
Gubernaculium (,) 60-70 3 220 —
Vulva—pasterior end. holy (jx) -- 0-9-1-2 — 170-250
Tail (sans spike) (1) = 80-90 a 60-LOU
Tail spike () — 10-18 = _-
ges (y) 45-50 x 28-30 | — 70-80 40
* University of Adelaice,
Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
158 PATRICIA MAWSON
Longistriata ( Brevispiculoides) dubia (Travassos )
Fig. 2-5,
Host and Locality.—Callithrix jacchus, Adelaide Zoological Cardens.
Longistriata dubia closely resembles L. argentina Freitas, Lent and Almeida.
The latter has been recorded once, from a rodent, Holochilus balnearum (F, L, A
1937, p. 198), the former five times, three records from primates (Travassos,
1921, p. 367, from Saimiri sciurea; 1937, p. 329, from Alouta caraya; Cameron,
1923, p. 71, from Saimiri sciurea) and twice from a lagomorph, Romerolagus
diazi (Bravo Hollis, 1950, p. 114; Aguillar, 1958, p. 45). A proper comparison
of the descriptions given by these atithors is impossible, as the positions of nerve
ring, excretory pore and cervical papillae are not given in all cases, Moreover,
J have unfortunately been unable to consult Aguillar’s paper, The spicule tips
50
1900
Fig. 1. Molineus elegans, oesophageal region, Figs. 2-5, Longistriata dubia: 2, oesophageal
region: 3, L. dubia, tail of female; 4, L. dubia, posterior end of male; 5, L. dubia, bursa
opered out. 1, 2, and 3 to same scale; 3 and 4 to same scale.
NEMATODES FROM A MARMOSET 159
ave described by Travassos as enlarged and enclosed in a membrane, but are
shown by other authors as simple. L. dubia of Brayo Hollis is shown with the
excretury pore in what seems to be a groove around the body, In the specimens
now identified as L. dubia no such groove is present. The spicules each end in
a tiny hook which in Jateral view gives a swollen appearance to the tips. In
some male specimens a very lightly chitinised gubernaculum and telamon,
absent in L, dubia, are visible, as figured for L, argentina.
The tail of the female ends in a sharp point, whereas those figured in all
records quoted above arc rather rounded; the suwh-cuticular tissue, however,
shows subterminal knobs as figured by Trayassos, ‘lhe eggs are larger in relation
to the bedy width than in other descriptions, but it has becn noticed that in
Longistriata spp. the posterior end of the female enlarges with age.
It is considered that the specimens from the marmoset belong to L. duhia.
Whether L. argentina should be considered a synonym of L. dubia, and, if not,
whether the specimens identificd by Brave Hollis and by Aguillar belong to
L. dubia or to L. argentina, can only be ascertained by re-examination of the
material in question.
Meusurements of the specimens from the marmosct are given in Table 1.
REFERENCES
Acuintar, M. B. G. M., 1958, Estudié sobre algunos nermmatodos de nwmiferos. Thesis, Univ.
Nac. Autom, Mexico, 89 pp.
Bravo Horr, M., 1950, Estudié de nematodos parasitos de Tos leporidos del distrito Federal.
An Inst. Biol. Mexico, 21 (1), pp. 103-118.
CGanceron, T. W. M., 1923, Stuclies on two new genera and some little known species of the
nematode family ‘Itichostrungylidac Leiper. J. Helminth, 1, pp. 71-96.
Trervas, J. F.; Terema or, Lent, H., and Aumema, J. Lins pp, 1937. Pequena contribucao
ao estuda da fauna helminthologica da Argentina. Mer. Inst. Osw. Cruz., 32,
pp. 195-210.
‘Travassos, L., 1921. Contribugao uo conhecimento da fauna helminthologica brasiliera.
XIU. Ensaio monographico da familia 'Trichostrongvlidae Leiper, 1912. Mein.
Inst, Osw, Cniz, 13, pp. 1-52,
Trayassos, L., 1937. Revisao da familia Trichostrongylidae Leipcr, 1912. Monographias Tust,
Osw. Cruz, 1, 512 pp.
Travassos, L,. 1921, Nematodeos novos 1. Brazil-Med., an. 35, vol. 2 (24), pp. 367-368.
THE PROCESS OF FERTILIZATION IN THE SPINY LOBSTER
JASIJS LALANDEI (EL MILNE-EDWARDS)
BY D. R. FIELDER
Summary
The mechanism of copulation in Jams lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) is discussed by comparing the
reproductive organs with those of Panulirus cygnus (George). The structure of the fifth pereiopods
and thoracic sterna of the female 1. lalandei indicate;; that the deposition of external
spermatophores is unlikely. The male genital apertures of 1. lalandei are also not well adapted for
depositing external spermatophores as they are in P. cygnus. The introduction of internal therefore
the alternative.
An hypothesis is put forward, describing a potential intromittent organ in male J. lalandei to support
the assumption of internal fertilization.
THE PROCESS OF FERTILIZATION IN THE SPINY LOBSTER
JASUS LALANDEI (IL. Milne-Edwards)
By D. BR. Frecprer®
(Communicated by 1, M. Thomas)
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
The mechanism of copulation in Jusus lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) is dis-
cussed) by comparing the reproductive organs with those of Panulirus cygnns
(George), The structure of the fifth pereiopods and thoracic sterna of the female
{. lalandei indicates that the ceposition of external spermatophores is unlikely,
The male genital apertures of J. lalande? are also not well adapted tor depositing
extérnal spermatophores uy they ace in P. cygznus. The introduction of internal
sperinalophores is: therefore the alternative.
An hypothesis is put forward, describing a patential intromittenl orvan
in male J. lalandet to support the assumption of internal fertilization.
INTRODUCTION
The mechanisin of fertilization has been deseribed for several specics of
Panulirus; Panulirus interruptus (Randall), Allen (1916), Lindberg (1955);
Panulirus pencillatus (Oliver), Matthews (1951); Panulirus cygnus (George);
Sheard (1949), George (1957), Panulirus argus (Latreille), Walton Smith
(1959). In cach case fertilization occurs in the same manner. The male deposits
a puity-like spermatophore on the sternum of the female, posterior to the genital
apertures, some time before the ega@s are released, The spermatophore, initially
soft and light in colour, hardens and turns black. LDygs are said to be fertilized
externally by sperm released frum the spermatophore by the chela of the fifth
legs of the female. [loweyer, the method of copulation has not been verified, nor
is tt known with certainty at what stage of monlt copulation occurs,
Yon Bonde (1936) described the act of mating for Jasus lalandei (A. Milne-
Edwards) from observations made on captive animals. He found that the male
turns a newly moulted female on her back so that their sterna are closely apposed,
His conclusion that fertilization is internal is based on the following statement,
that “the spermatophores are extruded and appear to make their way through
the female genital apertures and so into the oviducts where fertilization takes
place at their upper ends”, Since no mention is made of actually finding sperma-
tophores in the oviduets or failing to find them externally it must be taken thal
the above statement is an assumption,
Initial observation of external genitalia during this present investigation
indicated that internal fertilization was difficult mechanically due to. their rela-
live positions and difference in size between the sexes. Copulation was nol
observed during observation of captive animals over threc years, precluding
direct description, The prublem was therefore approached indirectly by com-
paring the external genitalia of P. eyentus from which the process of fertilization
is known, with those of J. Jalandei. From this comparison it was hoped that an
hypothesis for the method of fertilization, based on more than assumption, ciuld
be erected.
* Zoology Department, University of Adeluidy: present address: Zoology Department.
University College of Tawnsyille.
Trims. Rov. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
162 D. R. FIELDER
THE FEMALE
(a) The Fifth Walking Leg:—The fifth walking legs of P. cygnus and J,
lalandei are compared in Fig. 1, In P. cygnus a short, stout arm projects later-
ally from the base of the dactylopodite, which is capable of closing agwinst a
stout extension of the propodite. The dactylopodite therefore forms a strong
chela capable of pinching as well as scratching. This chela is used tu break the
spermatophore and then gouge it open to release sperm. In J. lalandei the dacty-
Jopodite has no lateral arm and is similar to those of the other walking legs. A
spine projects from the distal end of the propodite, which is apposed to the
dactylopodite forming u chela. The spine of the propodite is much smaller
than the dactylopadite and is attached by a thick membrane of chitin. The
chela is therefore not very strong as the spine of the propodite does not form a
solid base to the dactylopedite. Such a chela is not suited for pinching or
breaking and is probably used to comb and clean the ovigerous setae of the
pleopods.
1 2
Fig, 1, The fifth chelate pereiopods of (1) P. cygnus aml (2) J. lalandei,
(b) The Last Two Thoracic Sterna:—The last two thoracic sterna of P.
cygnus have a smooth hairless area, presumably for the reception of sperma-
tophores. This area is covered by tufts of short hairs in J. lalandei indicating
that deposition of an external spermatophore is unlikely,
(c) The Genital Apertures:—Both specics have similar genital apertures.
The rim of the aperture is raised and circular in shape. The actual opening is
situated on the inner side and extends as a crescent-like slit around half of the
circumference. The remaining area inside the rim is Aled with a chitinous
membrine, which can be inverted to form a circular opening. This membrane
is quite soft and easily inverted in J, lalandei, but is inverted with difficulty in
P. cyenus. The diameter of apertures in mature animals is 2 to 3.mm in J. lalandei
and 3 to 4 mm in P. cygnus.
TERTILIZATION (N TUR SPINY LOBSTER 163
Tig Mane
The Genital Apertures (Fig. 2):—The genital aperture of P. cygnus has the
form of an oval saucer, The actnal epening to the vas deferens is slit-like and
situated on the inner side of the sancer. The remaining area inside the saucer
is filled with a chitinous membrane in the form of a loosely coiled tube ending
ina spine. The spine is free and the tube is capable of erection. Normally, the
tube is eviled so that the spine effectively closes the aperture. The tube is
musenlar and is probably capable of autonomous movement. Its probable
function is to direct the placement of the spermatophore. Movement of the
fitth legs moves the aperture in an are, accounting in part for the bilateral
symmetry of the spermatophore. Apertures of mature animals may be more than
13 mm in diameter.
The genital aperture of J. lelandei ts much smaller than that af P. eyynus,
heing as small as 3 mm in diameter at first maturity. The shape is similar to the
female aperture, the actual opening extending in an are around the inner rim.
The chitinous membrane filling the remaining area is folded and shaped to form
a tongue-like flap, which normally closes the opening, It is unlikely that such
an aperture could extrude a speanatophore similar to that of P. eyenus.
Tt ean be seen from comparison, of external genitalia that the chelate fifth
legs of female J, lalandet are poorly adapted to break open external spermato-
phores, In fact, it is unlikely that external spermatophores could be attached
suecessfully to the sterna of female J, lalandei. The soft nature of the female
itperture in J, lalandei also indieates the possibility nf introducing a sperma-
tophore internally.
The large male genital apertures in P. cyguns would allow large quantities
of spermatophoric material to be eatruded. Their construction also allows the
spermatophore to be directed gver a relatively large area reducing its thickness.
A thin spermatophore would be yvouged more efficiently than a thick one, with
better release of sperm. It is doubtful whether the smaller size of the male
genital aperture in J, /alandei would allow the large amount of material neces-
sary to form an external spermatuphore to be extruded.
Most aspects of the external anatomy of J, lalandei indicate poor adaptatiou
for external fertilization, If fertilization is internal, the absence of a long intro-
mittent organ and the small size of the apertures introduces the problem of
hew males can locute the female aperture for efficient transfer of spermatophores.
In an attempt to answer this question, a detailed examination of the male genital
aperture was made.
Wt has been stated that the tengue-like flap of the male genital aperture
normally closes the aperture, llowever, this fap is capable of erection and
may project more than Smut in ktrge mules. This observation introduced the
possibility that the flap of male genital apertures could be used to locate female
apertures, The validity of this sugyestion appeared to lie in the mechanism of
erection, The fact that most flaps were observed in the distended condition
during breeding seasons indicated they were connected fimctionally with copu-
lation.
The structure of the male genital aperture was therefore studied from
transverse sections. Several male genital apertures were excised with some
underlying muscle and a short length of vas deferens, and fixed in Gilson’s fluid.
The acetic acid of this Axative decaleificd the skeleton. which was softened
164 D. R. FIELDER
further with 8 per cent phenol in 75 per cent methyl alcohol. After embedding
in paraffin wax, m.p, 58°C., serial transverse sections 15y. thick were cut. Sections
were stained with Delafield’s haematoxylin (Harris modification) and eosin,
The flap had no muscle-attachment, eliminating the possibility of erection
through contraction of muscles. The underlying tissues contained large blood
spaces, suggesting the flap was distended by an increase in blood-pressure. It
has been suggested by Von Bonde (1936), that mating occurs a few weeks
following moulting by the male. Since increase in size at moult is caused
primarily by an increase in tissue-fluid it is possible that erection of the flap
is a consequence of moulting. Von Bonde also stated that the female moulted
a few hours prior to mating. At this stage the skeleton is very soft and the
Fig. 2. The male genital apertures of P. cygnus and J, lalandei. A, Genital
atria in situ. B, Genital Haps closed. C. Genital flaps open.
TERTILIZATION IN ‘THE SPINY LOBSTER 165
ehitinous membrane of the female aperture would be inverted easily, This
would therefore be the best time for the male to locate the female apertures
and maintain its position by insertion of the genital flaps.
Examinatiin of the oviduct failed to reveal a dilatation or sac that could
be used as 4 seminal vesicle, Without such a vesicle it was difficult to sce how
fertilization could oeeur in the oviduct. Even ullowing for stretching of the
aviduet it would be much smaller than the corresponding vas deferens and it
is doubttul whether it could hokd the same amount of spermatophoric material,
Tt was also difficult to see how sufficient of the spermatophore was retained to
fectilize all egus after ovulation had begun,
It has been stated previously (Tielder, 1964) that the oviduct is lined with
high columnar epithelium, which is folited to form villi. In many cases adjacent
villi formed sae-like channels. Apart from secreting a lubricating Huid or von-
tibuting to the egg-shell, it is difficult ta see the significance of villi in the ovi-
duct, One other possible function of villi would be to retain sperm, which would
fertilize the eggs as they passed down the oviduct. This could occur only if
some of the matrix of the spertnitephore was removed and sperm concentrated
hetween the villi of the oviduct. A final comparison was made between the
structure of the sperm-mass ad vas deferens of J. lalandei and P. pencillatus,
The purpose of this comparison was to determine whether the spermatophore
ot J, ldlandei was more likely to be deposited externally or mternally. The vas
deferens of each species has been described earlier, J. lalandei (Fielder, 1964)
and P, pencillatus (Matthews, 1951). The glands of the proximal vas deferens
at P, pencillatus secrete a crystalline material, which surrounds the sperm-mass.
This walled sperm-mass continues into the large distal portion of the vas deferens.
Here it becomes convoluted and embedded in a matrix secreted by a large glan-
dular “typhlosole”. Sections through the distal vas deferens show sperm concen-
trated into # strand contained within the granular spermatophoric wall, the whole
embedded ina non-cellular matrix.
The proximal vas deferens of J. lalandei does nut secrete a granular swall
ivound the sperm-mass, but appears to initiate secretion of a Huid matrix, A
distinet strand pf sperm is therefore not formed. The resultant spermatophore
appearing im the distal yas deferens consists of clumps of sperm embedded in
the fluid matrix, A very thin crystalline wall appears tu surround the matrix,
Matthews (1951) described the spermatophoric mass of P. pencillatus as
being putty-like on extrusion. At a similar stage the aneimatophorie mass af
J. lalandei is a sticky, jelly-like mass, which remains discreet in sea-water. It is
reasonably fluid and could possibly be introduced into the oviduct. Absence ol
a erystalline wall around the sperm-mass would allew release of sperm on disin-
tegration of the mattix. Such disintegration of the matrix in the oviduct would
allow sperm to be stored between the yilli in the aviduct until needed,
lt appeers on morphological grounds then, that Von Bonde’s assumption
was correct and that fertilization in J. /alandei is internal. Observations of
captive animals also indicated that moultiny uf the female is a prerequisite far
mating. Four females moulted between Angust and October. Although males
Were present, mating was never observed, In each case, however. the female
died within two weeks of moulting without appreciable hardening of the exe-
skeleton. Post-mortem examination showed that the ovaries were ripe, No
sperm were detected in the oviduct or in the ovary. No external spermatophore
had been deposited, It must therefore be assumed that mating had not occurred,
166 D. RB. FIELDER
The fact that the four animals died without spawning may indicate that mating
is a necessary stimulus for spawning and failure to spawn may prove fatal.
Lindberg (1955) states that: “It is not known whether eggs will be extruded
in the absence of a sperm case, or without mating activity, but it is perhaps
significant that only fertilized eggs attach to the swimmerets. The presence, in
females not bearing sperm cases, of ripe ovaries late in the breeding season
may indicate, in fact, that egg extrusion does not occur in the absence of mating.”
DISCUSSION
In the absence of critical observation of mating and extrusion of eggs, three
factors appear necessary for successful spawning. These are (1) moulting pre-
cedes mating, (2) spermatophores are introduced in the oviducts where fer-
tilization occurs, (3) mating is probably a prerequisite of spawning.
It is unlikely that both genital apertures of the male and female would
often coincide durmg mating. It is also unlikely that egys are extruded from
one genital aperture only. If fertilization does occur in the oviduct, sperm must
be present in both oviducts if fertilization is to be complete. Further work is
required to determine whether a male is able to control extrusion of spermato-
phores or whether some sperm is lost by release from both apertures when one
does not coincide with a female aperture.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am most grateful to Mr. I. M. Thomas, Zoology Department, the Univer-
sity of Adelaide for helpful criticism during the preparation of this paper and
to Mr. R. P. Kenny, Zoology Department, University College of Townsville, for
reading the manuscript,
Dr. R, W. George, Western Australian Museum, supplied specimens of
Panuliris cygnus for comparison,
REFERENCES
Auten, B, M., 1916, Notes on the spiny lobster (Panuliris interruptus) of the Californian
Coast. University of Culitornia Publ. Zool, 16 (12), pp, 139-152.
Firuver, D. R,, 1964. The spiny lobster Jasus delandet (IL Milne Edwards) in South Aus-
tralia. TI, Reproduction, Aust. J. Mat. Freshw. Res, 15 (2),
Geonce, R. W., 1957. Continnous cravfishing tests Pelsart Group, Houtman Abrollios,
Western Australia, 1953. Aust. J. Mar. Fresh, Res. 8 (4), pp, 476-490.
Linnsenc, RG, 1955, Grawth, population dynamies and field behaviour in the spiny lobster,
Paruliris interruptus (Randall), Univ. Calif. Publ, Zool., 59, pp. 157-248.
MatrHews, D. C., 1951. The origin, development, and nature of the spermatophoric amass
of the spiny lobster, Panuliris pencillatus (Oliver), Pac. Sci, 5 (4), pp. 359-371,
Surarn, K., 1949. Marine eruyfishes of Western Australia, Austral-Council Sei., Indust. Hes.,
Bull, No, 247, pp. 1-45.
Surru, E.G, Warton, 1959. The spiny lobster industry of the Caribbean. Curib. Fish.
Comm., 1959, pp, 1-19.
Von Bonve, C., 1936. The reproduction, embrydlogy and ametamorphosis of the Cape craw-
fish. Department of Commerce and Tndistries, Union Se. Africa. Invest. Ref.
No, 6, pp. 1-25.
THE IDEINTITY AND ORIGIN OF VARIETIES OF OXALIS PES-CAPRAE
L. NATURALIZED IN AUSTRALIA
BY D. R. FIELDER
Summary
A brief account of the distribution of the tristylic species Oxalis pes-caprae L. as a weed is given.
Variation within the species is discussed. The widespread weedy variety is described as a short-
styled pentaploid (5% = 35) clone, other varieties being tetraploid (4% = 28). An account of the
history of the short-styled pentaploid variety and the tetraploid varieties in Australia is presented.
THE IDENTITY AND ORIGIN OF VARIETIES OF
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE L. NATURALIZED IN AUSTRALIA
By P. W. Micwag.!
[Read 13 August 1964]
SUMMARY
A brief account of the distrilrition of the tristylic species Oxalis pes-caprae
L. as a weed is given. Variation within the species ig discussed. The wide-
spread weedy varivty is duseribed as a shart-styled pentaploid (5 = 35) clone,
other varieties being tetraploid (42 = 28). An account of the history of the
snort styled pentaploid variety and the tetraploid varicties in Australia is pre-
seTieEee:
T. INTRODUCTION
Oxalis pes-caproe L., syn, O. cernta Thunb.2 is a serious bulbous weed
over thousands of acres in the agricultural areas of South Australia. It is a strong
competitor in crops and pastures and a well-known poisonous plant, oxalic acid
poisoning in sheep feeding on soursub (Q. pes-caprae) being first recorded by
Bull (1929). It is abundant also in home gardens, vineyards and orchards.
Although it oceurs in all Australian States, paddock-size infestations are
uncommon, except in South Australia. The most important infestations, outside
South Australia, are in the vineyard and orchard areas of Western Australia
and in part of the cereal belt of Victoria.
O. pes-caprae occurs as a weed in many other parts of the world, most
notably throughout the western coastal regions of the Mediterranean and in the
Cape Province of South Africa. Its overall Mediterranean distribution is men-
tioned by Rikli (1946) and particular references to it as a weed are given by
Hildebrand (1884) for Sicily, Morris (1895) for the Canary Islands, Ducellier
(1914) and Chevalier (1940) for Algeria, Knoche (1922) for the Balearic Islands,
Borg (1927) for Malta and neighbonring islands. and by Chabrolin (1934) for
Tunisia. Hildebrand (1884) first drew attention to its potentiality as a weed.
It seems certain that O. pes-caprae is a native of South Africa (Salter, 1944).
Thunberg (1781) noted that it was abundant at the Cape, both in and outside
gardens. Later published records in South Afriea are uncommon, however, and
do not give a satisfactory picture of its significance as a weed, Its major status
as a weed in the Cape Province of South Africa was noted by Hughes.*
1C.S.1.R8.0,, Division of Plant Industry, Canberra, A,C,T.
*Ruppa (19LL) recognized thal, on grounds of priority, Oxalix pes-caprae L. was the
valid name of the species, but he preferred to retain the name ©. cernua Thunh., which had
become so widely aecepted, Salter (1939) re-established the original name O. pes-caprae L.
3 All references in the text to current observations on OQ. pes-caprae in South Africa are
tue to Dr, R. D. Hughes, Department of Zoology, Australian National University, who visited
South Africa in 1961.
Trans, Roy. Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
168 P. W. MICHAEL
II], VARIATION WITHIN THE SPECIES
_ Salter (1944) has described O. pes-caprae as a variable species in South
Africa, Similarly in Australia, different combinations of a number of characters
of both flowers and leaflets make for considerable variation. The more important
of these characters are:
(i) Sepals — presence or absence of purple markings on upper and/or
lower portion; presence or absence of orange or purple apical calli.
(ii) Petals — varying size; varying shades of yellow; reddish or whitish
tinge on underside; presence or absence of red mark on distal edge,
(iii) Leaflets — acute or obtuse angle at base; presence or absence of purple
markings as flecks, basal crescent and/or line (Fig. 1); reddish or pale
green apical mark; reddish or green pctiolules,
2 C2 SSB
ae Le
25mm
|—_____—_
Fig. 1. Variation in leaflets of Oxalis pes-caprac. 1. No
purple or red markinys, obluse basal angle; 2. red apical
mark, aente basal angle; 3. purple basal crescent and
line; 4. purple flecks (pentaploid varicty, Albany, W.A, ):
5, purple basal line (tetraploid variety, Albany, W-A.);
G. purple flecks and basal fine (upparent hybrid between
(4) and (3), Albany, W.A.).
Double-flowered varieties have long been known in South Africa (Marloth,
1908) and in the Mediterranean regions ( Viviani, 1824, Ball, 1878; Morris, 1895;
Rappa, 1911; Borg, 1927; Chevalier, 1940), but are rare in Australia.
The flowers of O. pes-capraé are tristylic. They are described as short, mid-
and. long-styled according to the position of the stigma, whether it is below,
between or above the two: levels of anthers, respectively (Fig. 2), Fruitful
crossing is possible only between plants of different style length (Hildebrand,
1887; Sulter, 1944).
Infestations in South Austrulia und eastern Australia are primarily of a
single apparently stable variety, other varieties being uncommon. In Western
Australia clonal infestations of a number of varieties including that widespread
in South and eastern Australia are quite common. In South Africa variation
within the species is more striking although isolated colonies of one variety are
reported (Salter, 1944). The principal Australian variety is quite uncommon
in South Africa but appears similar to the common Mediterranean form as de-
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 169
scribed by Viviani (1824), Willkomm and Lange (1880), Hildebrand (1884),
Nenslow (1891), Rappa (1911) and Borg (1927).
The widespread Australian and Mediterranean weed is a short-styled variety
with large bright sulphur-yellow flowers and orange apical calli on its sepals.
Its leatlets are Hecked with purple, offen with a poorly defined basal purplish
crescent. An excellent reproduction of this variety is presented by Loddiges
(1826b). It has been shown to be pentaploid (5y=35) by Vignoli (1937) for
Mediterranean matcrial, by Oram (1956) for Sonth Australian material, and by
Franklin (pers, comm., 1962) for material collected in Western Australia by the
author and in the immediate neighbourhood of Cape Town by Hughes. As far as
is known, the pentaploid variety exists in only the short-styled form.
Other varieties, however, have been shown to be tetraploid (4y,=28) b
Marks (1956) for South African matcrial supplied by Sulter and by Oram (1956)
and others at the Genetics Department, University of AdeJaide, for South Aus-
tralian material. These tetraploid varieties freely produce seed provided that
different style-length forms ure present.
In Australia, natural hybridization hetween the pentaploid clone and tetra-
ploid varieties of different style length is uncommon. At Albany, Western Aus-
tralia, in a mixed population of the pentaploid variety and a tctraploid varietv
with highly coloured sepals and small reddishtinged flowers, « few plants with
obviously intermediate characters were found, Leaflets of both the supposed
parent varieties and intermediates are shown in Fig. |, Phenotypic intermediates
have also been observed at Roseworthy Agricultural College, South Australia,
In Australia, leaflets Becked with purple are quite uncommon in varicties
other than the pentaploid clone. This flecked character, which is retained in
drying is of great value in the identification of this clone, both in the field and in
herbarium specimens. But, where mixtures of varieties occur, identification of
short-styled plants with Hecked leaflets must be made with caution until cyto-
logica] confirmation is possible or comparative pollen measurements can be made.
Fig. 2. The three stylelength forms of flowers of Ovalis pes-caprae. |
short-stvled; 2. mid-stylud; 3. lon-styled.
7 P. W. MICITIAEL
The mean size of pollen grains taken from anthers bore on the longer fila-
ments of the pentaploid variety is appreciably greater than that of grains taken
from anthers borne on the longer filaments of short- and mid-styled forms of the
tetraploid varieties. A comparison between pollen size of South Afriean and Aus-
tralian pentaploid materia) on the ene Iatud and tetraploid material on the other
is presented in Fig. 3.
Il. HISTORY
(1) The Pertaploid Variety
One of the varliest references to O. pes-caprae in Australia (under the uame
of O. cernva) is in “Catalogue of Plants Cultivated in, and for Sale at the
Hackney Nursery, Adelaide, 1845” in “The Adelaide Observer” on the 3rd May.
1845, The Hackney Nursery was established about 1641 by John Bailey, whi
hud beew previously employed by Loddiges, nurserymen, at Hackney, London.
lt is most probable that the plants sold by Bailey were the forerunners of the
weed now widespread in South Australia. O. pes-coprac, under the name of
Q. cernua, was listed in the catalogue of the Adelaide Botanic Garden in 1859
(Franeis, 1859). Schomburgk (1879) first recorded it as a weed in gardens
and in wheat crops, Clarke (ee ina short aceount of the history of the
plant in South Australia, concluded that it probably escaped from cultivation
in the early eighteen sixties.
It is probable also that early miroductions of this clone to Western Australia
came at least partly through the medium of Loddiges. It is known that Jarues
Drummond, who arrived in Western Australia in 1829, corresponded with and
cullectedd Western Australian plants for them. On his old property, “Iawthoru-
den”, near Toodyay settled in 1839, the pentaploid variety af O. pes-caprae can
still be seen growing around old fruit-trees and ovnamentals and has spread
downstream to Toodyay where it is abundant. Helms (1597) recorded O. pes-
caprae under the name of O, cérine, as a weed in Western Australia, the earliest
specimen in the State Herbarium, Western Australia, being a variety which
appears to be the pentaploid clone collected by him in 1895,
Infestations in eastern Australia almost certainly originated from horticultural
material, O. pes-caprae, under the name of O, cernua, was included in the
catulogue of plants grown by Sir William Macarthur at Camden, New South
Wales, in 1843 (Anon., 1843), Macarthur’s list of Oxalis species beurs a string
resemblance to Loddiges’ collection as featured in “The Botanical Cabinet”
(Loddiges, 1818-1833). or as listed in their catalogues (for example, Loddiges.
1826a). It was also included in the catalogues of plants grown in the Sydney
Botauie. Garden in 1857 (Anon., 1857), in the Royal Society's Gardens in Hobart
in 1865 (Abbott, 1865) and in the Queensland Botanic Gardens in 1875 (FTI,
1873), Kawart (1007) recorded it as widely spread in Victoria. It must have
escaped from cultivation many years earlier, the earliest specimen in the National
Herbarium of Victorja being one which appears to be the pentaploid clone, a
garden escape, collected in 1885. Although the first Australian record of the
naturalization of Oxalis pes-caprae (O- cernua) given by Spicer (1878) is for
Tasmania, the weed is now quite insignificant in that State.
Woolls (1880) recorded ©. pes-caprac, under the name of O. cernua, as
being naturalized around Sydacy. The pentaploid clone is now common encagh
in coastal towns of southeny New South Wales and in towns of the South-West
Slupes and the Riverina. It has rarely become a weed problem outside gardens
and cemeteries,
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 171
Naturalization of the weed did not take place until much later in Queens-
land. It was not recorded by Bailey (1909) and, indeed, it is not common in
Queensland even now, Its present distribution is given by Everist (1959).
(ii) The Tetraploid Varieties
The earliest Australian specimen (in the National Herbarium of New South
Wales) of one of these varieties was collected in the Domain, Sydney, about
1902. A mid-styled variety from Western Australia is pictured in Carne and
Gardner (1927),
80/--
70 TETRAPLOID. - .____._.- e
S.AFRICAN PENTAPLOID x
AUSTRALIAN PENTAPLOID o
PERCENTAGE FRFQUENCY
1 eb
37 42 47 52 57 62 67 720 77 82
DIAMETER OF POLLEN GRAINS y
Fig. 3. Frequency distribution of size of pollen graing
of tetraploid and. pentaploid varieties of Ovalis pes-
caprae.
The history of these varictics, which are most prevalent in Western Australia,
is probably one of independent direct importation, both intentional, for orna-
mental purposes, and accidental, with vines, from South Africa. Clones of dif-
ferent varieties occur in neighbouring vineyards in the Swan Valley, near Perth,
and, for example, in the old settlements of Bunbury, New Norcia and Albany.
In Albany, the pentaploid clone is abundant also. Infestations at York in the
Avon Valley are of a variety quite distinct from the pentaploid clone present
in the neighbouring town of Northam.
Although, in general, these varieties occur clonally in Western Australia—
that is, only one style-length form is present—there are many areas in which
small populations of mixed varieties occur. Similar mixed populations occur in
172 P. W. MICHAEL
South Australia and New South Wales. In such situations, where different
stylelength forms are present, seed is freely produced.
A mid-styled variety with highly coloured sepals and reddish-backed petals
has been found in small patches, here and there, throughout a large part of
Victoria. This distribution suggests either that it was sold as an ornamental,
or that it was 4 common contaminant of nursery stock, Indeed, the latter method
of spread of this and other species of Oxalis is quite prevalent today,
IV, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to the Archives Department of the Public Libraries
of South Australia and Western Australia, especially for information on John
Bailey and James Drummond, to the Mitchell Library, New South Wales, for a
reproduction of Sir William Macarthur’s 1843 catalogue, to Dr. BR. D. Hughes,
lately of the Division of Entomology, C.S.LR.0., for information concerning
and collection of Oxalis pes-caprae in South Africa, and to Dr. R. Oram and
Mr, I. Franklin and others lately of the Genetics Department, University of
Adelaide, for cytological details.
REFERENCES
Assotr, F, (Jnn.), 1865, Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Royal Saciety’s
Gardens, Queen’s Park, Hobart Town. Govt, Printer, Hobart,
ANON,, 1s Catalogue of Plants Cultivated at Camden, New South Wales. D. LL. Welch,
ydney.
Anon,, 1857. Catalogue of Plants in the Government Botanic Garden, Sydney, New South
Wales, Goyt. Printer, Sydney.
Bamey, F. M,, 1909. Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plunts both Indigenous and
Naturalised. Gavt. Printer, Brisbane.
Batt, J., 1878. Spicilegium Florae Maroceanae, J. Linn. Soc. Bot., 16, p. 281,
Bora, ].. 1927, Descriptive Flora of the Maltese Tslands (Malta).
Buix, L. B., 1929. Poisoning of Sheep by Soursohs (Oxalis eernua)—Chronic Oxalic Acid
Poisoning, Aust. Vet. J., 5, p. 60.
Canne, W. M., and Ganpner, C. A., 1927. Soursob. J. Dept. Agric. W. Aust., 4, p. 300.
Cranrouin, Cu., 1934, Les Mauvaises Herbes, Ann. Sery. Bot. Agron. Tunis, 11, p. 5.
Curvyarier, A., 1940. Revision de QOuelqnes Oxalis Utiles et Nuisibles. Nev. Bot, Appl.,
20, p. 657.
Ccrankce, G, H., 1984. Important Weeds af South Australia—Nn. 9—Soursub. J. Dept. Agric.
S. Aust., 38, p, 481,
Ducriumr, 7.,, 1914, Note sur la Vegétition de l'Oxalis cernua Thunb. en Algérie. Rev,
Gen, Bot,, 25, p, 217.
Evenrst, §. L., 1959. Soursob Deélared a Noxious Weed. Qld, Agric. J., 85, p. 610.
Ewarr, A, J-, 1907. Unreeorded Introduced Plants. Viet. Nat., 24, p. 15.
Francis, G. W.,. 1859. Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Government Botanic
Gardens, Adelaide. Govt. Printer, Adelaide.
Heios, R., 1897. The West Australian Settlers Guide and Farmer's Handbook, p. 537,
Hrnxscow, G., 1891. On the Northern Distribution of Oxalis cernud Thanh. Proc. Linn. Soc.
Lond, Session (1890-91), p. 31.
Hitprenann, F., 1884. Die Lehensverhiltnisse der Oxalisarten. (Jena.)
Hitpepranp, F,, 1887, Experimente Gber dic geschlechtliche Fortpfanzungsweise der Oxali-
sarten, Bot. Ztg., 45, pp. 1, 11 and 33.
Hii, W., nities Catalogue of Plants of the Queensland Botanic Gardens. Govt. Printer,
Brisbane.
OXALIS PES-CAPRAE IN AUSTRALIA 173
Knocne, H,, 1922. Flora Balearica 'T II (Montpellier).
Lovorces, C., 1818-1833. The Botanical Cabinet. Vol. 1-20.
Lovpicrs, C., via Catalogue of Plants in the Collection of Conrad Loddiges and Sons.
13th Ed.
Lopuices, C., 1826b. The Botanical Cabinet. Vol, 12, pl. 1154.
Manxxs, G, E,, 1956. Chromosome Numbers in the Genus Oxalis. New Phytol, 55, p. 120.
Marvotu, R., 1908. Das Kapland (Jena).
Morzis, Dr., 1895. The Plants and Gardens of the Canary Islands. J.R. Hort. Soc., 19, p. 60.
Oram, R. N., 1956. The Oxalis pes-caprae (Soursob) Population in South Australia. Aust.
Pl, Breed, Genet. Newsl., 8, p. 30.
Rapra, F,, 1911. Osservazioni sul?Oxalis cernua Thunb. Boll. Orto. Bot. Palermo., 10, p. 143.
Rukus, M., 1946. Das Pflanzenkleid der Mittelmeerliinder. Bd. TT. (Bern.)
Satter, T. M., 1939. Some Notes on the Correct Identity of Oxalis pes-caprae. Linn. J,S.
Afr. Bot., 5, p. 47.
Satrer, T. M., 1944. The Genus Oxalis in South Africa—a Taxonomic Revision, J.S. Afr.
Bot, Supp. Vol. 1.
ScHompurck, R,, 1879, Ou the Naturalised Weeds and Other Plants in South Australia.
Govt. Printer, Adelaide.
Spicer, W, W., 1878, Alien Plants. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania (1877), p. 62.
Tuunsenrc, C, P., 1781. Disscrtatio Botanica de Oxalide (Upsala).
Vicnoxs, L., 1937. Fenomeni riproduttivi di Oxalis cernua Thunb. Lav. R. Ist. Bot. Palermo.,
8, p. 5. (Bot. Centralblatt, 31, p, 180 (1938).)
Viviant, D., 1824, Florae Libycae Specimen (Genoa).
WiitikomM, M., and Laner, K., 1880. Prodramus Florae Hispanicac. Vol. II. (Stuttgart. )
Wootts, W., 1880. Plants Naturalised in the County of Cumberland, p. 57, in Plauts In-
digenous in the Neighbourhood of Sydney. Govt. Printer, Sydney.
RECORDS OF NORTHERN TERRITORY PLANTS
BY G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Summary
New or interesting records are given of plant species in the Northern Territory, including some
naturalised species and some newly introduced weeds. Modifications to a previous Check List of
Central Australian Plants are also included.
RECORDS OF NORTHERN TERRITORY PLANTS
By G, M, CeuprenpALe*
[Read 13 August 1964|
SUMMARY
New or interesting records are given of plant species in the Northern
Territory, including some naturalised species and some newly introduced weeds.
Mod tos tiga to # previous Cheek List of Central Australian Plauts are also
included.
INTRODUCTION
The present paper is a successor, covering a wider area, to previous papers
(Chippendale, 1960, 1961, 1963) which referred only to Central Australia, Col-
lections of plants have extended with greater emphasis on the northern areas
of the Northern Territory, and new records are being found. It is, as yet,
premature to compile a Check List for the whole of the Northern Territory, but
it seéms better to discuss all records for the Territory at one time.
ASPINTACEAE
Polystichwin proliferum (R.Br.) Presl. Reedy Rock Hole, George Gill
Range, D. W. Madden, May, 1962 (NT10572).
A new record for Central Australia. Tindale (1961) mentions this specics
as occurring “mainly at high altitudes ... in rain forests or wet sclerophyll
forests”. This present record emphasises the refugial nature of the George Gill
Range, and is further evidence of the wetter conditions in Pleistocene time,
MAaRSILEACEAE
Marsilea crenata Presl. Fogs Dam area, 40 miles south-east Darwin, CG.
Chippendale, 18.5.1959 (NT6191), Landerandera Waterhole, Argadargada, D.
Nelson, 20,6.1962 (NT9073).
Second and third collections in the Northern Territory, and a new record
for Central Australia.
GRAMINEAE
Aristida ramosa R.Br, is deleted from the Check List for Central Australia
(Chippendale, 1959) as the record was based on a specimen which has now
been redetermined as A. strigosa (Henr.) S, T. Blake. 14 miles south-west Jay
Creek Settlement, R, E, Winkworth, 27.2,1954 (ITerb. Aust. REW30).
Dichanthium annulatum (Forsk.) Stapf. is deleted from the Check List
for Central Australia, as the record was based on a specimen which has been
redetermined as Bothriochloa intermedia (R.Br.) A. Camus (Dashwood Creek,
Narwietooma, C, A, Gardncr 11621, 12.3.1953).
Echinochloa colonum. (1..) Link, James River crossing on Barkly Highway,
R, A. Perry, 2.5.1948 (Herb. Aust. RAP709).
Anew record for Central Australia, This replaces the record of E. turneriana
Domin which was based on thé wrongly identified specimen quoted above,
Inneapogon. glaber N. T. Burbidge. 80 miles west The Granites, A. J.
Mahood, 8.4.1962 (NTS772).
* Animal Industry Branch, Department of Territories, Alice Springs, N.T,
Trans, Roy; ‘Soc. S, Aust. (1964), Vol. 88.
i76 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
A new record for Central Australia.
Enneapogon pubescens (Domin) N. T. Burbidge is deleted from the Check
List for Central Australia, as the record was based on a specimen which has
been redetermined as ’, oblongis N. T. Burbidge, Palm Valley, M, Lazarides,
15.5.1955 (Herb. Aust. ML5293).
Eragrostis australasica (Steud.) C. E. Uubbard, and E. coneinna ( R.Br.)
Steud. are deleted from the Check List, as the records were hased on a mention
by Black (1943), but no specimens have been found to support the reference,
Tseilema windersii C. E. Hubbard is deleted from the Check List, as the
specimen on which the record was based has heen redetermined as /. anem-
hranaceum (Lindl) Domin, 35 miles west-southavest of Tohermorey Station,
M. Lazarides, 9.5.1955 (Herb. Aust. ML5249).
Pseudoraphis spinescens (R.Br.) J. Vickery, 1:9 miles east Wycliffe Creek
crossing, Stuart Ilighway, D. Nelson, 30,4.1963 (NT10295),
A new record for Central Australia.
Schizachyrium obliqueberbe (Hack.) A. Camus, 5 miles south of Ti Tree,
R, A. Perry, §.4.1962 { NT8639),
A new record tor Central Australia.
Xerachloa laniflora Benth, 80 miles west of The Granites, A. J. Mahood,
74.1962 (NT8699).
A new record for Central Australia.
LoRANTHACEAR
Amyema miraculosa (Miq.) Tiegh. 13 miles south-west of Angas Downs,
C. Chippendale, 14.9.1956 (NT2927), 22 miles south of George Gill Range,
G. Chippendale, 27.6.1959. (NT6323), South-east corner of Lake Amadeus, G,
Chippendatie, 29.6.1959 (NT6373).
A new record for Central Australia.
CHENOPODIACEAE
Arthrocnemum halocnemoides Nees var. pergranulatum J. M. Black, South-
east corner of Lake Amadeus, G. Chippendale, 29.6.1959 (NT6376),
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia bicornis (Lindl,) F. Muell. var. herrida (Domin) C, T, White.
Tobermorey, G, Chippendale, 10.9,1954 (NT234).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassin. decurrens J. M. Black. Alice Springs, R. Swinbourne, 27.5,1962
(NT9031), 29 miles cast-south-east of Alice Springs, JD. Nelson, 7.61963
(NTLO4§8).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia limbata |. M. Black. Heavitree Gap, Alice Springs, R. Swinbourne,
7,9,1962 (NT9286).
A new record for Central Australia.
Bassia obliquicuspis R. Wk. Anderson. Yambah Station, RK, Swinbourne,
23.11.1961 (NT9405),
New record for Central Australia.
Bassia uniflora (B.Br.) F. Muell. Delete from Check List, as all records
aré B. diacantha (Nees) F. Muell.
Chenopodium pumilio R.Br. 36 miles north of Alice Springs, D. Nelson,
30.3.1962 (NTS630).
A new record for Central Australia.
RECORDS OF THE NORTH AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 177
Kochia sedifolia Y. Muell. Carmichael Cray area, George Gill Range, D. W.
Madden, May, 1962 (NT10369). 4 miles east of McGrath Flat Dam, P. Walter,
12.6.1963 (NT10476).
This species was observed and recorded by Tate (1896), but no specimen
had been found in herbaria at the time of the Cheek List. These recent reeords
confirm the occurrence of the species which can now be added to the list for
Central Australia. Tt is noteworthy that Madden's specimen was from the same
locality as Tate’s observed record.
AMARANTHACEAE
Ptilotus aervoides (FE. Muell.) F. Muell, 32 miles north of Alice Springs,
G. Chippendale, 5.9.1960 (NT7370).
A new record for Central Australia.
Ptilotus aristatus Benl. 54 miles north-west of Alice Springs, G. Chippen-
dale, 3,5.1962 CSTR).
This species was described by Benl (1961) from a specimen at Charlotte
Waters, and the above specimen is the sccond record of this species for Central
Australia, 1
Ptilotus decipiens (Benth.) C. A. Gardn. (syn, P. hoodii F, Muell.). 25
miles south-west of Napperby Station, M, Lazarides, 16.9.1956 (Herb, Aust.
ML&5993) is a recent record of this species, previonsly known in Central Aus-
tralia only by specimens of Giles at Mt. Olga, and Tate at Mt. Gillen,
P. decipiens replaces P, hoodii in the Check List.
AIZOACEAR,
Trianthema rhynchooalyptra F. Muell, Delete from Check List, as record
was redetermined as Bergia perennis (F. Mucll.) F. Muell. ex Benth,
NYMPHAMACEAE
Nymphaea giganiea Wook. var, vielacea (Lehm.) Conard. 1:9 miles east
of Wyeliffe Creck crossing, Stuart Highway, D. Nelson, 30.4,1963 (NT10291).
Both blue and white forms were collected.
A new record for Central Anstralia,
CaPPARTDACEAR
Capparis loranthifolia Lind]. 18 miles west of Delmore Downs Station, G,
Chippendale, 18.12.1956 (N1T3220). 18 miles south-east of Murray Downs Sta-
tion, R. Winkworth, 30,7.1954 (Herb, Aust. REW531),
A new record for Central Australia.
LEGUMINOSAE
Aeschynamene americana L. Beatrice Hills, 40 miles south-east of Darwin.
G, Chippendale, 23.3,1961 ( NT7960).
A native of tropical America, but apparently naturalised in estuarine clay
grassland.
Indigofera lrita Lif, 2 miles west of Avon Downs, GC, Chippendale, 20.6.1960
(NT7261).
A new record for Central Australia,
Vigna lanceolata Benth. var. latifolia C. T. White, 12 miles north-north-
east of McDonald Downs Station, R, Perry, 12.3,1953 (IIerb. Aust. RAP3416),
Aileron Lagoon, G. Chippendale, 14.12.1954 (NT736). Yuendemu, M. Meggitt.
January, 1955 (NT3245), Ooraminna, G, Chippendale, 4.7.1955 (NT3324),
This variety replaces the record of V. Janecolata in the Check List,
178 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Zormia albiflora Mohlenbrack. 1 mile south of Elkedra Station, G. Chippen-
dale, 22.10.1956 (NT3104 Isotype). 13-8 miles north-west of Mt. Doreen Station,
G, Chippendale, 1.5.1958 (NT4198), 40 miles north of Wauchope, M. Lazarides,
26.58.1956 (Herb. Aust. ML5845).
This replaces Z, diphylla Pers. in the Check List.
TSUPHONBIACEAE
Euphorbia hoophthona C. A. Gardn, 6 miles south-west of Woodgreen
Station, D. Nelson, 20.10.1961 (NT8495). 70 miles north of Alice Springs, R-
Swinbourne, 1.8.1962 (NT9221). 13 miles cast of W vodgreen Station, D. Nelson,
12.09.1962 (NT9416), 14 miles west of Ammaroo Station, D. Nelson, 25.7,1963
(NT10568). 36 miles north of Alice Springs, D, Nelson, 22.6.1962 (NT909I).
15 miles north-north-east of Barrow Creek, M. Lazarides, 24.85.1956 (Herb, Aust.
ML55232).
A new record for Central Australia.
Micrococca mercurialis (L.) Benth, Darwin (as garden weed), H. S.
McKee, 12.2.1961 (Herb. Aust. McKee 8403).
First record of this introduced species in the Northern Territory, possibly
first record for Australia.
Phyllanthus maderaspatanus L. var. angustifolius Benth. 60 miles west of
The Granites, A. J], Mahood, 30.3.1962. (NT8715),
A new record for Central Australia,
MALVACEAE
Hibiscus brachysiphonius F. Muell. 12 miles north of Alice Springs, D.
Nelson, §.3.1962. (NT9107). 33 miles north of Alice Springs, G. Chippendale,
28.9,1962 (NT9397, NT9384).
Mentioned by Black (1952) and Cleland (unpublished list) as occurring
in Central Australia, but no specimens could be traced. This species can now
be added to the Check List,
Malachra fasciata Jacq. Fogg Dam, 40 miles south-east of Darwin, G.
Chippendale, 18,5,1959 (NT618Z). 4 miles east of Kovlpinyah Station, J. Heaton,
29.6.1961 ( NT8038 ).
A native of Venezucla, but apparently naturalised in some Pandanus swamps
near Darwin,
SLERCULIACEAE
Pentapetes phoenicea L. Humpty Doo, J, Roka, 20.5.1953.
A native of tropical Asia, recorded as a weed in rice ¢rops.
MyRTACEAER
Eucalyptus cyanoclada Blakely. 51-3 miles north-east of Bectaloo Station,
G. Chippendale, 10.3.1959 (NT5489). Warlock Ponds, L- Beens, 7,12.1962
(NT9S36).
’ Two additional records of a rarely collected species.
Eucalyptus nesophila Blakely. 9 miles south-east of Raffles Bay, G, Chip-
pendale, 18.7,1961 (NTS8185).
First mainland record, as Blake (1953) states the species was known only
from Melville and Bathurst Islands.
Eucalyptus websteriana Maiden. Standley Chasm, J, Frith, 18.9.1955 (Ierh.
Anst. [F4160), Standley Chasm, N. Forde, 17.30.1957 (Forde. 939). Mt. Sonder,
R. W. Burbury, 26.7.1963 (NT10571).
RECORDS OF THE NORTII AUSTRALIAN PLANTS 179
Blakely (1955) mentions a specimen on Mt. Sunder as E. orbifolia, but
following recent collections, this record is now changed and this present species
is a new record for Central Australia.
ONAGRACEAE
Jussieua linifolia Vahl. 40 miles south-east of Darwin, G. Chippendale,
23.3.1961 (NT7929). ;
Probably the second record of this tropical weed in Australia, being re-
corded from North Queensland, and apparently naturalised on the estuarine
plains near Darwin.
PRIMULACEAR
Sumolus valerandi L. Finke River bed, Glen Helen, G, Chippendale,
4.21955 (NT784). 30 miles south of Glen Helen, D, Fietz, 1.8.1959 (NT6419),
Simpsons Gap, H. 8. McKec, February, 1961 (Herb. Aust, McKee 8648)
This replaces S. repens Pers. var. nov. in the Check List.
CONVOLVULACEAE
Bounamia linearis (R.Br.) Hall, £. 40 miles north-west The Granites, A. J.
Mahood, 29,3,1962 (NT8735).
A new record for Central Australian.
Bonamia media R.Br. 31-6 miles north-west Mt, Patricia, GC, Chippendale,
5.5,1958. (NT4295).
A new record for Central Australia.
BORAGINACEAE
__ Heliotropium conocarpum F, Muell, ex Benth, 15-1 miles north-east Wave
Hill Station, G. Chippendale, 16.4,1959 (NT5779).
Only collection since Mueller’s type specimen from Sturt Creek,
SOLANACEAE
Solanum pugiunculiferym C, T. White, Elsey Station, G. A, Letts, 27.10.1961
(NT8507 ).
First defmite record in the Northern Territory, although White (1942)
mentions 4 collection at Settlement Creek which flows from the Northern Terri-
tory intu Queensland,
SCROPHUT.ARIACEAE
Peplidium muelleri Benth. 13 miles north-east Utopia Station, D. Nelson,
20.6.1962 (NT9080).
First definite record for species in Central Australia, althongh mentioned by
Black (1957), but apparenUy unsupported by specimens.
RvBIACEAR
Kaoxia stricta Gaertn. 39 miles south of Darwin, G. Chippendale, 18.3.1961
(NT7764). Smiles south-west Grove Hill, G. Chippendale, 17.3.1961 (NT7675).
Darwin district, H, 8. McKee, 11.2.1961 (Herb, Aust. McKee 8380).
Mentioned by Ewart and Davies (1917) as “Recorded from North Australia”
but now definitely collected.
>
COMPOSITAE
Centipeda cunninghamii (DC,) A.Br. et Aschers, 30 miles north-west Wil-
lowra Station, G. Chippendale, 30.7.1958 (NT4746). 15 miles north-west
Aileron, R, Swinbourne, 2.8.1962 (N'T9233).
New record for Central Australia.
180 G. M. CHIPPENDALE
Chthonocephalus pseudevax Steetz.
(NTS506).
New record for Central Australia.
Ayers Rack, J. B. Cleland, 28.6.1961
INTRODUCED WEEDS
The following species have been recorded in Alice Springs within the last
few years, either in gardens, in cultivation areas, near railway lines, or in areas
where hay imported from interstate has been used for feeding cattle. None
of these species has become established away from the mentioned areas.
Adonis aestivalis L. (NT9338)
Amaranthus viridis 1, (NT1O617)
Anagallis femina Mill, (NT9331)
Capsella bursa-pastaris (L.) Moench.
(NT9294, N'TY333)
Carrichtera annua {L.) Praut!
(NT9300, NT9332 }
Cenchrus echinatus L, (NT3277)
Cerastium af. glomeratum Thuill.
(NT9321 ) |
Chenopodium murale L. (NT10575 )
Cryptostemma calendula (1.) Druce
(NT9287, NT9299, NT9323)
Apium leptophyllum ( Pers.) F. Muell.
(NT10577)
Erazrostis cilianensis (All) Lutati
(N T8692 )
Evodium botrys (Cav.) Bertol.
(NT1O596 )
Erodium cicutartum (L,) L’Her,
(NT9327 )
Glaucium corniculatum (L.) Curtis
(NTS8509, NT8523)
Hordeum leporinum Link ( NT3044,
NT9411, NT10607 )
Hypochaeris glabra L, (NT10625)
Laetuca seariola L, (NTT457.
NT10619)
Lithospermum arvense VL, ( NT9329)
Lolium rigidum Gaud. (NT9334)
Lycium. ferocissimum Miers (NT8372,
NT8373)
Medicazo denticulata Willd.
(NT9418 )
Medicago hispida Gaertn. (NT9322)
Medicago reticulata Benth. (NT9320)
Medicago fruncatula CGuertn.
(NT9297 )
Oxalis corymbosa DC. (NT1LO03578)
Oxalis pes-cuprue L. (NT10586)
Papacer hybridaum L. (NT9289,
NT9290, NT9534, NT9295, NT9296,
NT9333, NT9337 )
Polycarpon tetraphyllum (L.)
Nathorst (NT6529)
Rhynehelytrum repens (Willd,) Hub-
bard (NTLO576)
Sisymbriunt irio L. (NT9288,
NT9293 )
Sisymbriwm orientale L, (NT9291.
NT9324 )
Urtica urens. L. (NT9298 )
Vicia calearata Desf. (NT3312,
NT9330)
REFERENCES
Best, C,. 1961: Sonderdruck aus den Mitteilungen der Botanischen Stiatssammlung Munchen.
Band iv (July, 1961), pp. 75-82.
BuAcs, J. M., 1943: FL. 8. Aust., Part 1, 2nd edition.
Brack, J. M., 1952: FL S. Aust., Part 3, 2nd edition,
Buack, J. M,, 1957; FL S, Aust., Part 4, 2nd edition.
Buaxe, 5, ‘T., 1953: Aust. J, Bot, 1, No. 2, p. 258.
Buakeiy, W. B., 1955; A Key to the Eucalypts, 2nd edition, p. 287.
Crpprnnace, G. M., 1959: ‘Trans, Roy. Soc. 5. Aust, $2, pp, 321-338,
CuipreNDAre, GC. M., 1960; Trans. Rey. Soc. $. Aust., $3, pp. 199-203,
Cnieeenpane, G. M., 1961: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 84, pp. 99-105.
Curepexpary, G, M,, 1963: Trans. Ray, Soc. 8. Aust., 86, pp. 7-9.
Ewart, A. J., and Davies, O, B., 1917; FI. of the Northern Territury.
Tarr, R., 1896; Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia—Botany 3, pp. 117-204.
Tixpaue, Many D., 1961; Cantribntions from the N.$.W. National Herbariuin. Flora Series
Nos, 205-211, pp. 49-51, |
Wurre, C, T., 1949: Proc. Roy. Soe. @., liii, p. 225.
CONTENTS
D. E. Symon: Contributions to the Flora of South Australia - = -
Heven M. Brooxes: The Coccoidea (Homoptera) Naturalized in South
Australia; a Second Annotated List - " 2 . = $ .
R. A. Reyment: Albian Ammonites from Fossil ei) CeCtGe Bnet
Australia - - - - ~ - -
R. A. Reyment: Coiling and Form in South Australian Labercertidae
(Albian Cretaceous) - - - - - - - = = =
S. J. EpMonps: Australian Acanthocephala No. 11 - - - - -
A. Maczous: Three Nematode Species (Strongylaidea: Trichoneminae )
from Queensland Wallabies - = ta Nate teed
G. Beni: New Taxa of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) - - - -~ -
E. H. Isic: Cyrilwhitea, a New Genus in Chenopodiaceae - -~ -
E. H. Istnc: The Species of Bassia All. (Chenopodiaceae) in Australia -
M. J. Tyter: Two New Spetins of seta BYOes. of ate Piylid ents
Nyctimystes -
C. D. Boomsma: Description of a New Mallee Species of Eucalypt from
Central Australia - - - : - = : wt
H. Worrnenr: Permian-Jurassic History of the Western Great Artesian Basin
C. R. Dancarno: Report on the Lower een ae it aS SF oe
Flinders Ranges, South Australia = -
C. H. §. Warrs: The Larvae of Australian Cybister spp. Curt., Homoeo-
dytes spp. Reg. si Haesoies ShucRaTe oP ae (Coleoptera-
Dytiscidae ) - =
Patricia M. Mawson: Two Strongyle Nematodes from a Marmoset - -
D. R. Frevper: The Process of Fertilization in nthe “Rerey Ties Faies
lalandei (H. Milne-Edwards) - - 2
P. W. Micuaex: The Identity and Origin “ Paes of seni Sau s
L. Naturalized in Australia = -
G. M. Crrprenpate: Records of Northern Territory Plants - - -
List of Lectures and Exhibits, 1963-64 - ~ = “ ‘ 2 é
Revenue Account 8 - - - - : - z 2 E . z
Library Account, Balance Sheet, Endowment Fund - - Sf “
Awards of the Sir Joseph Verco Medal - - - - - - -
Changes in the List of Fellows since 30th June, 1963 2 = 2 =
New Genera, Species and Varieties Described in this Volume - - -